EPRI. Cycle Chemistry Guidelines For Fossil Plants All-Volatile Treatment Revision 1

Cycle Chemistry Guidelines for Fossil Plants: All-volatile Treatment
Revision 1
Effective December 6, 2006, this report has been made publicly available in accordance with Section 734.3(b)(3) and published in accordance with Section 734.7 of the U.S. Export Administration Regulations. As a result of this publication, this report is subject to only copyright protection and does not require any license agreement from EPRI. This notice supersedes the export control restrictions and any proprietary licensed material notices embedded in the document prior to publication.
M AT E
R I A L
N
LICE
SED
WARNING: Please read the License Agreement on the back cover before removing the Wrapping Material.
Technical Report
Cycle Chemistry Guidelines for Fossil Plants: All-Volatile Treatment

Revision 1
1004187
Final Report, November 2002
EPRI Project Manager R. B. Dooley
EPRI 3412 Hillview Avenue, Palo Alto, California 94304 PO Box 10412, Palo Alto, California 94303 USA 800.313.3774 650.855.2121 askepri@epri.com www.epri.com
DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITIES

THIS DOCUMENT WAS PREPARED BY THE ORGANIZATION(S) NAMED BELOW AS AN ACCOUNT OF WORK SPONSORED OR COSPONSORED BY THE ELECTRIC POWER RESEARCH INSTITUTE, INC. (EPRI). NEITHER EPRI, ANY MEMBER OF EPRI, ANY COSPONSOR, THE ORGANIZATION(S) BELOW, NOR ANY PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF ANY OF THEM: (A) MAKES ANY WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION WHATSOEVER, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, (I) WITH RESPECT TO THE USE OF ANY INFORMATION, APPARATUS, METHOD, PROCESS, OR SIMILAR ITEM DISCLOSED IN THIS DOCUMENT, INCLUDING MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR (II) THAT SUCH USE DOES NOT INFRINGE ON OR INTERFERE WITH PRIVATELY OWNED RIGHTS, INCLUDING ANY PARTY'S INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY, OR (III) THAT THIS DOCUMENT IS SUITABLE TO ANY PARTICULAR USER'S CIRCUMSTANCE; OR (B) ASSUMES RESPONSIBILITY FOR ANY DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHATSOEVER (INCLUDING ANY CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF EPRI OR ANY EPRI REPRESENTATIVE HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES) RESULTING FROM YOUR SELECTION OR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT OR ANY INFORMATION, APPARATUS, METHOD, PROCESS, OR SIMILAR ITEM DISCLOSED IN THIS DOCUMENT. ORGANIZATION(S) THAT PREPARED THIS DOCUMENT EPRI
ORDERING INFORMATION
Requests for copies of this report should be directed to EPRI Orders and Conferences, 1355 Willow Way, Suite 278, Concord, CA 94520, (800) 313-3774, press 2 or internally x5379, (925) 609-9169, (925) 609-1310 (fax). Electric Power Research Institute and EPRI are registered service marks of the Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. EPRI. ELECTRIFY THE WORLD is a service mark of the Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. Copyright 2002 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
CITATIONS
This report was prepared by EPRI 3412 Hillview Avenue Palo Alto, California 94304 Authors R. B. Dooley K. Shields A. Aschoff M. Ball A. Bursik This report describes research sponsored by EPRI. The report is a corporate document that should be cited in the literature in the following manner: Cycle Chemistry Guidelines for Fossil Plants: All-Volatile Treatment: Revision 1, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: 2002. 1004187.
iii
REPORT SUMMARY
The purity of water and steam is central to ensuring fossil plant component availability and reliability. These revised guidelines on all-volatile treatment for drum and once-through units will help utilities reduce corrosion and deposition, and thereby achieve significant operation and maintenance cost reductions and greater unit availability. Background Over the last 10 years, EPRI has conducted numerous research activities to understand the many facets of fossil plant cycle chemistry. Included are corrosion in all-ferrous and mixed-metallurgy feedwater systems; copper in the fossil plant; volatility and partitioning of salts, oxides, and contaminants between water and steam; solubility of salts, oxides, and contaminants in water and steam; and corrosion of blades and disks in the phase transition zone of the low pressure steam turbine. EPRIs first version of the all-volatile treatment (AVT) guidelines was published in 1996 (TR-105041). A review of the AVT guidelines was required to ensure utilities have access to the latest information and control philosophies. Objective To provide guidance for effective economical control of corrosion and deposition in drum and once-through units using AVT. Approach EPRI developed an initial skeleton of the AVT guidelines to include all pertinent research results. This was used as the basis for a meeting of the EPRI guidelines team. Following this meeting, the team developed a draft document, which was circulated to 75 members of EPRIs Boiler and Turbine Steam and Cycle Chemistry Target for review and comment. Results The revised guidelines include a number of new features and control philosophies, including the following: There are now two distinctly different all-volatile treatments defined by the potential of the feedwater. Those feedwater systems having all-ferrous materials and using an oxidizing (O) treatment (no reducing agent) will operate on AVT(O). Those systems having mixedmetallurgy (copper) materials and operating with a reducing (R) agent will operate with AVT(R). A separate set of target values and action levels to protect the steam turbine and the boiler are included. In previous EPRI guidelines, the boiler water limits were derived from the steam limits. v
New guideline values for air in-leakage and a level of 10 ppb oxygen in the condensate have been introduced to provide optimum performance for both AVT(O) and AVT(R). Oxidation-reduction potential (ORP) is now a core parameter at the deaerator inlet for mixedmetallurgy cycles using AVT(R). A new pH range (9.0-9.3) has been introduced to provide optimum protection for mixedmetallurgy cycles using AVT(R).
The AVT guidelines are applicable to baseload, startup, cycling, and peaking operation, and provide corrective actions to be taken when guideline limits are exceeded. EPRI Perspective These revised AVT guidelines will help utilities achieve plant-specific goals in the areas of availability, reliability, and performance. This revision now becomes a part of a suite of 11 key fossil plant guidelines, which should be employed by every fossil plant. EPRI has developed four guidelines for the five fossil plant boiler treatments and three feedwater treatmentsall-volatile treatment (1004187), phosphate treatment (TR-103665), oxygenated treatment (TR-102285), and caustic treatment (TR-104007). Other guidelines address the selection and optimization of boiler water and feedwater (TR-105040), controlling flow-accelerated corrosion (TR-108859), startup, shutdown, and layup (TR-107754), chemical cleaning (1003994), condensate polishing (TR104422), makeup water treatment (TR-113692), and copper in fossil plants (1000457). In the near future, EPRI will revise the guidelines for phosphate, caustic, and oxygenated treatments based on the latest research results from the Boiler and Turbine Steam and Cycle Chemistry Target. Keywords Power Plant Availability Water Chemistry and Steam Boilers Turbines Corrosion Boiler Tube Failures
vi
EPRI Licensed Material
ABSTRACT
In April 1996, EPRI published the first All-Volatile Treatment (AVT) Cycle Chemistry Guideline for Fossil Plants (TR-105041). This report is a unified, specific and comprehensive guideline for coal-, oil-, and gas-fired units. It provided the guidance necessary to complement a program for effective and economical control of corrosion and deposition within the fossil plant. This document was the first iteration from EPRIs Interim Cycle Chemistry Guidelines published in 1986. Over the last ten years EPRI has conducted research to address the deficiencies in understanding of cycle chemistry in the following areas: corrosion and flow-accelerated corrosion (FAC) in all-ferrous feedwater systems corrosion in mixed-metallurgy feedwater systems copper in a fossil plant volatility and partitioning of the major salts, oxides and contaminants in the cycle between water and steam solubility of the major salts, oxides and contaminants in water and steam corrosion of blades and disks in the phase transition zone (PTZ) of the low pressure steam turbine
The results from these studies have been used to revise the original AVT Guidelines. These revised guidelines now provide the guidance needed for effective and economical control of corrosion and deposition in drum and once-through units of various designs using AVT. For drum units, for the first time in EPRI Guidelines, specific targets and action levels have been derived for boiler water and steam to protect the boiler and steam turbine. New guidelines have been developed for air in-leakage and for oxygen in the condensate. Oxidation-reduction potential (ORP) has been introduced as a core parameter to help protect copper alloys in the feedwater. This will assist the new pH limits for mixed-metallurgy feedwater systems in minimizing the corrosion of copper alloys. The revised AVT Guidelines are applicable to baseload, cycling and peaking operation. Corrective actions are also provided when guideline limits are exceeded.
vii
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The authors of these guidelines R. B. Dooley K. J. Shields A. Aschoff M. Ball A. Bursik EPRI EPRI Consultant Consultant Consultant
acknowledge the assistance provided by D. Palmer and M. Gruszkiewicz from Oak Ridge National Laboratory in providing many analyses on the volatility/partitioning of compounds between boiler water and steam. The draft guideline was reviewed by 75 members of the Boiler and Turbine Steam and Cycle Chemistry Target. The authors particularly acknowledge the contributions from the following: S. Donner T. Gilchrist R. Pate D. Reynolds M. Smith G. Verib Consumers Energy Tri-State G&T Southern Company Dynegy AmerenUE First Energy
ix
CONTENTS
1 INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................................................1-1 1.1 THE EPRI CYCLE CHEMISTRY PROGRAM ................................................................1-1 1.1.1 1.1.2 1.1.3 1.1.4 Program Goals and Objectives ...........................................................................1-2 Program Philosophy............................................................................................1-3 Key Cycle Chemistry Guidelines.........................................................................1-4 Program Vision and Future Plans .......................................................................1-5
1.2 RESEARCH SUPPORTING REVISION OF THE CYCLE CHEMISTRY GUIDELINES.........................................................................................................................1-6 1.2.1 1.2.2 1.2.3 1.2.4 Chemical Environment and Liquid Films in the Phase Transition Zone (PTZ)....1-6 Corrosion Processes in the PTZ of Steam Turbines...........................................1-8 Volatility and Solubility of Impurities in Steam.....................................................1-9 Copper Corrosion and Transport in Fossil Cycles ............................................1-11
1.3 HOW TO USE THESE GUIDELINES ..........................................................................1-12 1.4 REFERENCES.............................................................................................................1-13 2 SELECTION AND OPTIMIZATION OF FEEDWATER AND BOILER WATER.....................2-1 2.1 CHEMICALLY-INFLUENCED PROBLEMS, AND THE CONTINUUM OF TREATMENTS ......................................................................................................................2-1 2.2 SELECTION AND OPTIMIZATION OF FEEDWATER TREATMENT ...........................2-4 2.2.1 Introduction and Types of Feedwater Treatment....................................................2-4 2.2.2 All-ferrous Feedwater Systems Optimization .........................................................2-6 Optimization of All-Ferrous Feedwater Chemistry .......................................................2-9 Step 1Review Normal or Current Feedwater Treatment .....................................2-9 Step 2Monitoring Baseline on Current Feedwater Treatment ...........................2-11 Step 3Evaluate Reducing Agent Requirements ................................................2-11 Step 4Monitoring with New Feedwater Treatment ............................................2-12 Steps 5 and 6Consider Converting to OT..........................................................2-12 Step 7Continue to Optimize the Feedwater Treatment .....................................2-12
xi
Step 8Operation and Continuing Monitoring .....................................................2-12 2.2.3 Mixed-Metallurgy Feedwater Systems Optimization ............................................2-13 Optimization of Mixed-Metallurgy Feedwater Chemistry ...........................................2-16 Step 1Review of Water Chemistry, Operation, and Experience........................2-17 Step 2Baseline Monitoring.................................................................................2-18 Step 3Water Chemistry Optimization ................................................................2-19 Step 4Design and Material Changes.................................................................2-20 Step 5Operation ................................................................................................2-20 Step 7Normal Operation and Monitoring ...........................................................2-20 Step 8Continual Check of Chemistry.................................................................2-21 Step 9Longterm Plans .......................................................................................2-21 2.3 SELECTION AND OPTIMIZATION OF DRUM BOILER WATER TREATMENT .........2-21 Step 1Review Normal or Current Treatment .....................................................2-23 Step 2Continue Use of Current Treatment ........................................................2-24 Step 3Base-Line Monitoring on Current Chemistry ...........................................2-25 Step 4Initial Evaluation of Boiler Water Treatment Options ..............................2-25 Step 5Consider Changing to EPT, AVT or CT ..................................................2-26 Step 6Is There a Condensate Polisher in the Unit Cycle? ................................2-26 Step 7Convert to AVT or OT .............................................................................2-27 Step 8Boiler Chemical Clean.............................................................................2-27 Step 10Need to Determine the Likelihood and Frequency of Cycle Contaminant Events..............................................................................................2-27 Steps 11, 13 and 15Convert to EPT, PT, or CT ................................................2-27 Steps 9, 12, 14, and 16Develop Specific Unit Chemistry Guidelines ................2-28 Steps 17 to 19Monitor to Compare with Baseline Monitoring and to Optimize Treatment Selected................................................................................2-29 Step 20Normal Operation..................................................................................2-29 2.4 REFERENCES.............................................................................................................2-29 3 PHILOSOPHY FOR GUIDELINE, AND RATIONALE FOR SAMPLE POINTS, ACTION LEVELS AND TARGET VALUES ..............................................................................3-1 3.1 INTRODUCTION............................................................................................................3-1 3.2 BACKGROUND DERIVATION PHILOSOPHY FOR PREVIOUS EPRI GUIDELINES.........................................................................................................................3-3 3.2.1 Illustration and Examples of Boiler Water Limits from Previous EPRI Guidelines.........................................................................................................................3-6
xii
Total Carryover ............................................................................................................3-6 Illustration ....................................................................................................................3-7 3.3 BACKGROUND TO OVERALL DERIVATION OF PHILOSOPHY FOR REVISION 1 OF AVT GUIDELINES......................................................................................................3-12 3.3.1 Derivation of Philosophy for Steam and Boiler Water Limits in Revision 1 of EPRI AVT Guidelines .....................................................................................................3-12 3.4 RATIONALE FOR SAMPLE POINTS ..........................................................................3-22 Reheat Steam/Superheated Steam................................................................................3-24 Saturated Steam (Drum Boilers Only) ............................................................................3-24 Boiler Water (Drum Boilers Only) ...................................................................................3-24 Economizer Inlet and Attemperation Water....................................................................3-25 Deaerator Inlet................................................................................................................3-25 Deaerator Outlet .............................................................................................................3-25 Condensate Polisher Effluent (if Applicable) ..................................................................3-26 Condensate Pump Discharge.........................................................................................3-26 Condenser Leak Detection Trays and/or Hotwell Zones (if Applicable) .........................3-26 Makeup Treatment System Effluent ...............................................................................3-26 Condensate Storage Tank Effluent ................................................................................3-27 Air Removal System Exhaust .........................................................................................3-27 3.5 TROUBLESHOOTING, COMMISSIONING AND CORE PARAMETERS ...................3-27 3.6 RATIONALE FOR ACTION LEVELS ...........................................................................3-29 3.7 RATIONALE FOR TARGET VALUES..........................................................................3-30 Feedwater and Condensate ...........................................................................................3-30 3.8 RATIONALE FOR TARGET VALUES OF INDIVIDUAL PARAMETERS.....................3-31 3.8.1 Sodium .................................................................................................................3-31 Sodium Target Value in Reheat and Saturated Steam..............................................3-32 Sodium Target Value in Boiler Water.........................................................................3-32 Sodium Target Value in Condensate and Makeup Water..........................................3-32 Sodium Target Value in Condensate Storage Tank Effluent (Aluminum Tanks Only) ..........................................................................................................................3-32 3.8.2 Chloride ................................................................................................................3-32 Chloride Target Value in Steam.................................................................................3-33 Chloride Target Value in Boiler Water .......................................................................3-33 Chloride Target Value in Makeup Water....................................................................3-33 3.8.3 Sulfate ..................................................................................................................3-34
xiii
Sulfate Target Value in Steam ...................................................................................3-34 Sulfate Target Value in Boiler Water..........................................................................3-34 Sulfate Target Value in Makeup Water ......................................................................3-35 3.8.4 Silica .....................................................................................................................3-35 Silica Target Value in Steam .....................................................................................3-35 Silica Target Value in Boiler Water ............................................................................3-35 Silica Target Value in Condensate and Makeup Water .............................................3-36 3.8.5 Dissolved Oxygen.................................................................................................3-36 Dissolved Oxygen Target Value in Economizer Inlet.................................................3-36 Dissolved Oxygen Target Value in Drum Boiler Water ..............................................3-37 Dissolved Oxygen Target Value at Deaerator Outlet.................................................3-37 Dissolved Oxygen Target Value at Condensate Pump Discharge ............................3-37 3.8.6 Oxidizing-Reducing Potential (ORP) ....................................................................3-37 3.8.7 Reducing Agents (Hydrazine or Alternates) .........................................................3-37 3.8.8 pH ..........................................................................................................................3-38 pH Control..................................................................................................................3-38 pH Target Values in Boiler Water ..............................................................................3-38 pH Target Values in Feedwater .................................................................................3-38 3.8.9 Ammonia ..............................................................................................................3-39 Ammonia Target Values ............................................................................................3-39 3.8.10 Specific Conductivity ..........................................................................................3-39 Specific Conductivity Target Values at Economizer Inlet...........................................3-39 Specific Conductivity Target Values in Makeup Water ..............................................3-39 3.8.11 Cation Conductivity.............................................................................................3-39 Cation Conductivity Target Values at Economizer Inlet.............................................3-40 Cation Conductivity in Boiler Water ...........................................................................3-40 Cation Conductivity Limit in Steam ............................................................................3-40 3.8.12 Total Organic Carbon (TOC) ..............................................................................3-41 Steam, Condensate, and Makeup TOC Target Values .............................................3-41 3.8.13 Iron and Copper..................................................................................................3-41 Total Iron and Copper Limits......................................................................................3-41 3.8.14 Air In-Leakage ....................................................................................................3-42 Air In-Leakage Limit ...................................................................................................3-42 3.9 GUIDELINE CUSTOMIZATION AND OPTIMIZATION ...........................................3-42
xiv
3.10 REFERENCES ......................................................................................................3-43 4 CYCLES WITH DRUM BOILERS ON ALL-VOLATILE TREATMENT ..................................4-1 4.1 INTRODUCTION............................................................................................................4-1 4.2 AVT GUIDANCE ............................................................................................................4-2 4.3 TARGET VALUES..........................................................................................................4-2 4.4 TARGET VALUES FOR PLANTS WITHOUT REHEAT...............................................4-12 4.5 NORMAL OPERATION FOR DRUM UNITS ON AVT .................................................4-12 4.5.1 Cycle Makeup.......................................................................................................4-12 4.5.2 Condenser Leakage .............................................................................................4-13 4.5.3 Chemical FeedsMixed-Metallurgy Cycles.........................................................4-13 4.5.4 Chemical FeedsAll-Ferrous Systems................................................................4-15 4.5.5 Monitoring and Corrective Actions........................................................................4-15 4.6 REFERENCES.............................................................................................................4-16 5 CYCLES WITH ONCE-THROUGH BOILERS ON ALL-VOLATILE TREATMENT (AVT) .........................................................................................................................................5-1 5.1 INTRODUCTION............................................................................................................5-1 5.1.1 All-ferrous metallurgy systems ...............................................................................5-1 5.1.2 Mixed-metallurgy systems ......................................................................................5-2 5.2 AVT GUIDANCE ............................................................................................................5-4 5.3 TARGET VALUES..........................................................................................................5-4 5.4 NORMAL OPERATION FOR ONCETHROUGH UNITS ON AVT ................................5-8 5.4.1 All-ferrous feedwater systems ................................................................................5-8 5.4.2 Mixed-metallurgy systems ......................................................................................5-8 5.4.3 Monitoring and Corrective Actions..........................................................................5-9 5.5 REACTIONS TO CONTAMINANTS IN THE CYCLE.....................................................5-9 5.6 REFERENCES.............................................................................................................5-10 6 AVT CHEMISTRY CONTROL AND CORRECTIVE ACTIONS .............................................6-1 6.1 CHEMISTRY CONTROL................................................................................................6-1 6.2 CORRECTIVE ACTIONS...............................................................................................6-3 6.3 INFLUENCE OF TREATMENT CHEMICAL PURITY ON CYCLE CHEMISTRY.........6-17 A OXYGEN REMOVAL TECHNIQUES FOR TREATED MAKEUP ........................................ A-1 A.1 VACUUM DEAERATION .............................................................................................. A-1
xv
A.2 CATALYTIC OXYGEN REMOVAL ............................................................................... A-3 A.3 MEMBRANE SYSTEMS ............................................................................................... A-4 A.4 MAKEUP WATER STORAGE ...................................................................................... A-6 A.5 REFERENCES ............................................................................................................. A-8 B OXIDATION-REDUCTION POTENTIAL (ORP) ................................................................... B-1 B.1 INTRODUCTION .......................................................................................................... B-1 B.2 OVERVIEW OF ORP AND CORROSION MONITORING TECHNOLOGY ................. B-1 B.3 HARDWARE, CALIBRATION AND MAINTENANCE ................................................... B-3 B. 3.1 Voltmeter Selection .............................................................................................. B-3 B.3.2 Reference Electrodes............................................................................................ B-3 B.3.3 Corrosion Potential Probe ..................................................................................... B-4 B.3.4 ORP Probe............................................................................................................ B-4 B.4 REFERENCES ............................................................................................................. B-7 C AIR IN-LEAKAGE MONITORING AND CONTROL ............................................................. C-1 C.1 CYCLE AIR IN-LEAKAGE ............................................................................................ C-1 C.2 ROTAMETERS............................................................................................................. C-1 C.3 MULTISENSOR PROBE .............................................................................................. C-2 C.4 HELIUM AND SULFUR HEXAFLOURIDE METHODS ................................................ C-5 C.5 UTILITY AIR IN-LEAKAGE PROGRAM ....................................................................... C-8 C.6 REFERENCES ............................................................................................................. C-9 D BENCHMARKING A UTILITYS CHEMISTRY ORGANIZATION ........................................ D-1 INTRODUCTION.................................................................................................................. D-1 ASSESSING THE CYCLE CHEMISTRY ORGANIZATION OF A UTILITY ......................... D-1 E CYCLE CHEMISTRY DATA QUALITY ................................................................................ E-1 E.1 INTRODUCTION .......................................................................................................... E-1 E.2 SAMPLING, SAMPLE CONDITIONING AND INSTRUMENTATION ........................... E-1 E.2.1 Factors Affecting Sampling ................................................................................... E-2 E.2.2 Potential Problems in the Design and Operation of Sampling Systems................ E-3 E.2.3 Sample Collection ................................................................................................. E-4 E.2.4 Sample Tubing ...................................................................................................... E-5 Pumps, Valves, and Fittings ....................................................................................... E-6 Sample Water Recovery and Drains........................................................................... E-6
xvi
E.2.5 Sample Conditioning ............................................................................................. E-6 Temperature Regulation ............................................................................................. E-6 Flow Rate and Pressure Regulation ........................................................................... E-7 Sample Filters ............................................................................................................. E-8 Sample Panels............................................................................................................ E-8 E.2.6 Grab Sampling Procedures...................................................................................... E-11 Grab Samples ........................................................................................................... E-11 Sample Containers ................................................................................................... E-11 Sample Collection and Preservation......................................................................... E-12 E.2.7 Corrosion Product Sampling ............................................................................... E-12 E.3 ON-LINE MONITORING TECHNIQUES .................................................................... E-12 E.3.1 Important Considerations for Selection of Proper Monitoring Method ................ E-13 E.3.2 Analyzer Calibration Techniques ........................................................................ E-14 E.3.3 Analyzer Operation and Maintenance................................................................. E-14 E.4 DATA COLLECTION, INTERPRETATION, AND MANAGEMENT............................. E-14 E.4.1 Data Collection.................................................................................................... E-15 E.4.2 Automatic Data Collection and Storage .............................................................. E-15 E.4.3 Manual Storage of Chemistry Data ..................................................................... E-15 E.4.4 Data Analysis and Interpretation ......................................................................... E-16 E.4.5 Roles of Plant Personnel in Water Chemistry Data Collection, Interpretation and Management........................................................................................................... E-16 E.4.6 Expert Systems for Water Chemistry Management ............................................ E-17 E.5 VALIDATION OF CHEMISTRY DATA........................................................................ E-18 E.5.1 Precision, Accuracy, Bias and Drift ..................................................................... E-20 E.5.2 QA/QC for Sampling Systems............................................................................. E-23 E.5.3 QA/QC for On-Line Instruments.......................................................................... E-24 Instrument Calibration and Standardization.............................................................. E-24 Validation of On-Line Monitoring Instruments........................................................... E-25 Synthesizing Standard Samples ............................................................................... E-26 Potential Problems in Preparation of Standards ....................................................... E-26 E.5.4 Charting of Chemistry Data to Track Instrument Performance ........................... E-27 E.5.5 Interlaboratory Assessment of Grab Sample Analysis Methods ......................... E-30 E.5.6 EPRI Experience With Chemistry Data Validation .............................................. E-31 Performance Determination ...................................................................................... E-31 Acceptance Limits..................................................................................................... E-32
xvii
Use of Acceptance Limits in QC ............................................................................... E-32 E.6 SUMMARY.................................................................................................................. E-33 E.7 REFERENCES ........................................................................................................... E-35 F UNIT SHUTDOWN, LAYUP, STARTUP, CYCLING AND PEAKING....................................F-1 F.1 SHUTDOWN ..................................................................................................................F-1 F.2 LAYUP ...........................................................................................................................F-4 F.2.1 Influence of Cycle Metallurgy on Layup .................................................................F-4 All-ferrous metallurgy systems.....................................................................................F-4 Mixed metallurgy systems............................................................................................F-5 F.2.2 Short-term Layup....................................................................................................F-5 F.2.3 Intermediate and Longterm Layup .........................................................................F-5 F.2.4 Maintenance Outage ..............................................................................................F-6 F.3 STARTUP ......................................................................................................................F-6 F.3.1 Corrosion Product Filters........................................................................................F-6 F.3.2 Units With Drum Boilers .........................................................................................F-8 F.3.3 Units With Once Through Boilers .........................................................................F-12 Cold Startup ...............................................................................................................F-12 Hot Startup.................................................................................................................F-13 F.4 ROAD MAP FOR SHUTDOWN AND LAYUP..............................................................F-13 Step 1 - Short-Term Layup....................................................................................F-13 Step 2 - Intermediate and Longterm Layup Common to Dry and Wet Layup .......F-15 Step 3 - Dry Air Layup...........................................................................................F-15 Step 4 - Dry Layup with Nitrogen ..........................................................................F-15 Step 5 - Wet Layup: Traditional Method (Boiler and Feedwater Heaters) ............F-16 Step 6 - Wet Layup: Low Oxygen Scavenger Method (Boiler and Feedwater Heaters) ................................................................................................................F-16 Step 7 - Wet Layup (Balance of Cycle) .................................................................F-16 Step 8 - Very Long Storage .......................................................................................F-17 Step 9 - Maintenance ............................................................................................F-17 F.5 CYCLING AND PEAKING............................................................................................F-17 F.6 REFERENCES.............................................................................................................F-19 G EPRI FOSSIL PLANT CYCLE CHEMISTRY REPORTS, GUIDELINES AND CONFERENCE PROCEEDINGS ............................................................................................. G-1 CONFERENCE PROCEEDINGS......................................................................................... G-5
xviii
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1-1 Overall Philosophy of EPRIs Cycle Chemistry Program..........................................1-4 Figure 1-2 Schematic of the Processes in PTZ. The extra arrows pointing in to the Deposits indicate that deposition can occur by other methods........................................1-7 Figure 1-3 Model for the Development of Corrosion Processes in the PTZ of Steam Turbines .............................................................................................................................1-8 Figure 1-4 Partitioning Constants for Common Salts, Oxides and Acids.................................1-10 Figure 1-5 pH Dependence of the Cu Release Rates for Al-Brass, 90Cu-10Ni and Admiralty Brass After Treatment in Non-Degassed Feedwater at ORP +100 mV and 300 mV* * OX = Oxidizing, RED = Reducing .................................................................1-11 Figure 2-1 Summary of Possible Boiler Water and Feedwater for Fossil Plants as a Function of Equipment and Equipment Capability(1) .........................................................2-4 Figure 2-2 Schematic Representation of Oxide Formed on Ferrous Feedwater Surfaces During Operation with Reducing AVT ................................................................................2-6 Figure 2-3 Change in Oxidizing Reducing Potential (ORP) and Feedwater Iron Levels (Fe) at the Economizer Inlet when Hydrazine (N2H4) is Gradually Reduced on a 600MW Drum Unit with an All-Ferrous Feedwater System(8). ..........................................2-7 Figure 2-4 Schematic Representation of Oxide Formed on Iron-Based Feedwater Surfaces During Operation with Oxidizing AVT and OT.....................................................2-9 Figure 2-5 Road Map for Optimizing Feedwater Treatment for All-Ferrous Feedwater Systems ...........................................................................................................................2-10 Figure 2-6 Surface Images of Admiralty Brass After Treatment at 95C (203F), pH 9 and ORP = +100 mV (a,c,e,g) and ORP = -350 mV (b,d,f,h) for 8 (a,b), 24 (c,d), 100 (e,f) and 200 (g,h) hours. The surface oxide under reducing conditions is protective Cu2O. The rougher surface oxide under oxidizing conditions is CuO.(10) ......................2-14 Figure 2-7 Road Map for Optimizing Feedwater Treatment for Mixed-Metallurgy Systems ....2-17 Figure 2-8 Road Map for Optimizing Boiler Water Treatment for Drum Boilers.......................2-22 Figure 3-1 Typical Locations of Impurity Ingress, Corrosion and Deposition in a Drum Cycle ..................................................................................................................................3-2 Figure 3-2 Representative Drum Boiler Mechanical Carryover..................................................3-4 Figure 3-3 Distribution Ratios for Common Boiler Water Contaminants (This ray diagram was originally developed by N. A. Styrikovich and O. I. Martynova.(5,6))..........................3-5 Figure 3-4 All-Volatile Treatment: Drum Boiler Water Chloride vs. Operating Pressure. Calculated using mechanical and vaporous carryover for a limit of 3 ppb Chloride in Steam. It must be noted that these are the old limits used in the previous AVT Guidelines(1)......................................................................................................................3-9
xix
Figure 3-5 All-Volatile Treatment: Drum Boiler Water Chloride vs. Operating Pressure. Calculated using mechanical and vaporous carryover for a limit of 2 ppb Chloride in Steam...............................................................................................................................3-10 Figure 3-6 All-Volatile Treatment: Drum Boiler Water Cation Conductivity vs. Operating Pressure...........................................................................................................................3-11 Figure 3-7 Partitioning Constants - Neutral Species ................................................................3-14 Figure 3-8 Partitioning Constants - 1:1 Compounds................................................................3-15 Figure 3-9 Partitioning Constants - 1:2 Compounds................................................................3-16 Figure 3-10 Model Predictions (bold lines) for Boiler Water Sodium as a Function of Pressure to Ensure that Less than 2 ppb Sodium is in Steam. The non bold lines are the predictions using the previous approach (mechanical carryover and ray diagram) for 2 ppb Na in steam. a) pH 99.6 with no mechanical carryover b) no volatility, only mechanical carryover using Figure 3-2 c) pH 99.6 mechanical carryover using Figure 3-2 d) pH above 8 with Cl and SO4 from 03 ppm......................3-17 Figure 3-11 Model Predictions (bold lines) for Boiler Water Chloride as a Function of Pressure to Ensure that Less than 2 ppb Chloride is in Steam. The non-bold lines are the predictions using the previous approach (mechanical carryover and ray diagram) for 2 ppb Cl in steam (same as Figure 3-5) a) pH 9.6, no mechanical carryover b) pH 9.0, no mechanical carryover c) no volatility, only mechanical carryover d) pH 9.6 with mechanical carryover from Figure 3-2 e) pH 9.0 with mechanical carryover from Figure 3-2 f) pH above 8, ammonia, sulfate from 03 ppm ..................................................................................................................................3-18 Figure 3-12 Model Predictions (bold lines) for Boiler Water Sulfate as a Function of Pressure to Ensure that Less than 2 ppb Sulfate is in Steam. The non-bold lines are the predictions using the previous approach (mechanical carryover and ray diagram) for 2 ppb sulfate in steam. a) pH 99.6 no mechanical carryover b) no volatility, only mechanical carryover (Figure 3-2) c) pH 99.6 with mechanical carryover (Figure 3-2) ......................................................................................................3-19 Figure 3-13 Model Predictions (bold lines) for Boiler Water Silica as a Function of Pressure to Ensure that Less than 10 ppb SiO2 is in Steam. Non-bold lines are the predictions using the previous approach (mechanical carryover and ray diagram) for 10 ppb of silica in steam. a) no volatility, mechanical carryover from Figure 3-2 b) pH 99.6, no mechanical carryover c) pH 99.6, mechanical carryover from Figure 3-2 ....................................................................................................................................3-20 Figure 4-1 Cycle Chemistry Diagram for a Drum Unit on All-Volatile Treatment, AVT(O). All-ferrous metallurgy in feedwater system. Operating with an oxidizing environment (no reducing agent) ............................................................................................................4-3 Figure 4-2 Cycle Chemistry Diagram for a Drum Unit on All-Volatile Treatment, AVT(R). All-ferrous and mixed-metallurgy feedwater systems. Operating with a reducing environment (reducing agent added) .................................................................................4-4 Figure 4-3 All-Volatile Treatment: Drum Boiler Water Cation Conductivity vs. Operating Pressure.............................................................................................................................4-7 Figure 4-4 All-Volatile Treatment: Drum Boiler Water Sodium vs. Operating Pressure.............4-8 Figure 4-5 All-Volatile Treatment: Drum Boiler Water Chloride vs. Operating Pressure............4-9 Figure 4-6 All-Volatile Treatment: Drum Boiler Water Sulfate vs. Operating Pressure............4-10 Figure 4-7 All-Volatile Treatment: Drum Boiler Water Silica vs. Operating Pressure ..............4-11
xx
Figure 4-8.................................................................................................................................4-13 Figure 5-1 Theoretical Relationship Between Specific Conductivity and pH for Ammonia Solutions ............................................................................................................................5-3 Figure 5-2 Cycle Chemistry Diagram for a Once-Through Unit on All-VolatileTreatment. All-ferrous metallurgy in feedwater system. Operating with an oxidizing environment (no reducing agent). ...........................................................................................................5-5 Figure 5-3 Cycle Chemistry Diagram for a Once-Through Unit on All-Volatile Treatment. Mixed-metallurgy feedwater systems. Operating with a reducing environment (reducing agent added) ......................................................................................................5-6 Figure 5-4 Ammonia Concentration vs. pH for Various Carbon Dioxide Concentrations. Note: the top curve represents 4 ppm CO2 and the bottom curve represents zero CO2. Source: from unpublished data derived from volatility code discussed in Section 3.3.1 ......................................................................................................................5-7 Figure A-1 Vacuum Degasifier................................................................................................. A-2 Figure A-2 Components of a GTM Unit ................................................................................... A-4 Figure A-3 GTM System Process Flow Diagram (Note: 1 gal = 3.785 litres)........................... A-5 Figure A-4 GTM System Process Flow Diagram (Note: 1 gal = 3.785 litres)........................... A-6 Figure A-5 A Storage Tank Nitrogen System and Sparging Elements(7) ................................ A-8 Figure C-1 Multisensor Probe .................................................................................................. C-3 Figure C-2 Multisensor Probe Instrument Schematic .............................................................. C-4 Figure C-3 Flow Schematic for SF6 Analyzer System ............................................................. C-6 Figure C-4 Schematic Diagram of SF6 Sampling System ....................................................... C-7 Figure E-1 Head Cup for Constant Sample Flow (pressure in psi at discharge equals the head, H inches of water, divided by 27.6) ......................................................................... E-8 Figure E-2 Sampling System Configuration Used During RP2712-3 Project(2) .................... E-10 Figure E-3 Normal Distribution Curve for Random Data........................................................ E-20 Figure E-4 The Relationship Between True Value, Measured Value, and Bias. The bias in the example shown is negative, but a positive bias is also possible. .......................... E-21 Figure E-5 Random and Systematic Errors ........................................................................... E-23 Figure E-6 Laboratory Quality Control Charts........................................................................ E-28 Figure E-7 Cation Conductivity Control Chart, RR%, CC = 0.5 S/cm .................................. E-29 Figure E-8 Cation Conductivity Control Chart, RSD%, CC = 0.5 S/cm................................ E-29 Figure F-1 Copper Concentration at Virginia Powers Chesterfield Unit 6 Before and After a Filter(3) ...................................................................................................................F-7 Figure F-2 Boiler Water Copper Concentration/Drum Boiler Pressure Control Curves Developed at Miami Fort Station(7) .................................................................................F-10 Figure F-3 Drum Boiler Water Copper vs. Operating Pressure ..............................................F-11 Figure F-4 Road Map to Develop Shutdown and Layup Guidelines Common to Most Units .................................................................................................................................F-14
xxi
LIST OF TABLES
Table 1-1 Key Cycle Chemistry Guidelines* ..............................................................................1-5 Table 2-1 Percentage of organizations experiencing chemically influenced BTF. Results (3) from survey of 93 organizations in 2001 (Figures in parentheses indicate survey results from 1997). .............................................................................................................2-2 Table 2-2 Major Unit Transport and Deposition Problem Areas for Units with All-Ferrous and Mixed-Metallurgy Feedwater Systems ........................................................................2-5 Table 2-3 Feedwater Limits for All-Ferrous Systems .................................................................2-8 Table 2-4 Feedwater Limits for Mixed-Metallurgy Systems .....................................................2-15 Table 3-1 EPRIs Core Monitoring Parameters and/or Minimum Level of Continuous Instruments for All Units Operating on AVT .....................................................................3-23 Table 6-1 Possible Causes of Chemistry Excursions ................................................................6-4 Table 6-2 Condensate System Corrective Actions .................................................................6-5 Table 6-3 Feedwater System Corrective Actions....................................................................6-6 Table 6-4 Boiler Water - Corrective Actions (Drum Boilers only) ...............................................6-7 Table 6-5 Steam Circuit - Corrective Actions.............................................................................6-7 Table 6-6a Makeup System Malfunction....................................................................................6-8 Table 6-6b Makeup Regenerant - NaOH, H2SO4 or HCl Leaking into the Cycle......................6-9 Table 6-7 Condenser Tube Leak .............................................................................................6-10 Table 6-8a Condensate Polisher Malfunction/Exhausted ........................................................6-10 Table 6-8b Condensate Polisher Caustic or Acid Regenerant Leakage...............................6-11 Table 6-9 Excessive or Insufficient Concentration of Reducing Agent ....................................6-12 Table 6-10 Corrosion and/or Flow-Accelerated Corrosion in the Feedwater ...........................6-13 Table 6-11 High Boiler Carryover (Drum Boilers only).............................................................6-14 Table 6-12 Impurity Introduction into Turbine by Attemperating Sprays ..................................6-15 Table 6-13 Air In-leakage to Hotwell........................................................................................6-15 Table 6-14 Colloidal Silica and Iron through the Makeup System ...........................................6-16 Table 6-15 Boiler Layup Problems...........................................................................................6-17 Table B-1 To Convert ORP or Corrosion Potential Values Measured Using Reference Electrode #1 to Values on Reference Electrode #2 Scale, Add the Indicated Conversion Factor to the Measured Potential ................................................................... B-5 Table B-2 Expected ORP Values for Reference Quinhydrone Solutions at pH 4 and pH 7 .... B-6 Table C-1 Examples of a Five-Probe Air In-leakage Measurement System............................ C-4 Table C-2 MSP Probe Indications for Various Probe Positions ............................................... C-5
xxiii
Table E-1 Summary of Criteria for Sampling ........................................................................... E-5 Table E-2 Working Definitions of QA/QC Terms for Fossil Plant Chemistry Data Validation ........................................................................................................................ E-19 Table E-3 Typical Sampling Errors ........................................................................................ E-24 Table E-4 Continuous Instrument Acceptance Limits, 95% Confidence Interval (Based on Seven Replicates) ...................................................................................................... E-33 Table F-1 Design features of copper filter(4) ............................................................................F-9 Table F-2 Comparison Of Copper Values in Blowdown (Figures F-2 and F-3) ......................F-12 Table F-3 Maximum Annual Exposure to Contaminant Conditions for Cycling and Peaking Operation ...........................................................................................................F-17
xxiv
1
INTRODUCTION
1.1 THE EPRI CYCLE CHEMISTRY PROGRAM
Availability and reliability are of paramount importance to the overall economic performance and profitability of fossil plant unit operations. Industry statistics have demonstrated the negative impacts of improper water chemistry on unit availability and reliability, as a consequence of chemistry-related failures and associated unscheduled outages. Plant assessments have shown how deficient chemistry practices reduce the efficiency and performance of fossil plant components in contact with water and steam. Further, non-optimum chemistry conditions can shorten the useful service life of fossil plant components, requiring that replacement projects begin sooner than normally required. In recognition of these issues, the EPRI Cycle Chemistry Program was established in 1984. Initial efforts and activities addressed the most obvious and apparent needs within the fossil plant industry. The EPRI response to these needs included: Improving the recognition and understanding of the impacts on fossil plant equipment caused by deficient chemistry practices Critically appraising the science of water and steam chemistry, and identifying specific data needs and other deficiencies Establishing industry guidelines for cycle chemistry in all varieties of fossil plant units Through open communications, conferences and collaborative research efforts, creating a worldwide network of cycle chemistry specialists, allowing appraisal of the science and technology on a global basis Preparing publications and other products intended to facilitate technology transfer to fossil plants, designed to simplify application of good chemistry practices
Over the nearly 20 years the program has been in existence, the understanding of chemistry influenced damage and the effects of deposits on unit performance has increased substantially. Unfortunately, there are still cases where the causes of damage and performance degradation are not properly identified, resulting in situations where the role of chemistry goes unrecognized, or damage and performance losses not involving chemistry are incorrectly determined to be chemistry related. There are also many cases where the optimum cycle chemistry has not been selected and continually validated, or where inadequate instrumentation was responsible for allowing units to operate with gross contamination. Deposits can also impair performance and have been experienced in many areas of the steam-water cycle. Chemistry influenced component damage in fossil plant units is widespread and includes the following mechanisms. 1-1
EPRI Licensed Material Introduction
Condenser tubes (steam side damage): stress corrosion cracking, pitting, condensate grooving Condenser structure: flow-accelerated corrosion of steam side shell, supports, headers and piping Deaerators: flow-accelerated corrosion, pitting, corrosion fatigue, and stress corrosion cracking Feedwater heaters and associated piping: general corrosion and pitting, corrosion fatigue, flow-accelerated corrosion, stress corrosion cracking, and deposits Economizer tubes: Pitting, flow-accelerated corrosion and corrosion fatigue Boiler tubes: hydrogen damage, acid phosphate corrosion, caustic gouging, corrosion fatigue, pitting, and deposit induced overheating Superheaters and reheaters: pitting corrosion, stress corrosion cracking and corrosion fatigue Turbines: Corrosion fatigue, erosion and corrosion, stress corrosion cracking, crevice corrosion, pitting, and deposits (reducing efficiency and capacity)
It should be noted that some of these damage mechanisms were unknown at the inception of the program. Others were not readily distinguished from superficially similar damage mechanisms, including some that are not influenced by chemistry. In other cases, the extent of components that were vulnerable to the damage mechanism was not fully appreciated. Today, there is a very good understanding of damage mechanisms, including the influence of chemistry on many of them. Permanent solutions, based on identification of the responsible root cause and initiation of action to kill the mechanism are generally available. Deficient chemistry is either a root cause or significant influencing factor in all chemistry influenced damage mechanisms. Initial interim chemistry guidelines were issued in 1986.(1) Subsequent research findings, field experience with the interim guidelines, and worldwide cycle chemistry practices justified updates and revision activities. As a result, individual guidelines for phosphate, all-volatile, and oxygenated treatments were issued in the 1990s.(2-4) Additionally, a document describing favorable international experience with caustic treatment of drum boilers was published.(5) This report represents the first in a series of third generation EPRI cycle chemistry guidelines for fossil plants which will be published between 2002 and 2005. 1.1.1 Program Goals and Objectives The overall objectives of the program are to provide guidelines, technology and training materials, which together will assist in avoiding the major damage and failure mechanisms in fossil plants. By implementation of improved water chemistry, the following goals, which have been set for the EPRI program, are attainable by virtually all fossil plant units: No boiler tube failures related to cycle chemistry No turbine problems involving the cycle chemistry, specifically: no corrosion fatigue in low pressure turbine components 1-2
no stress corrosion cracking in disks minimum deposits (no availability losses or performance concerns) eliminate serious flow-accelerated corrosion failures minimize iron and copper transport (each to less than 2ppb in the feedwater) selected to protect boiler and turbine customized for each unit minimum (core) levels of instrumentation for all units and treatments continual chemistry surveillance, control and alarms for all units
Optimized feedwater treatment to:
Operational guidelines for all unit designs and operating conditions
Simple and reliable chemistry instrumentation and control
Optimized procedures for unit shutdown and layup Eliminate unneeded chemical cleanings appraise need to clean establish effective approaches and procedures training of staff benchmarking assessments of plant chemistry programs value and risk-based management tools for assessment of cycle chemistry improvements
Optimum managerial approach and support for cycle chemistry
There are already a number of world class utility organizations that enjoy the benefits of operating without chemistry-related boiler and turbine failures, with minimal rates of corrosion product transport, requiring few (if any) chemical cleanings, etc. Many others are working with EPRI to improve their chemistry programs and making measurable progress, with commensurate changes in unit availability and performance. 1.1.2 Program Philosophy The overall philosophy of EPRIs Cycle Chemistry Program for Fossil Plants is shown in Figure 1-1. Various projects, including state-of-knowledge assessments, technology appraisals, research and development programs, and relevant non-technical investigations are performed to improve the overall understanding of the science of water treatment technology and how to optimally apply it to working fossil plant units.
1-3
Figure 1-1 Overall Philosophy of EPRIs Cycle Chemistry Program
The results of these projects serve as critical input to development and products for use by plant personnel. As indicated in the figure, the main products consist of cycle chemistry guidelines, a cycle chemistry advisor (ChemExpert), and various training programs that ensure proper technology transfer to plant staff for optimal understanding and application. By following this approach, it has been possible to continually refine the understanding of the underlying science while also making appropriate changes in the products utilized by plant personnel. 1.1.3 Key Cycle Chemistry Guidelines In all, there are 11 essential cycle chemistry guideline documents that should be available for use by all utility personnel responsible for fossil plant water chemistry. Included are four operating guidelines,(2-5) four selection, process and transient guidelines,(6-9) and three cycle support (10-12) Table 1-1 indicates the subject matter of these guideline publications, the year of guidelines. publication, and the year in which publication of revised and updated guidelines is planned. As shown in Figure 1-1, the chemistry guideline documents are integral to the content of the training programs and other tools developed for operations, maintenance, technical, and management personnel. The updated guidelines are the initial conduit through which the findings of research and development efforts are transferred to the plants. However, the important new concepts introduced in the guidelines are subsequently integrated into training program materials and future versions of the expert system code (ChemExpert).
1-4
EPRI Licensed Material Introduction Table 1-1 Key Cycle Chemistry Guidelines* Guideline Type/Subject Operating Guidelines Phosphate Treatment (EPT/PT) All-Volatile Treatment (AVT) Oxygenated Treatment (OT) Caustic Treatment (CT) Selection, Process and Transient Guidelines Selection and Optimization Flow-Accelerated Corrosion Cycling/Startup/Shutdown/Layup Control of Copper in Fossil Plants Cycle Support Guidelines Makeup (Revision 1) Chemical Cleaning (Revision 2) Condensate Polishing 1999 2001 1996 2005 1994 1997 1998 2000 1994 1996 1994 1994 2003 2003 2004 2004/5 Year Published Planned Updates
*See Appendix G for further information on these and other publications.
1.1.4 Program Vision and Future Plans Utilities desiring optimum benefits from these and future cycle chemistry guidelines publications will derive the best results as follows: Perform initial benchmarking assessments of existing cycle chemistry and boiler tube failure reduction programs to establish worldwide rankings for each unit and to identify areas of deficiency. (EPRIs approach to Cycle Chemistry Benchmarking is included as Appendix D.) Organizations desiring optimized chemistry should arrange for Boiler Tube Failure Reduction/Cycle Chemistry Improvement Program (BTFR/CCIP) training to familiarize staff with: a) the controllable aspects of the key cycle chemistry program guidelines, b) the importance of formalized, management supported, BTFR/CCIP Programs, and c) the importance of establishing customized chemistry treatment programs based on the guidelines. Use of a Corporate Mandate document provides the needed support from management. Use EPRI ChemExpert to provide minute-by-minute surveillance of the chemistry, early warning of chemistry excursions, direction to response actions which will minimize or 1-5
prevent damage to equipment. This program will also eventually allow assessment of the risks of continued operation with out-of-specification chemistry until normal chemistry can be restored, as well as the value of program improvements Perform follow-up benchmarking assessments to track progress in improving plant chemistry programs and identify any areas where the staffs understanding of the guidelines would benefit from review of training materials
Feedback obtained from utility personnel working with these products is an important means by which EPRIs Cycle Chemistry Program is continually upgraded.
1.2 RESEARCH SUPPORTING REVISION OF THE CYCLE CHEMISTRY GUIDELINES

EPRI research conducted over the last ten years has resolved prior knowledge deficiencies in several critical areas. These include: Chemical environment and liquid films in the Phase Transition Zone (PTZ) region of the low pressure steam turbine Corrosion processes in the PTZ of steam turbines Volatility and solubility of impurities in steam and water Copper corrosion and transport in fossil plant steam-water cycles
The influence of research in these areas on the development of guidelines follows in subsequent sections. Sections 2 and 3 provide further details on how the research findings influence selection of treatments and the rationale for these new AVT chemistry guidelines. 1.2.1 Chemical Environment and Liquid Films in the Phase Transition Zone (PTZ) The risk of chemistry related turbine damage is greatest within the so-called phase transition zone (PTZ), where corrosion of low pressure (LP) blades and disks results in substantial availability losses with commensurate cost impacts on the affected fossil generating units. EPRI has sponsored a series of research projects intended to understand the environment in the PTZ in detail, to improve the understanding of the corrosion damage processes in the PTZ and the (13-16) effects of the chemistry on these processes. As a result of 10 years of research and international collaborative work with 23 organizations, Figure 1-2 schematically shows the important processes that take place in the PTZ. The impurities, oxides and ions in the superheated steam act as centers for the heterogeneous nucleation of the first drops of moisture sometimes called the first or early condensate. These drops concentrate the impurities (for chloride and sulfate up to 200 times) and are now known to be electrically charged. However, it is very important to note that there is no oxygen within these droplets, even for units operating on oxygenated treatment (up to 400 ppb oxygen). The droplets can impinge on the turbine surfaces (blades and disks) and give rise to liquid films on the surfaces. The properties of these liquid films have been extensively studied in EPRI (17,18) The concentration of impurities in the liquid film is at least ten times higher than in research. 1-6
the droplets and the pH can drop down to below 7. These liquid films are important because they provide the dynamic environment for the PTZ corrosion mechanisms. It has also been shown that those liquid films have a potential and a high conductivity. As these liquid films flow off the blade surfaces they generate relatively large droplets compared with the early condensate droplets. Both are charged as they flow into the exhaust hood at an approximate moisture level of around 8%.
Figure 1-2 Schematic of the Processes in PTZ. The extra arrows pointing in to the Deposits indicate that deposition can occur by other methods.
The EPRI research has also determined that the unit cycle chemistry has a major effect on the properties of the liquid films. Parallel work has also addressed deposition of salts, oxides and impurities onto the PTZ surfaces. Some of the main conclusions from this large body of research, which directly influences the development of the revised EPRI AVT Guidelines include: It appears that less deposition and thus more reliable operation in the steam turbine PTZ will be accomplished by reducing the current AVT steam limits for Na, Cl, and SO4 to below 2 ppb, although there is significant transport and deposition of steam impurities in units with concentrations of sodium and chloride in steam of less than 0.1 ppb. The concentration of impurities by drying of liquid films and moisture droplets on surfaces, where the surface temperature is above the steam saturation temperature can be significant. Liquid films have been detected on blade surfaces above the saturation line. Pitting can be initiated in relatively pure steam on typical turbine materials in cycling drum boiler units that do not apply any shutdown protection to the turbine. The cycle chemistry plays a major influence on the chemical composition of the early condensate and of the liquid film on blades. 1-7
Low volatility salts and octydecylamine (ODA) in steam affect the condensation process, particularly at lower steam expansion rates such as those in turbines.
The relation of these conclusions to cycle chemistry treatment and steam purity is clear, and these third generation chemistry guidelines have included these results in deriving some of the revised limits. 1.2.2 Corrosion Processes in the PTZ of Steam Turbines These extensive new findings on the environment and liquid films in the PTZ have led to a new model of how corrosion processes (corrosion fatigue (CF) and stress corrosion cracking(SCC)) take place. Figure 1-3 shows the model. When the turbine is operating, the chemical environment in susceptible locations in the PTZ consists of dynamic liquid films and deposition of salts, oxides and impurities. There is no oxygen in the liquid films. However, when the turbine shuts down, most organizations do not provide any protective environment, and so the deposits become moist once the surfaces cool down, and cause passivity breakdown and pits to form. Repetition of the operating/shutdown environments eventually leads to microcracks. Only when the turbine is operating is the loading (cyclic or steady state) sufficient to drive the microcracks into corrosion fatigue or stress corrosion cracks. Only when the unit is operating are liquid films present, which provide the environment for the cracks to propagate. Thus the main ramifications for the development of these new guidelines are the importance of higher purity steam (reduction of the limits for sodium, chloride and sulfate) and of protecting the turbine during shutdown.
Turbine Operation Chemistry Deposits and Liquid Films (No O2) Pitting Crevices Loading Cyclic Steady State Pitting Microcracks CF SCC
Shutdown Deposits, Oxygen and Moisture
No Loading
Figure 1-3 Model for the Development of Corrosion Processes in the PTZ of Steam Turbines
1-8
Ultimately, research results in this area will allow development of a computer model of the LP turbine that can be used to appraise the potential for corrosion fatigue and stress corrosion cracking. This model will include predictive capabilities to assess the time to failure once precursor conditions (pits, crevices and microcracks) are determined to be present. The improved model will eventually be integrated into other EPRI software such as BLADE and ChemExpert. 1.2.3 Volatility and Solubility of Impurities in Steam More than a decade of research(19-25) has shown that volatility predictions based on the ray diagram are not accurate in defining volatile carryover in drum boilers of fossil plant units. In some cases, the values suggested by the ray diagram are off by as much as two orders of magnitude. Volatility experiments conducted to reevaluate impurities of interest resulted in a much better understanding of this subject and the complexities involved in properly applying this science to fossil plants. All of the results from 10 years of EPRI research are shown in Figure 1-4. Key findings of the volatility experiments and subsequent data evaluations may be summarized as follows. Impurities may carry over as neutral salts, as 1:1 ionic compounds or as 1:2 ionic compounds. Separate diagrams for each of these groups are shown in Section 3. Chloride exhibits relatively high volatility as hydrochloric acid (HCl), minor volatility as ammonium chloride (NH4Cl), and only minimal volatility as sodium chloride (NaCl). Sodium hydroxide (NaOH) has a volatility comparable to that of NaCl and introduction of these species to the steam path from the boiler is strongly dependent on mechanical carryover rather than volatile carryover. Under oxidizing conditions, volatile transport of sulfur species to the steam occurs mainly as sulfuric acid (H2SO4), however, under reducing conditions, volatile carryover of sulfur dioxide, (SO2), a neutral compound, can introduce sulfur to the steam. Also, carryover of ammonium sulfate (NH4HSO4) will be present in steam at high pH under AVT chemistry conditions. Phosphoric acid (H3PO4) is considered a neutral compound as it does not ionize appreciably at boiler operating temperatures, yet volatile carryover was determined to be quite low. Transport of phosphates to the steam is essentially the result of mechanical carryover. Trisodium phosphate (Na3PO4), is, for practical purposes, non-volatile. Organic acids such as formic acid (HCOOH) and acetic acid (CH3COOH) are neutral compounds under fossil plant operating conditions and are very volatile, however, any organic salts in steam would exhibit lower volatility and could lead to stripping of organic acids from LP steam into the early condensate. Volatile carryover of copper from boiler water to the steam occurs mainly as cupric hydroxide (CU(OH)2) and cuprous hydroxide (CuOH); both species exhibit very high volatility across the whole range of temperatures and pressures experienced in a fossil plant from startup to full operation. Silica volatilization characteristics are quite consistent with the findings of other researchers. 1-9
Carryover predictions for operating fossil plant units with drum boilers require use of a thermodynamic model to make an appraisal of the boiler water components as a system; a model has been developed that allows prediction of saturated steam chemistry and the chemistry of the early condensate initial testing shows that component volatility is pH dependent and that mechanical carryover rate has a significant impact on steam purity.
The model is currently under development but has been used in Section 3 to validate the derivation of boiler water limits from the steam limits. The final version of the code will be incorporated within the EPRI ChemExpert software. It is envisioned that doing so will allow utilities to customize their boiler water limits and action levels for individual drum boiler units and to predict changes in steam purity and early condensate chemistry with variations in the boiler water chemistry.
Figure 1-4 Partitioning Constants for Common Salts, Oxides and Acids
1-10
1.2.4 Copper Corrosion and Transport in Fossil Cycles Under Program Copper, EPRI sought to establish an improved understanding of copper corrosion, transport and deposition in fossil plant cycles, leading to new guidelines for control of mixed metallurgy cycles.(9,24,26-29) It has been shown that the corrosivity of individual copper alloys is dependent primarily on oxidation-reduction potential (ORP), and also on pH, as shown in Figure 1-5. Ramifications here for the revised guidelines are that the minimum in corrosion for copper alloys occurs in the pH range 9.0-9.3 under reducing conditions. Also, the solubility of cupric oxide (CuO) in steam, about 1-2 ppb under fossil plant conditions, was found to be generally consistent with prior research, while the solubility of cuprous oxide (Cu2O), about 23.5 ppb, was determined to be somewhat greater than predicted by other investigators. In boiler water, the copper oxides exhibit increasing solubility as a function of temperature up to around 200oC (392oF). At typical boiler operating temperatures however, the solubilities appear to be independent of temperature, about 2 ppb for CuO, and about 6 ppb for Cu2O. Boiler pH (ammonia concentration) has considerable influence on copper oxide solubility at high temperatures. These results have been used to develop revised boiler water copper limits. Because of the solubility of the copper oxides in boiler water and the high volatility of the oxides to steam, it is of paramount importance that reducing conditions exist during any shutdown periods to minimize the transport of copper to steam.
Figure 1-5 pH Dependence of the Cu Release Rates for Al-Brass, 90Cu-10Ni and Admiralty Brass After Treatment in Non-Degassed Feedwater at ORP +100 mV and 300 mV* * OX = Oxidizing, RED = Reducing
1-11
1.3 HOW TO USE THESE GUIDELINES

This introductory section of the guidelines has presented the EPRI Cycle Chemistry Program objectives and achievable goals, and has shown how recent research findings provide the direction for the revisions to the previous AVT guidelines. These chemistry guidelines are applicable to fossil units with drum and once-through boilers operating with AVT. As with prior versions, the guidelines represent the best practices for those units that should utilize AVT. This in no way implies that the guidelines, as presented, can be immediately applied to individual units. Additional guidance is provided to assist users of the guidelines to develop an optimized cycle chemistry program with customized limits and action levels. Further, it is important to understand that AVT is not an acceptable treatment for all units, and that the suitability and applicability of the cycle chemistry treatment approaches to a given unit may change over time. As described in Section 2, it is important to verify the suitability of AVT for use in a specific unit prior to initial operation with AVT and whenever significant changes in unit design and operation occur. In the case of existing units operated on AVT for more than five years, users of these guidelines are strongly urged to use the road maps and supporting discussions of Section 2 to verify that the present AVT program is still optimum for the unit in question because the latest research findings have influenced the applicability of the available feedwater and boiler water treatment options. Section 3 of the guidelines presents and discusses the new rationale used to develop these guidelines to establish appropriate target values and action levels. This section is most important (a must read) as it will be noted that the approach to be followed is completely new and different from previous EPRI guidelines, and differs with the system metallurgy. The Section 3 presentation also defines the preferred sample points, chemical feed points and required on-line instrumentation for all situations to which AVT is the desired cycle chemistry. Sections 4 and 5 cover the revised AVT guidelines for drum boiler and once-through boiler units, respectively. As in prior guidelines, cycle diagrams are used to summarize the sample collection and chemical addition point, the basic (generic and uncustomized) chemistry target values and action levels, and the monitoring requirements. As explained in each of these sections, the instrumentation requirements now differ depending on whether an oxidizing or reducing chemistry is employed (AVT(O) or (AVT(R)). Guidance is given on how the guidelines should be used to establish unit-specific target values and action levels. Section 4 on drum boiler units includes a discussion of chemistry data requirements for using EPRI ChemExpert software. Also presented are discussions of best practices for unit shutdown, layup, startup and cycling service as well as makeup water requirements and the role of chemical cleaning in optimized AVT programs. Section 6 addresses other aspects of optimized AVT programs. Primary attention is focused on prompt identification of chemistry excursions by plant personnel, accurate analysis of the cause or causes of the deviations from normal chemistry limits, and provision of corrective actions consistent with this analysis. In addition, this section considers the purity of treatment chemicals to be applied to units operated on AVT. Sections 1-6 are followed by seven appendices, providing further details on important topics related to AVT usage. Appendix A describes ways to remove dissolved oxygen from treated makeup water, which is very beneficial when filling units for startup. Techniques for monitoring 1-12
feedwater ORP are presented in Appendix B. Condenser air in-leakage monitoring and control, necessary to ensure attainment of target values for dissolved oxygen in condensate, are presented in Appendix C. Appendix D provides information on the EPRI approach to cycle chemistry benchmarking. The importance of proper sampling and analysis practices as they relate to chemistry program management is reviewed in Appendix E. The contributions of staff training to the overall success of the program are also covered. Appendix F covers unit shutdown, layup, startup, cycling and peaking. As indicated in Table 1-1, there are 11 key cycle chemistry guideline documents that all personnel within the organizations supporting the EPRI Cycle Chemistry Program should have. However, these publications represent only a small part of the products created since program inception in 1984. Appendix G provides a listing of all currently available guidelines, technical reports, and conference proceedings.
1.4 REFERENCES
1. Interim Consensus Guidelines on Fossil Plant Water Chemistry, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: June 1986. CS-4629. 2. Cycle Chemistry Guidelines for Fossil Plants: Phosphate Treatment for Drum Units, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: December 1994. TR-103665. 3. Cycle Chemistry Guidelines for Fossil Plants: All Volatile Treatment, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: April 1996. TR-105041. 4. Cycle Chemistry Guidelines for Fossil Plants: Oxygenated Treatment, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: December 1994. TR-102285. 5. Sodium Hydroxide for Conditioning the Boiler Water of Drum-Type Boilers, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: January 1995. TR-104007. 6. Selection and Optimization of Boiler Water and Feedwater Treatments for Fossil Plants, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: March 1997. TR-105040. 7. Guidelines for Controlling Flow-Accelerated Corrosion in Fossil Plants, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: November 1997. TR-108859. 8. Cycling, Startup, Shutdown and Lay-up Fossil Plant Cycle Chemistry Guidelines for Operators and Chemists, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: August 1998. TR-107754. 9. Guidelines for Copper in Fossil Plants, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: November 2000. 1000457. 10. Revised Guidelines for Makeup Water Treatment, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: October 1999. TR-113692. 11. Guidelines for Chemical Cleaning of Conventional Fossil Plant Equipment, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: November 2001. 1003994.
1-13
12. Condensate Polishing Guidelines, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: September 1996. TR-104422. 13. Steam, Chemistry and Corrosion in the Phase Transition Zone of Steam Turbines, Volume 1: Key Results, Summary, and Interpretation, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: February 1999. TR-108184-V1. 14. Steam, Chemistry and Corrosion in the Phase Transition Zone of Steam Turbines, Volume 2: Part 1: Individual Contributions of Participants, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: February 1999. TR-108184-V2P1. 15. Steam, Chemistry and Corrosion in the Phase Transition Zone of Steam Turbines, Volume 2: Part 2: Individual Contributions of Participants, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: February 1999. TR-108184-V2P1. 16. Turbine Steam, Chemistry and Corrosion: Generation of Early Liquid Films in Turbines, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: September 1999. TR-113090. 17. Turbine Steam, Chemistry and Corrosion: Experimental Turbine Tests, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: September 1997. TR-108185. 18. Corrosion of Low Pressure Steam Turbine Components, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: November 2000. 1000557. 19. Behavior of Ammonium Salts in Steam Cycles, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: December 1993. TR-102377. 20. Assessment of the Ray Diagram, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: August 1996. TR-106017. 21. Volatility of Aqueous Sodium Hydroxide, Bisulfate and Sulfate, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: February 1999. TR-105801. 22. Vapor-Liquid Partitioning of Sulfuric Acid and Ammonium Sulfate, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: February 1999. TR-112359. 23. Volatility of Aqueous Acetic Acid, Formic Acid, and Sodium Acetate, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: July 2000. TR-113089. 24. Behavior of Aqueous Electrolytes in Steam Cycles: The Solubility and Volatility of Cupric Oxide, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: November 2000. 1000455. 25. The Volatility of Impurities in Steam/Water Cycles, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: September 2001. 1001042. 26. State-of-Knowledge of Copper in Fossil Plant Cycles, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: September 1997. TR-108460. 27. Corrosion of Cu-Ni-Zn Alloys in Water-Ammonia Power Plant Environments: Development of High Temperature Potential-pH (Pourbaix) Diagrams, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: November 1999. TR-113697. 1-14
28. Copper Alloy Corrosion in High Purity Feedwater, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: November 2000. 1000456. 29. Influence of Water Chemistry on Copper Alloy Corrosion in High Purity Feedwater, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: October 2001. 1004586.
1-15
2
SELECTION AND OPTIMIZATION OF FEEDWATER AND BOILER WATER
2.1 CHEMICALLY-INFLUENCED PROBLEMS, AND THE CONTINUUM OF TREATMENTS

The unit chemistry selection and continuing optimization of feedwater and boiler water treatments are of paramount importance to the performance of a fossil plant. Often the chemistry for both is decided during initial unit design, and then fine-tuned during decommissioning or early operation. Historically, the science of chemical treatments has changed over the last 20 years of the EPRI Cycle Chemistry Program, and many organizations have indeed changed treatments. Some examples of this include: a gradual progression from coordinated phosphate to congruent phosphate to tri-sodium phosphate treatments (EPT and PT) conversion from AVT to a phosphate treatment conversion from AVT to OT, and for all-ferrous feedwater systems, conversion from a reducing AVT environment (using reducing agents) to either an oxidizing AVT environment (without reducing agents) or OT.
However, it is very rare than an organization conducts a comprehensive monitoring campaign when such changes are made. Most often it is accomplished quickly, and often without a chemical clean, which is especially important if a boiler water treatment is changed. Also, and often more importantly, is the fact that as the unit gets older, it becomes more prone to contaminant ingress from increasing condenser leaks and air in-leakage. The majority of organizations do not continually (at least on a six months frequency) check whether the treatment is still optimized or even adequate for the changed conditions. Most often, when asked, organizations indicate we operate with this boiler water (or feedwater) treatment because we always operated this way. This situation is not satisfactory. Within this overall scenario is included the fact that very often organizations do not change contaminant limits when boiler water chemistry is changed. The classic most recent example is (1) the change from congruent phosphate treatment (CPT) to equilibrium phosphate treatment. This change from CPT to EPT was desperately needed by the industry in the early 1990s to prevent phosphate hideout, hideout return, and acid phosphate corrosion. The publication of the (2) EPRI Phosphate Guidelines has reversed these trends. However, on changing from CPT to EPT, there also needs to be a change of boiler water control limits, especially for chloride. For 2-1
EPRI Licensed Material Selection and Optimization of Feedwater and Boiler Water
example for a 2500 psi (17.2 MPa) boiler, the chloride limit with EPT is about 25 ppb, whereas for PT it is about 1 ppm. Thus it is not surprising that there has been a drastic increase around the world in hydrogen damage tube failures in EPT units. Overall this is part of a very disturbing trend of an increasing number of chemically influenced failures. Table 2-1 indicates the percentage of organizations experiencing cycle chemistry influenced BTF. Here it has to be said that not only those organizations with the poorest BTF statistics and poorest cycle chemistry performance have experienced hydrogen damage; in some cases it has occurred in organizations that have been benchmarked in the World Class category.
Table 2-1 Percentage of organizations experiencing chemically influenced BTF. Results from survey of 93 organizations in 2001(3) (Figures in parentheses indicate survey results from 1997). Organizations having Chemically Influenced BTF Hydrogen Damage Acid Phosphate Corrosion Corrosion Fatigue Pitting Stress Corrosion Cracking (SCC) Caustic Gouging 81% (61%)
57% 25% 45% 40% 28% 11%
(37%) (17%) (43%) (7%) (18%) (11%)
Over the last two years EPRI has benchmarked a large number of organizations based on five key fossil plant cycle chemistry factors.(1) The benchmarking process is provided in Appendix D. The process provides a ranking for a unit/plant/organization from World Class to Below Average. World Class essentially means that a unit has no chemically influenced failures or performance losses, has a full complement of cycle chemistry instruments (see Table 3-1) which are alarmed for operators, has very few chemical cleans based on optimum choice of feedwater treatment, and has minimum cycle losses (increased makeup addition) due to blowdown. EPRI also conducts a boiler tube failure reduction program/cycle chemistry improvement program (BTFRP/CCIP), and over the period 1999 to 2002 has provided initial training and review to over 50 organizations worldwide. Some interim results from these two activities of benchmarking and BTFRP/CCIP have recently been collated into an assessment of the (1) importance of cycle chemistry on fossil plant performance. It is clear from this assessment that the most reliable and best performing units in the world operate on OT or AVT(O), have condensate polishing, all-ferrous feedwater systems, do not use reducing agents, have tight condensers, and excellent air in-leakage control. These organizations also take time to ensure that the boiler and feedwater treatments match the equipment and the equipment capability.
2-2
It is, of course, appreciated that while all units to be built in the future should adhere to these guiding principles to achieve performance requirements, not all currently operating units can instantly change to this spectrum. This again emphasizes the need for continuing and continual assessment of a units cycle chemistry, which is the main focus of this section. There are five possible choices for drum boiler water treatment, as discussed in Section 2.3: AVT, OT, EPT, PT and CT. There are three possible choices for feedwater treatment, as discussed in Section 2.2: AVT(O), AVT(R) and OT. The chosen treatments need to match the unit, unit materials (particularly feedwater), cooling water, and possible contaminant ingress. The recent performance results mentioned above have led to a diagram, which simplifies the process of selection, or at least acts as a first-cut analysis. EPRI calls this the Continuum of Treatments. Figure 2-1 attempts to provide an overview of the Continuum. The width of the wedge or funnel, in which the continuum of treatments is located, is proportional to the possible level of contamination in the cycle, and to the ability of any of the five boiler water treatments to neutralize or buffer any contaminants. As the point of the funnel is approached the level of possible contaminants becomes less and the more likely the plant will have very good feedwater control. Such a plant will have a condensate polisher and/or a very tight condenser. As the open end of the funnel is approached, plants might have no condensate polisher, seawater or high TDS water from a cooling lake or a cooling tower. The better the air in-leakage, the nearer to the point will the plant be positioned. The vertical dotted line represents an arbitrary distinction between units with all-ferrous and mixed metallurgy feedwater systems. Clearly there is a relationship with the boiler water treatments: OT and AVT(O) are only applicable to units with all-ferrous feedwater systems, but AVT(R), EPT, PT and CT are applicable to both all-ferrous and mixed-metallurgy. In terms of cycle purity, moving towards the point of the funnel requires lower feedwater contaminants. For example, the continuum for cation conductivity at the economizer inlet might be: for OT (< 0.15S/cm), for AVT(O) and AVT(R) (< 0.2 S/cm), with PT and CT (< 0.3 S/cm), and with EPT positioned approximately at AVT requirements. In terms of performance, the best results occur using OT and AVT(O), whereas operating with PT and CT (and sometimes EPT) there are operational problems such as hideout and hideout return. There clearly has to be benefit in an organization changing the chemistry treatments and maybe the unit equipment (adding a polisher, changing out copper feedwater heaters). This is (13) the focus of EPRIs program on assessing the value to cycle chemistry.
2-3
Figure 2-1 Summary of Possible Boiler Water and Feedwater for Fossil Plants as a Function of Equipment and Equipment Capability(1)
The primary purpose of this section of the new Guidelines is to provide the needed advice, guidance, and road maps for selection and optimization of boiler water and feedwater. The process can, and should, be used each and every time a change in treatment is contemplated, and also used for continual assessment of boiler water and feedwater.
(4) This process, which was developed by EPRI in 1997, is even more important today because of the deteriorating statistics of chemically influenced failures and performance losses. For full consideration of this topic, the reader is strongly recommended to review the complete original document.(4)
2.2 SELECTION AND OPTIMIZATION OF FEEDWATER TREATMENT

2.2.1 Introduction and Types of Feedwater Treatment For all-ferrous feedwater systems (no copper alloys in the feedwater, but there can be copperbased condenser tubing), the generation and transport of corrosion products (magnetite, hematite and ferric oxide hydrate) occurs mainly due to corrosion and flow-accelerated corrosion of low 2-4
pressure and high pressure feedwater heaters, deaerators, economizer inlet tubing and piping, feedwater piping and drain lines. For mixed-metallurgy systems, the generation and transport of corrosion products (cupric and cuprous oxide) occurs mainly due to corrosion of any low pressure and high pressure feedwater heater tubes manufactured from copper alloys. Some possible consequences of these corrosion problems are outlined in Table 2-2.
Table 2-2 Major Unit Transport and Deposition Problem Areas for Units with All-Ferrous and MixedMetallurgy Feedwater Systems All-Ferrous Systems Waterwall pressure drop due to ripple magnetite deposits on waterwalls of oncethrough units Flow-accelerated corrosion Mixed-Metallurgy Systems HP turbine copper deposits Primary superheater copper deposits Copper deposits in HP heaters Pump strainer/screen copper deposits All Feedwater Systems Boiler deposits and increased boiler pressure drop At least five boiler tube failure mechanisms Frequent need to chemical clean Boiler feedpump fouling Orifice fouling
Thus feedwater chemistry is critical to the overall reliability of fossil plants. Corrosion products are generated here, flow around the cycle, deposit in various areas acting as initiating centers for most of the major failure mechanisms, and often need removing by chemical cleaning. There are three distinctly different feedwater treatments: Reducing all-volatile, AVT(R), which uses ammonia and a reducing agent. Here the oxidation-reduction potential, ORP, should be in the range 300 to 350mV [Ag/AgCl/sat, KCl], which is necessary to protect mixed-metallurgy feedwater systems. Oxidizing all-volatile, AVT(O), where the reducing agent has been eliminated. Here the ORP will be around 0 mV and could be positive. Oxygenated treatment (OT) where oxygen and ammonia are used. Here the ORP will be around +100 to +150mV.
Most operators can easily meet the feedwater requirements for cation conductivity (less than 0.2 mS/cm). However, it is clear that this is not sufficient by itself, and major efforts need to be applied to the generation and transport of corrosion products. Very achievable by the best units operating on AVT(R) is less than 2 ppb of iron and/or copper, for units operating with AVT(O) the iron levels can be around 1 ppb, and for units operating with OT iron levels should be around 0.5 ppb.
2-5
2.2.2 All-ferrous Feedwater Systems Optimization All of the three feedwater treatments mentioned above in Section 2.2 are possible for use in allferrous feedwater systems. The basis of either of the AVT treatments is an elevated pH in all cycle streams. The common alkalizing agent is ammonia. Originally, and up to the late 1980s, the ammonia dosing was always combined with a reducing agent feed, such as hydrazine. This treatment is now termed AVT(R), which indicates that the oxygen level at the condensate pump discharge (CPD) is low enough (< 10 ppb) (minimum air in-leakage) that a reducing agent can be added to the cycle to produce a reducing environment with ORP < 0 mV. Figure 2-2 illustrates the oxide formation (magnetite, Fe3O4) which will be formed on all the ferrous surfaces throughout the feedwater system. The dissolution of Fe3O4 into the feedwater flow is dependent on the ORP. The more reducing is the feedwater the greater is the dissolution and thus the higher is the amount of iron corrosion products measured at the economizer inlet. Flowaccelerated corrosion (FAC) occurs by exactly the same mechanism, which is accelerated at (5-7) locations where the flow hydrodynamics are elevated. Under reducing conditions that produce FAC or normal corrosion, organizations are not able to meet the guideline requirements of less than 2 ppb iron in the final feedwater at the economizer inlet.
Figure 2-2 Schematic Representation of Oxide Formed on Ferrous Feedwater Surfaces During Operation with Reducing AVT
Investigations performed since the late 1980s, and hundreds of unit operating experiences have indicated that eliminating the reducing agent feed minimizes the corrosion product generation.(8) This treatment is now termed AVT(O). It also requires the air in-leakage be minimized to produce oxygen levels at the CPD of less than 10 ppb. Figure 2-3 shows a very typical example in a 600 MW drum unit with an all-ferrous feedwater system. As the reducing agent (hydrazine) was reduced over a period of 90 days, the ORP increased from about 350mV to around +100mV in the oxidizing range, and the iron levels reduced markedly. There was no change in the feedwater oxygen level. 2-6
Figure 2-3 Change in Oxidizing Reducing Potential (ORP) and Feedwater Iron Levels (Fe) at the Economizer Inlet when Hydrazine (N2H4) is Gradually Reduced on a 600MW Drum Unit with an All-Ferrous Feedwater System(8).
2-7
The feedwater key parameters for AVT(R) and AVT(O) are summarized in Table 2-3.
Table 2-3 Feedwater Limits for All-Ferrous Systems Parameter pH AVT(O) 9.29.6 AVT(R) 9.29.6 OT D 99.6 O 88.5 < 0.15 < 2 (0.5)
Cation Conductivity (S/cm) Fe (ppb) Cu (ppb) Oxygen (ppb) at EI
< 0.2 < 2 (<1) <2 < 10
< 0.2 <2 <2 < 5 (< 2)
D 3050 O 30150 < 10 No Not needed
Oxygen (ppb) at CPD Reducing Agent ORP (mV) at DAI
< 10 No Not needed
< 10 Yes 300 to 350
Notes: EI - economizer inlet, CPD - condensate pump discharge, DAI - deaerator inlet, D - drum unit, O - Once-through unit
While an elevated pH is the basis of the two AVT treatments, oxygenated treatment (OT) uses oxygenated high purity feedwater to minimize the corrosion and FAC in the feedwater systems. The addition of oxygen is the preferred choice. The feedwater key parameters for OT are shown in Table 2-3. For the application of oxygenated treatment in units with once-through and drum boilers, there is one indispensable prerequisite that the cation conductivity must be less than 0.15 S/cm (at 25C). The basis for the success of OT depends on the formation of a layer of ferric oxide hydrate (FeOOH) on the surface of the magnetite oxide layer and within the pores. This is illustrated in Figure 2-4. In this case the Fe(OOH) has a much lower solubility than Fe3O4 in feedwater, so the dissolution of surface oxide layers and the measurement of iron corrosion products will be minimal. FAC should also be eliminated on feedwater surfaces that have the red FeOOH appearance. It should be also noted that the use of AVT(O) also produces red surface layers of FeOOH throughout the feedwater systems. However, the lower levels of oxygen, maintained by good air in-leakage control, are usually not high enough to passivate 100% of the feedwater (particularly the deaerator) surfaces. Thus the lowest levels of iron transport cannot be expected; typically iron levels for optimized AVT(O) feedwater treatment will be around 1 ppb.
2-8
Figure 2-4 Schematic Representation of Oxide Formed on Iron-Based Feedwater Surfaces During Operation with Oxidizing AVT and OT
Optimization of All-Ferrous Feedwater Chemistry Figure 2-5 shows a road map for optimizing the feedwater treatment in all-ferrous systems. The primary purposes of this important activity are to minimize corrosion product transport, eliminate any possibility for FAC, and thus to reduce the accumulation of corrosion product deposition on the boiler water walls. The methodology described here is equally applicable for both drum and once-through units with all-ferrous feedwater systems.
Step 1Review Normal or Current Feedwater Treatment
This step involves a review of the current feedwater treatment, which is probably AVT(R) with a reducing agent. If there are no problems such as indicated in Table 2-2 then continue to use the current treatment. Such a review would indicate that the operating experience has been good, that minimal chemical control problems have been experienced, that no BTF in the waterwalls relating to waterside problems have occurred in the last five years, that no turbine deposition or blade failure problems have occurred, and that the feedwater is operating in the optimum fashion with minimum levels of feedwater corrosion products (less than 2 ppb at the economizer inlet). In such cases of good experience, no changes need to be made. However, it is suggested that the road map is reviewed as there may be considerable economic savings to be gained by converting to AVT(O) or OT, and it should be remembered that FAC is always possible with reducing feedwater chemistry.
2-9
Figure 2-5 Road Map for Optimizing Feedwater Treatment for All-Ferrous Feedwater Systems
2-10
Step 2Monitoring Baseline on Current Feedwater Treatment
This step involves a complete base-line monitoring to quantify the current chemical parameters and, in Step 3, to determine whether continued use of a reducing agent and AVT(R) or a change to AVT(O) should be contemplated. This program would utilize the installed chemistry monitoring system, supplemented by monitoring those parameters in the cycle chemistry diagrams under troubleshooting and commissioning. The monitoring program should pay particular attention to the adequacy of the makeup and chemical feed systems, condenser tightness, air in-leakage, and corrosion product transport. This monitoring involves taking a thumb-print of the unit under typical operating conditions to identify under controlled conditions exactly how the unit chemistry is behaving. It may involve a review of the operating chemistry logs, but this often is not satisfactory and it is preferable to undertake a monitoring campaign. Before this campaign is initiated, it is important to review the utilitys chemistry monitoring capability and reliability. This should include Quality Assurance (Q/A) and Quality Control (Q/C) of existing and normally utilized analytical chemistry monitoring and analysis methodology and equipment (see Appendix E). The monitoring campaign should include: Varying Operating Conditionsbase load, startup and shutdown Steam Chemistrycation conductivity, sodium, chloride, silica and sulfate Feedwater Chemistrycation conductivity, chloride, corrosion products (Fe, Cu), oxygen, pH, oxidizing-reducing potential (ORP) Operation of Condensate Polishers (if included)
If this step indicates a low level of feedwater corrosion product transport (such as Fe <2 ppb) and acceptable feedwater purity from a dissolved solids standpoint with the control chemistry meeting the guideline values provided in Sections 4 and 5, then an organization might consider to continue with the current AVT(R) feedwater chemistry. Further confirmation of optimum feedwater chemistry will be that waterwall deposition rates have historically been much less than 2 2 1 mg/cm /1000 hours (1 g/ft /1000 hours), that the interval between chemical cleans has historically been better than every 10 years, and that there has been no indication of FAC in the feedwater, feedwater steamside, deaerator, or feedwater heater drain lines.
Step 3Evaluate Reducing Agent Requirements
This step is a subset of Step 2 and should involve a series of tests to minimize the generation and transport of feedwater corrosion products. Many utilities with all-ferrous systems have found that, with proper air in-leakage control (dissolved oxygen at the CPD of less than 10 ppb), the reducing agent (such as hydrazine) can be (8) eliminated without jeopardizing chemistry control on the unit and moving to AVT(O). Thus in 2-11
Step 3, a series of tests could be performed to evaluate the need for a reducing agent and, if needed, to determine the proper reducing agent level. The tests should utilize the monitoring system instrumentation (used in Step 2) while reducing or eliminating the reducing agent dosage. Particular note should be made of dissolved oxygen levels and the level of corrosion products generated during each test. Reference can be made to Figure 2-3, which illustrates the results from a typical test. Table 2-3 should be referenced for typical parameter ranges. Particular attention should be paid to the fact that there can be a long time between changes in the feedwater chemistry and corrosion product transport, so careful planning is needed for accurate extended tests. For instance, two months after the test outlined in Figure 2-3, the iron levels were below 2 ppb and generally approaching 1 ppb.
Step 4Monitoring with New Feedwater Treatment
Step 4 involves a period of normal operation with the new feedwater treatment, which occasionally requires repetition of monitoring in Step 2 to confirm that running with reduced or zero reducing agent provides the optimum feedwater treatment. This might involve a reduced monitoring effort which just looks at feedwater oxygen and corrosion products at the economizer inlet, in parallel with the cycle core parameters (Table 3-1), which should be normally continuously recorded and alarmed. In units with all-ferrous feedwater systems, but with copper based condenser tubing, there is a possibility of copper corrosion particularly in the air removal section of the condenser. If increased copper transport is measured at the CPD, then considerations should be given to a reduction in cycle pH from 9.29.6 to 9.09.3 as needed to reduce copper levels to those present during baseline monitoring.
Steps 5 and 6Consider Converting to OT
Once the baseline monitoring (Step 2) and a period of normal operation has been undertaken then the question can be raised about whether the unit could run on oxygenated treatment (Step (9) 5). The reader is referenced to the OT Guideline, which provides step-by-step guidance on whether a unit is suitable for OT and how to convert units to OT (Step 6) in a sequential fashion. The transition check list in the OT Guidelines(9) should be referenced. It should be noted that conversion to OT will take a number of weeks (more for drum units) and must include the heater drains.
Step 7Continue to Optimize the Feedwater Treatment
This step continues the efforts described in Steps 3 and 4.

Step 8Operation and Continuing Monitoring
There are now three treatments that can be used for the feedwater: AVT(R), 2-12
AVT(O), and OT
The feedwater treatment used on each unit should be continually checked to ensure it is always the optimum treatment. As well as the core parameters at the key cycle points, it is now necessary to ensure that the operation of the deaerator vents and heater vents are operated in a manner which provides minimum levels of corrosion products in all parts of the cycle. 2.2.3 Mixed-Metallurgy Feedwater Systems Optimization AVT(R) feedwater treatment is regarded as the only suitable treatment for mixed-metallurgy (10,11) and the EPRI Copper Guidelines(12) the feedwater. Based on recent EPRI research results basis of AVT(R) is an elevated pH (9.09.3) (see Figure 1-5), minimum air in-leakage to ensure that the dissolved oxygen at the CPD is less than 10 ppb, and the addition of a reducing agent to the feedwater to ensure a reducing ORP. Maximum effort must be given to ensure the reducing environment during operation and shutdown. Appropriate shutdown and layup is discussed in Appendix F.
(12) The research in Program Copper has clearly indicated that cuprous oxide (Cu2O) is the more protective oxide of choice for feedwater surfaces. This oxide is formed when the feedwater environment is reducing, with an optimum ORP between 350mV and 300mV. Thus there is a need to monitor ORP (versus Ag/AgCl, sat. KCl) at the deaerator inlet (to protect the LP feedwater heaters) and the economizer inlet (to protect the HP feedwater heaters). Details on monitoring ORP and the necessary calibration procedures are included in Appendix B.
Controlling air in-leakage is of paramount importance in reaching the optimum ORP value. Experience has indicated for over 15 years that if the air in-leakage is kept below 1 scfm/100MW, the level of oxygen within the condensate (at the condensate pump discharge, CPD) can be kept below 10 ppb. Detailed procedures for monitoring air in-leakage are included in Appendix C. It is now clear that the previous oxygen limit of 20 ppb at the CPD within the original EPRI guidelines, in combination with a reducing agent addition based on the oxygen level (three times the oxygen concentration) would not always produce a reducing environment in the LP feedwater. The preferred approach is now to focus effort on air in-leakage to reduce oxygen in the condensate, and to add only sufficient reducing agent to reach and maintain the optimum ORP at the deaerator inlet. Under reducing conditions (ORP 350mV), the surface oxide is cuprous oxide (Cu2O) and its formation results in a compact even layer on the surface. (Figure 2-6, photos b, d, f and h), whereas under oxidizing conditions (ORP +100mV) the surface oxide contains increasing amounts of cupric oxide (CuO) (Figure 2-6, photos a, c, e and g). The copper release rate under oxidizing conditions can be up to 30 times higher than under the reducing conditions, because the surface roughness increases markedly with increasing ORP.
2-13
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
h)
Figure 2-6 Surface Images of Admiralty Brass After Treatment at 95C (203F), pH 9 and ORP = +100 mV (a,c,e,g) and ORP = -350 mV (b,d,f,h) for 8 (a,b), 24 (c,d), 100 (e,f) and 200 (g,h) hours. The surface oxide under reducing conditions is protective Cu2O. The rougher surface oxide under oxidizing conditions is CuO.(10)
2-14
The importance of maintaining a reducing environment during operation cannot be overemphasized. The cuprous oxide surface starts to change to cupric oxide within ten hours once the environment becomes oxidizing. Also, when a unit is shut down, if the ORP is kept reducing at 350mV the surface oxide (Cu2O) remains on the surface. However, during a non-protected shutdown, when the ORP is allowed to become oxidizing, the surface oxide layers start to change quickly (within 10 hours) from Cu2O to CuO again with a marked increase in surface roughness and transported copper on startup. Similar results have been obtained for all the copper alloys (admiralty brass, aluminum brass, Cu-Ni alloys, and Monel). The feedwater key parameters for AVT(R) for mixed-metallurgy feedwater systems are summarized in Table 2-4.
Table 2-4 Feedwater Limits for Mixed-Metallurgy Systems Parameter pH Cation Conductivity (S/cm) Fe, ppb Cu, ppb Oxygen (ppb) at EI Oxygen (ppb) at CPD Reducing Agent ORP (mV) at DAI AVT(R) 9.09.3 < 0.2 <2 <2 < 5 (< 2) < 10 Consistent with ORP 300 to 350
Notes: EI - economizer inlet; CPD - condensate pump discharge; DAI - deaerator inlet. Values in parentheses indicate best achievable.
The most common alkalizing agent is ammonia. The most common and most satisfactory reducing agent is hydrazine. Any alternates (amines and new organic water treatment chemicals) must be evaluated in a monitoring campaign as indicated below under Optimization prior to continuous use (Figure 2-7). They are not preferred for mixed-metallurgy systems because they break down in the cycle and have been found to directly increase the transport of copper corrosion products. In summary, for plants with mixed-metallurgy feedwater systems, the approach should involve: first, getting the ORP in the optimum range (350 to 300 mV) at the deaerator inlet (DAI) by addressing air in-leakage, reducing agent addition and oxygen levels, second, optimizing the feedwater pH, third, tracking the feedwater coper (and iron) levels, and
2-15
fourth, optimizing the complete feedwater treatment to minimize copper (< 2 ppb) and iron (< 2 ppb).
The importance of proper shutdown and layup have already been discussed, and the necessary procedures are further discussed in Appendix F. Sampling and analysis procedures are covered in Appendix E. Optimization of Mixed-Metallurgy Feedwater Chemistry Figure 2-7 shows a road map for optimizing the feedwater treatment in mixed-metallurgy feedwater systems. The primary purposes of this important activity are to minimize corrosion product transport, and to reduce the accumulation of copper deposits throughout the boiler (waterwalls and primary superheater) and the HP turbine. All of the steps included on this Road (12) Map are covered in detail in EPRIs Copper Guideline.
2-16
Figure 2-7 Road Map for Optimizing Feedwater Treatment for Mixed-Metallurgy Systems
Step 1Review of Water Chemistry, Operation, and Experience
Water Chemistry. The first part of this review is verification of proper sampling and chemistry monitoring practices to ensure that valid data are collected; in particular, for monitoring of iron and copper in feedwater boiler water and steam, and determination of drum boiler carryover. Any deficiencies must be corrected before Step 2 is initiated. The chemistry data should be compared to customized limits based on the EPRI guideline limits shown in Sections 4 and 5, and a judgement should be made whether they are acceptable or not. 2-17
Review of Operation. The type of operation, layup, and startup procedures should be reviewed for their relation to cycle chemical transport, particularly with regards to oxidation of copper alloys and boiler carryover. For cycling and peaking units, the influence of operation on air inleakage, layup protection, and transient chemistry should be reviewed. Experience. The maintenance reports need to be reviewed and personnel interviewed to evaluate the results of nondestructive testing and inspections, and the residual life of major components influenced by water and steam chemistry. Specifically, the status of condenser and feedwater heater, boiler, and superheater tubing and problems with flow-accelerated corrosion of carbon steel in the feedwater cycle and in the economizer will be used in the decision making about design and material changes. If there are no problems such as those indicated in Table 2-2, then continue to use the current treatment. Such a review would indicate that the operating experience has been good, that minimal chemical control problems have been experienced, that minimal BTF in the waterwalls relating to waterside problems and deposition of feedwater corrosion products have occurred in the last five years, that there have been no turbine deposition problems or blade failures, and that the feedwater is operating in the optimum fashion with minimum levels of feedwater corrosion products (<2 ppb Fe and <2 ppb Cu at the economizer inlet). In such cases of good experience, no changes need to be made. However it is suggested that the road map is reviewed as there may be considerable economic savings to be gained by optimizing AVT(R).
Step 2Baseline Monitoring
Baseline monitoring is a step which determines cycle chemical characteristics such as boiler carryover, oxygen control, and transport of corrosion products. During the baseline monitoring with verified sampling and analytical procedures, compliance with specifications of key water and steam chemistry parameters is quantified. If problems exist, this monitoring should also determine where and during what type of operation any corrosion and water chemistry problems occur. For example, which feedwater heater generates copper alloy corrosion products, tube side vs. shell side, during startup and/or normal operation, etc. This program should use the installed chemistry monitoring system, supplemented by monitoring those parameters in the cycle chemistry diagrams under troubleshooting and commissioning. The monitoring program should pay particular attention to the adequacy of the makeup and chemical feed systems, condenser tightness air in-leakage, and corrosion product transport. This monitoring involves taking a thumb-print of the unit under typical operating conditions to identify under controlled conditions exactly how the unit chemistry is behaving. It may involve a review of the operating chemistry logs, but this often is not satisfactory and it is preferable to adopt a monitoring campaign. Before this campaign is initiated, it is important to review the utilitys chemistry monitoring capability and reliability (as in Step 1). This should include Quality Assurance (Q/A) and Quality Control (Q/C) of existing and normally utilized analytical chemistry monitoring and analysis methodology and equipment (see Appendix E). The monitoring campaign should include: 2-18
Varying Operating Conditionsbase load, startup and shutdown Steam Chemistrycation conductivity, sodium, chloride, silica and sulfate Feedwater Chemistrycation conductivity, chloride, corrosion products (Fe, Cu), oxygen, pH, oxidizing-reducing potential (ORP) Operation of Condensate Polishers (if included)
During the tests for optimum pH and ammonia concentrations (9.09.3) for mixed metal system, the pH measurements should be made with on-line equipment designed for pH measurement in high purity water at carefully controlled sample temperatures (25C0.1). Ammonia concentrations should be related to specific conductance to be sure that no appreciable carbon dioxide is present. If this step indicates a low level of feedwater corrosion product transport (such as Fe <2 ppb and Cu <2 ppb) and acceptable feedwater purity from a dissolved solids standpoint, with the control chemistry meeting the guideline values provided in Sections 4 and 5, then an organization might consider to continue with the current chemistry. Further points of confirmation of optimum 2 feedwater chemistry will be that waterwall deposition rates are much less than 1 mg/cm /1000 2 hours (1 g/ft /1000 hours), that the interval between chemical cleans has historically been better than every 10 years, and there has been no indication of FAC in the heater drain lines.
Step 3Water Chemistry Optimization
If water chemistry, corrosion and scale problems are identified in the review part of the optimization process, cycle chemistry optimization can possibly improve the situation. This step needs to involve operation, startup, and layup. The feedwater chemistry optimization usually consists of reducing the ingress of impurities, such as air in-leakage and condenser leakage, minimizing ammonia concentration, and determining the optimum reducing agent concentration that will minimize copper corrosion while controlling corrosion and flow-accelerated corrosion of carbon and low alloy steels. In high pressure drum boiler and once-through cycles, there is little room for application of alternate reducing agent and volatile amines because of the problems with their thermal decomposition and generation of organic acids and CO2. Layup chemistry and chemical dosing and disposal of the layup solutions must also be considered in this step. See Appendix F. Thus in this step, a series of tests should be performed to determine the optimum reducing agent levels. The tests should use the monitoring system instrumentation (Step 2) while lowering the reducing agent dosage. Particular note should be made of dissolved oxygen levels, quantities of corrosion products, and the oxidizing/reducing potential (ORP). The latter is particularly important with mixed metallurgy feedwater systems as a reducing environment is required for the copper containing alloys. The choice of reducing agent is also involved here. This includes safety as well as optimized reaction rates and concern for the alternate behavior of any thermal decomposition products and their effects in other parts of the cycle. 2-19
Although the surface oxide on copper can start to change within ten hours after losing a reducing environment, attention should be paid to the fact that there can be a long time (maybe six months) between changes in feedwater chemistry (ORP) and measured changes in corrosion product transport at the economizer inlet. Thus careful planning is needed for accurate extended tests.
Step 4Design and Material Changes
After a number of years of operation with copper feedwater heaters, with perhaps non-optimum chemistry such as high air in-leakage, high oxygen and oxidizing ORP, many organizations are realizing that the heaters should be replaced. The most common replacement material is (12) stainless steel, but all material options are thoroughly discussed in the EPRI Copper Guideline. Such changes are likely to need detailed economic analysis. EPRI has also developed the tools (13) to assist in these analyses.
Step 5Operation
Operational changes can be implemented which are not very costly and can reduce water and steam chemistry problems, such as generation and transport of copper alloy and carbon steel corrosion products. Other changes can be applied to layup practices and to system fill and startup. Examples of operational changes include reduction of boiler pressure during startups when the concentrations of metal oxides are high, more frequent and longer use of condensate polishers, filling with deoxygenated makeup water (Appendix A), and blowing down mud drums and lower headers to remove metal oxides. Again many of these solutions are discussed in the (12) Copper Guidelines. Each suggested operational change should be tested with the monitoring/instrumentation as in Steps 2 and 3. Step 6Monitoring to Compare with Baseline Data This step is aimed at verifying the effectiveness of the implemented solutions to water chemistry and corrosion problems. This water chemistry monitoring and determination of the new cycle chemistry transport characteristics should cover base load, load variations, startup and shutdown, and it should include all the parameters in the water and steam chemistry guidelines. Special instrumentation and sampling could be used to ensure that the corrective measures are effective. There should also be a long-term monitoring plan which includes equipment inspections and nondestructive testing.
Step 7Normal Operation and Monitoring
When Step 6 results are satisfactory, indicating trouble-free water chemistry and operation, then normal operational monitoring resumes. However, there should be periodic reviews of water chemistry and equipment scale and corrosion problems, and chemical transport studies should be performed every two to three years to ensure that equipment aging and other changes do not result in problems. The water chemistry and operating manuals should be updated to reflect the 2-20
changes resulting from the optimization. If the feedwater copper level at the economizer inlet exceeds the guideline value (< 2 ppb) during normal operation, then attention has to be drawn to maintaining reducing chemistry. ORP in the range of 300 to 350mV has to be maintained not only during the steady state operation, but also during load changes, cycling and peaking operation, and startup and shutdown. Here careful control of air in-leakage, optimized reducing agent dosing into the feedwater upstream of the LP heaters to ensure a reducing ORP at the deaerator inlet, and feedwater oxygen of less than 5 ppb are particularly important.
Step 8Continual Check of Chemistry
The continual check on the optimized treatment (Step 8) and the core parameters will determine whether fine tuning is necessary (Repeat of Steps 3 and 6).
Step 9Longterm Plans
Based on the effectiveness of the solutions of water chemistry and corrosion problems implemented in a specific unit and on the equipment life predictions, i.e., feedwater heater and condenser tube deterioration, then longterm plans can be formulated. This can include planning for ultimate replacement of copper alloys, retrofit of condensate polishers, nitrogen sparging and blanketing of the storage tanks used to fill the system during startup (Appendix A). Again all (12) these are discussed in detail in the Copper Guidelines.
2.3 SELECTION AND OPTIMIZATION OF DRUM BOILER WATER TREATMENT

It is assumed that the boiler will be supplied with feedwater which has already been optimized according to one of the previous two sub-sections. The previous discussion on the Continuum of Treatments in Section 2.1 indicated that the ability of a unit to produce feedwater of a certain purity has a direct influence on the choice of boiler water treatment (OT, AVT, EPT/PT, CT), and that the choice largely reflects the tolerance to ingress of impurities, cooling media, out of specification operation, type of boiler, maximum heat flux, and the amount of blowdown required. As also discussed in Section 2.1, the initial choice of boiler water treatment and its continual assessment has a direct influence on the performance, availability and reliability of the unit. Figure 2-8 provides a road map of the steps than an organization should take to determine the optimum boiler water treatment for each specific unit.
2-21
Figure 2-8 Road Map for Optimizing Boiler Water Treatment for Drum Boilers
2-22
Step 1Review Normal or Current Treatment
Here the first part of this step is to determine if the current boiler water treatment is adequate or whether the unit should be converted to another treatment. This can be performed by answering some of the following questions: Historically has the feedwater cation conductivity most often been below 0.2 S/cm? This might indicate that condenser leakage over a period of time has not been of concern. Can the boiler water meet the cation conductivity requirements? Does the boiler have a consistent carryover problem? Has it been measured within the last six months? Does the unit have a condensate polisher? Does the unit have a satisfactory monitoring system with the ability to monitor the essential core parameters as indicated in the cycle chemistry diagrams of Section 4 and in Table 3-1?
The answers to these questions will be needed in the other steps of the road map. The second part of this step will be accomplished by a complete review of the current and past experience with the current treatment system (either phosphate or AVT) to determine if an alternate treatment should be considered. Note that, for boiler water, AVT may be either AVT(O) or AVT(R), as determined during efforts to select and optimize the feedwater treatment. In many cases, the operating experience will be good, and indicate that only minimal chemical control problems have been experienced, that no BTF in the waterwalls relating to waterside problems have occurred in the last five years, that no turbine deposition or blade failure problems have occurred, and that the feedwater is operating in the optimum fashion with minimum levels of feedwater corrosion products (Fe <2 ppb, Cu <2ppb). In such cases of good experience, maybe no changes need to be made. However, it is suggested that the road map be reviewed as there may be considerable economic savings to be gained. In other cases, some problems may have occurred or still be occurring, which necessitate a more thorough review and optimization. Information is provided in this step for units with boilers currently operating with a phosphate treatment and for units operating on AVT. For Units with Drum Boilers Currently Operating with a Phosphate Treatment. The initial review involves operating experience with the current phosphate treatment and in particular, determination of whether phosphate hideout and return occurs, and whether excessive sodium phosphate carryover occurs. Do phosphate hideout and return occur, together with pH instability during transients, shutdown and startup? Another question is has the boiler experienced any Boiler Tube Failures (BTF) in the last five years, and have any of these been water-side related? Here the relevant failure mechanisms are (14) hydrogen damage, caustic gouging, acid phosphate corrosion, or corrosion fatigue. The last is important for AVT units as well, as it has been shown that pH depressions, which can occur 2-23
during shutdown, load reductions, and during the early startup period can exacerbate the corrosion fatigue process. Another question is whether any deposits have been observed in the turbine. Particularly relevant is the deposition of copper-based materials in the HP turbine, or of sodium phosphate in the HP and IP turbines; either of which may have resulted in serious capacity and efficiency losses. If phosphate deposits have been found, then boiler drum level control and boiler carryover problems might exist, which need to be addressed prior to optimizing the current treatment or converting to EPT, PT, or CT. A review of condenser in-leakage and any makeup water contaminant excursions should also be made. If the answer to any or some of these questions is positive, implying that the current phosphate treatment is not providing adequate chemical control, then the other road map steps should be followed. For Units with Drum Boilers Currently Operating on AVT. There are also a large number of drum units operating on AVT and it is advisable to review the operating experience to date and to answer the following questions. The AVT may be set up incorrectly and/or the boiler may need a solid alkali treatment, or the unit may be suitable for conversion to oxygenated treatment (OT). Has the unit experienced any of the problems relating to the generation, transport and deposition of feedwater corrosion products (Table 2-2)? Does the boiler water experience pH depressions during the shutdown and early startup periods which require the addition of either phosphate or caustic? Are chemicals other than tri-sodium phosphate or sodium hydroxide added to the boiler water for startup or in response to contaminant ingress? Does the feedwater cation conductivity often and significantly rise above 0.2 S/cm? The questions on BTF, turbine problems and condenser and makeup water contaminants in the section above for units on phosphate treatment are also applicable here.
If the answer to any or some of these questions is positive, implying that the current AVT is not providing optimum chemical control, then the other road map steps should be followed. Alternatively if the answers are negative then the unit may be suitable for conversion to OT.
Step 2Continue Use of Current Treatment
If the review in Step 1 indicates no problem or no economic benefit in changing or optimizing the current boiler water treatment, then it is appropriate to continue using the current treatment.
2-24
Step 3Base-Line Monitoring on Current Chemistry
If the review in Step 1 indicates that consideration should be given to converting the boiler to another treatment or that the current treatment requires optimizing, then Step 3 involves a complete base-line monitoring program to quantify the chemical parameters for the particular unit in question. This program would use the installed chemistry monitoring system, supplemented by monitoring those parameters in the cycle chemistry diagrams under troubleshooting and commissioning. The monitoring program should pay particular attention to the adequacy of the makeup and chemical feed systems, condenser tightness, air ingress, and corrosion product transport. This monitoring involves taking a thumb-print of the unit under typical operating conditions to identify, under controlled conditions, exactly how the unit chemistry is behaving. It may involve a review of the operating chemistry logs, but this often is not satisfactory and it is preferable to adopt a monitoring campaign. Before this campaign is initiated, it is important to review the utilitys chemistry monitoring capability and reliability. This should include Quality Assurance (Q/A) and Quality Control (Q/C) of existing and normally utilized analytical chemistry monitoring and analysis methodology and equipment (see Appendix E). The monitoring campaign should include: Varying Operating Conditionsbase load, startup, shutdown, over-pressure, etc. Boiler Water Chemistry with Blowdown Open and Closedsodium, phosphate, free hydroxide, chloride, sulfate, silica, pH, cation conductivity, Fe, Cu, carryover Phosphate balance and hideout Steam Chemistrycation conductivity, sodium (as a measure of both salts and free hydroxide), phosphate, chloride, silica, sulfate, and boiler carryover of these chemicals Feedwater Chemistrycation conductivity, specific conductivity, corrosion products (Fe, Cu), oxygen, pH, oxidizing-reducing potential (ORP) in mixed-metallurgy units Operation of Condensate Polishers
Mechanical carryover (moisture) and chemical volatility in the steam must be measured by monitoring total carryover. Concern must also be given to any contaminants that may be contributed to the steam by feedwater utilized for steam temperature control (attemperation). The feedwater treatment should be reviewed as discussed in the previous two subsections. The outcome from this step should be a quantification of those problems recognized in Step 1.
Step 4Initial Evaluation of Boiler Water Treatment Options
For boilers currently operating with a phosphate treatment (EPT, PT or even CPT) the basic question to be answered here is whether classic phosphate hideout is occurring and causing any boiler tube corrosion problems. The information collected in Steps 1 and 2 should answer this question. This could be indicated by pH and phosphate changes during the shutdown or load 2-25
reduction period, and an increase of boiler water iron, for boilers operating with CPT. However, it should be noted that on units which only have tri-sodium phosphate injected or are operated with EPT or PT, some instances have been reported of a pH elevation together with a phosphate elevation during the shutdown or load reduction period. For boilers operating with a phosphate treatment, then at this stage in the road map, two routes can be taken depending on the answer to the question of whether hideout is occurring. If no significant hideout is occurring currently in the boiler, but the utility has some other concerns (Step 1) then proceed to Step 15 where PT is optimized. If however, hideout is occurring and other concerns have been recognized (Step 1) then a utility should investigate the steps to convert the unit to either EPT, AVT or CT (Step 5). For boilers operating on AVT there are also two cases: a) Where the current AVT is not adequate (Steps 1 and 2) the utility should consider changing to an alternate treatment and starting this process at Step 5. b) Where the current AVT is operating satisfactorily without any serious problems, but a utility recognizes that the treatment could be optimized. Here a utility should start at Step 9.
Step 5Consider Changing to EPT, AVT or CT
Here the basic direction is determined by the answers to Steps 6 and 10. Most mistakes in choos ing, optimizing and changing a boiler water treatment result from not considering these two Steps comprehensively.(1,15) It will directly increase the risk of under-deposit corrosion and BTF.
Step 6Is There a Condensate Polisher in the Unit Cycle?
Prior to making a decision on converting to EPT, PT, AVT, or CT it is necessary to consider the possible contaminant ingress into the cycle and whether a condensate polisher is available or not. If there is no condensate polisher in the cycle, then it is necessary to review the types of possible contaminant ingress and the contamination events of the unit (Step 10). Alternatively it is preferable to justify the inclusion/addition of a condensate polisher in the cycle. Here, help is (13) available through the cost/benefit approaches developed recently by EPRI. If a condensate polisher is included in the cycle, then the logical conversion route is to AVT or OT (Step 7). However, some utilities might feel that a phosphate boiler chemistry offers a little more buffering capacity and thus could choose the EPT route (Step 11). In this case a utility might also want to have a condensate polisher in the cycle in order to meet the strict feedwater specifications. In both cases it is advisable to chemically clean the unit prior to conversion (Step 8).
2-26
Step 7Convert to AVT or OT
If this route is selected then these new AVT Guidelines provide the advice, guidance and detailed steps to be followed. Once the AVT chemistry has been selected or it has been decided to optimize the current AVT, then a monitoring campaign should be conducted (Step 17), which can provide direct comparison with the base-line monitoring conducted in Step 3. It is important to note that the optimization of the feedwater chemistry with AVT is very important and particular attention should be given to the choice of AVT(R) or AVT(O) (Section 2.2). An alternative route is for the unit to be converted to OT, and then the OT guidelines provide the (9) necessary detailed guidance.
Step 8Boiler Chemical Clean
It is preferable to chemically clean the boiler immediately before conversion to a new treatment. This becomes almost a necessity if considering changing from an older phosphate treatment (such as CPT) to EPT or AVT. The EPRI Chemical Cleaning Guidelines(16) provide the relevant information.
Step 10Need to Determine the Likelihood and Frequency of Cycle Contaminant Events
This most important step is the one most often not considered when changing treatments. Very often plants continue to operate with EPT or AVT, either with no condensate polisher and/or seawater cooling, or where, as the unit has gotten older, condenser leaks occur more frequently. In any of these cases there is clearly a need to move to a more resistant boiler water treatment, at least until the condenser can be retubed and/or a condensate polisher is retrofitted to the unit. This step helps in deciding whether to convert to EPT, PT or CT, or whether to maintain and/or optimize the current treatment. Here there is a need to look at the past operating chemical records (Step 1) and gauge the seriousness of any contaminant ingress. One way of doing this is to determine how closely the unit has met the guideline limits for feedwater, and the amount of time, in the past 23 years, that the unit has been out of normal target limits. For example, plant personnel might want to consider the cumulative hours equivalent to Level 1 for economizer inlet cation conductivity as being acceptable and controllable contamination. If the contaminant episodes have been very infrequent then the organization might want to consider keeping with the EPT, or consider converting to EPT (Step 11). If, however, the contamination is greater, then the organization will need to consider converting to PT (Step 15) or CT (Step 13); in these cases there is a need to develop operating procedures which have closer adherence to the guideline limits.
Steps 11, 13 and 15Convert to EPT, PT, or CT
The necessary detailed guidance to convert a unit to EPT and PT is included in the Phosphate (2) Guidelines. A revision of these guidelines is planned for 2003.
2-27
If no significant hideout is occurring (Steps 1 to 4) and/or the unit is susceptible to frequent feedwater contamination (Step 10), then the utility might want to develop and optimize PT for the unit. This treatment is markedly different from CPT, and will be used to allow greater flexibility in phosphate control. It essentially optimizes the chemistry by eliminating the need to chase phosphate hideout and ensures that correct additive chemicals (only tri-sodium phosphate and sodium hydroxide) are added to the unit. With PT it is also very important to consider changes or potential changes to the unit operation, which could change the heat flux patterns on the walls, or to the thermal hydraulic conditions within the walls. Such situations might include: change of burner configuration or operation change of fuel sources changes to overpressure operation
These types of situations could cause hideout to be initiated; thus there is a need to ensure that any hideout is recovered normally, by monitoring following any such changes to unit or boiler operation. If hideout does occur with PT, there is no danger of it resulting in acid phosphate (15) corrosion. The EPRI report(17) on the use of caustic treatment, using sodium hydroxide for conditioning the boiler water of drum boilers, covers operating experience, boiler and steam chemistry, corrosion, sampling, on-line monitoring and conversion of plant to caustic treatment. This report should be studied when considering CT and a revision is planned for 2003. CT avoids the complications with monitoring, chemical control and the hideout that occur with phosphate treatments. However, the concentration of chloride in the boiler water needs to be carefully controlled to prevent hydrogen damage due to acid chloride. (This is also true of any of the phosphate treatments and, particularly for AVT). The concentration of sodium hydroxide should normally be maintained between 1 ppm and 1.5 ppm, and must not be allowed to exceed 3 ppm, to reduce the risk of caustic gouging in the boiler, and carryover, leading to deposition and corrosion in the steam circuit. It is most important that no boiler drum level control or boiler carryover problems exist.
Steps 9, 12, 14, and 16Develop Specific Unit Chemistry Guidelines
By this stage, a utility should have decided on their optimum boiler water treatment. The importance of this step cant be overemphasized as survey results have indicated that the development of unit specific guidelines was performed very infrequently to follow the suggestions in all EPRI Cycle Chemistry Guidelines. Most utilities simply use the target values and action levels and do not customize the guidance into specific unit cycle chemistry guidelines. The results of this step should be unique normal target and action levels for each specific unit.
2-28
Steps 17 to 19Monitor to Compare with Baseline Monitoring and to Optimize Treatment Selected
This is a very important step which links with Steps 9, 12, 14 and 16. It is essentially a repeat of Step 3. The same matrix of operating conditions and parameters should be looked at. For the phosphate treatments and CT, particular emphasis should be directed to monitoring the free hydroxide in the boiler water and sodium in the steam to ensure that any excessive levels are recognized early and will not lead to caustic gouging BTF or to turbine problems. With all treatments, it is essential to monitor and compare with the baseline data (Step 17). If the conditions achieved (Step 18) are in any way unsatisfactory, it is necessary to proceed via the check loop and reconsider the method of chemical treatment (Step 19). Such instances may be an increasing number of condenser leaks, or a marked increase in air in-leakage. Only when satisfactory chemical operation has been obtained, can normal operation (Step 20) be considered to have been achieved.
Step 20Normal Operation
At this stage, the unit should be operating with the optimum treatment. For the phosphate treatments this should involve no phosphate hideout, or at least understandable hideout (such as with PT), which is fully under control through unit specific guidelines. There should be no cases where chemical/operating personnel add the wrong chemicals. For all treatments, the utility should have developed a set of guidelines for the chemical control of the drum unit. There should be at least a minimum level of instrumentation on the unit, and the key monitoring points and parameters should be alarmed in the control room. All operating/chemical personnel should know exactly what to do in the case of a contaminant ingress. Contaminant episodes need to be dealt with promptly. The source of contamination needs to be removed as soon as possible, pressure restrictions applied if maximum contaminant levels are exceeded, and boiler water chemistry adjusted as needed to get back into the control limits established for the unit. As mentioned previously for feedwater treatments, it is important to continually re-evaluate the appropriate use of boiler water treatments in individual fossil units. A general review of treatment applicability should be made at six month intervals. Follow-up monitoring is desirable if the general review raises any concerns.
2.4 REFERENCES
1. R.B. Dooley, The Relationship Between Cycle Chemistry and Performance of Fossil Plants, Power Plant Chemistry, 2002, 4(6), pp. 320-327. 2. Cycle Chemistry Guidelines for Fossil Plants: Phosphate Treatment for Drum Units, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: December 1994. TR-103665. 2-29
3. International Conference on BTF and HTF, and Inspections. Phoenix, Arizona, November 2002, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: 2002. 4. Selection and Optimization of Boiler Water and Feedwater Treatments for Fossil Plants, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: March 1997. TR-105040. 5. B. Chexal, J. Horowitz, R.B. Dooley, et al., Flow-Accelerated Corrosion in Power Plants, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: 1998. TR-106611-R1. 6. R.B. Dooley and B. Chexal, Flow-Accelerated Corrosion, Paper 347, Corrosion 99, 2628 April 1999. Also published in International Journal of Pressure Vessel and Piping, 77, pp. 8590: 2001. 7. Guidelines for Controlling Flow-Accelerated Corrosion in Fossil Plants, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: November 1997. TR-108859. 8. R.B. Dooley, J. Mathews, R. Pate and J. Taylor, Optimum Chemistry for All-Ferrous th Feedwater Systems: Why Use an Oxygen Scavenger, Proc. 55 International Water Conference, Pittsburgh, PA, Oct. 1Nov. 2, 1994. 9. Cycle Chemistry Guidelines for Fossil Plants: Oxygenated Treatment, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: December 1994. TR-102285. 10. Copper Alloy Corrosion in High Purity Feedwater, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: November 2000. 1000456. 11. Influence of Water Chemistry on Copper Alloy Corrosion in High Purity Feedwater, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: October 2001. 1004586. 12. Guidelines for Copper in Fossil Plants, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: November 2000. 1000457. 13. Justifying Cycle Chemistry Upgrades to Improve Availability, Performance, and Profitability, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: June 2001. 1001557. 14. R.B. Dooley and W.P. McNaughton, Boiler Tube Failures: Theory and Practice, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: 1996. TR-105261. 15. R.B. Dooley and W.P. McNaughton, Appropriate Controls for Phosphate Boiler Water Treatments to Avoid Acid Phosphate Corrosion and Hydrogen Damage, Power Plant Chemistry, 3(3), pp. 127-134: 2001 16. Guidelines for Chemical Cleaning of Conventional Fossil Plant Equipment, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: November 2001. 1003994. 17. Sodium Hydroxide for Conditioning the Boiler Water of Drum Type Boilers, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: January 1995. TR-104007.
2-30
3
PHILOSOPHY FOR GUIDELINE, AND RATIONALE FOR SAMPLE POINTS, ACTION LEVELS AND TARGET VALUES
3.1 INTRODUCTION
These guidelines are designed to assist organizations in improving the operating efficiency and in reducing the losses in boiler and turbine availability influenced by the cycle chemistry by accomplishing the following objectives: selecting and optimizing the boiler water and feedwater (Section 2), minimizing the ingress of corrodents, minimizing corrodent concentrations, and reducing the generation and transport of corrosion products.
The rationale of the guidelines in achieving these objectives is based upon an understanding of the effects of impurities on cycle component materials under stress and heat transfer conditions, and recently developed knowledge of chemical transport from the sources of the impurities throughout the water and steam cycle. Figure 3-1 identifies sources of impurity ingress, corrosion and deposition areas around a typical drum boiler cycle. These guidelines suggest target values and action levels for both drum and once-through units for all key cycle contaminants and, for drum units, as a continuum over a broad range of operating pressures. The guidelines summarize all sample points, monitoring and control parameters, target values and action levels; and feature a consistent, methodical rationale that relates to all sample points, target values and action levels for each parameter to the component(s) most affected by that parameter.
3-1
EPRI Licensed Material Philosophy for Guideline, and Rationale for Sample Points, Action Levels and Target Values
Figure 3-1 Typical Locations of Impurity Ingress, Corrosion and Deposition in a Drum Cycle
The guidelines include target values and action levels for significant contaminants at critical sample points. In addition to the aforementioned considerations, the criteria for establishing the target values include: the optimal steam and water chemistry for protecting cycle components (boiler, turbine, and pre-boiler components) from deposition and corrosion, based on EPRIs research; limits of detection based on the capability of currently available on-line analyzers and grab sample analysis methods; achievability with current operating units and water treatment; and practicality, based on overall economic benefits without imposing undue burdens on operations.
(1) This revision to the original AVT Guidelines is based on the results of 10 years of EPRI research. As such there are a number of key changes and philosophies to the guideline values and the approach. Thus the next two subsections have been added to outline the differences between the previous approach (Section 3.2) and the current approach (Section 3.3).
3-2
3.2 BACKGROUND DERIVATION PHILOSOPHY FOR PREVIOUS EPRI GUIDELINES

Immediately, it must be emphasized that this subsection on the philosophy used to derive guideline limits in all previous EPRI Guidelines, is only provided here for reference and comparison with the new approach outlined in Section 3.3. During development of the initial EPRI Cycle Chemistry Guidelines(2), a review of the sensitivities of cycle components to water steam purity determined that limiting the concentrations of ionic contaminants throughout the cycle to levels consistent with the levels in the steam tolerable by the turbine, adequately protected the boiler and other cycle components. This philosophy formed the basis for the derivation of the initial specific guidelines for AVT(1), (3) (4) Phosphate and Oxygenated Treatments . This rationale for fossil cycle water and steam chemistry control required that overall cycle chemistry must satisfy the turbine requirements for steam purity. The basic rule was that the concentration of a molecular impurity in superheated steam should not exceed its solubility anywhere in the turbine. The solubility was considered to be lowest just before the saturation line. The target values for sodium and chloride were derived from the limits for sodium hydroxide and sodium chloride respectively. The process to derive boiler water contaminant limits for sodium, chloride, sulfate and silica started with the allowed turbine steam composition (based on the solubility limits). By considering mechanical and vaporous carryover, the allowable impurity concentrations in boiler water could be determined. Both mechanical (Figure 3-2) and vaporous (Figure 3-3) carryover are pressure dependent and, therefore, the target values for boiler water ionic contaminants were also pressure dependent. Figure 3-2 is an upper-limit for mechanical carryover. A safety factor of 2 was included in Figure 3-2 to provide a conservative estimate of the amount of mechanical carryover. It was stressed as being very important for the user to determine this limit for each drum unit as actual unit mechanical carryover is unit specific. Figure 3-3 is commonly referred (5,6) to as the ray diagram. This was originally developed by Styrikovich and Martynova in the early 1960s. It has been used in all previous EPRI guidelines to calculate the vaporous carryover. Smooth, continuous relationships of boiler water target values as a function of pressure were developed for drum boilers. This approach, which was originally developed by (2) EPRI in the Interim Consensus Guidelines for pulverized coal-,oil-, and gas-fired units , also allows units having the capability of changing load via sliding pressure operation to benefit from relaxed boiler water chemistry limits when reducing load by reducing pressure. Target values for feedwater chemistry in drum boilers were made comparable to those for steam chemistry to minimize the cost of blowdown and also maximize the availability of blowdown as a corrective action. This rationale gave operators the maximum amount of response time to take corrective action when upsets occur and is practical because of the significant cost of the heat lost in blowdown. Feedwater chemistry target values also reflects the need to control pre-boiler cycle corrosion by optimizing the dissolved oxygen concentrations, oxidation-reduction potential (ORP) and pH.
3-3
Drum Pressure (MPa) 10.3 11.7 13.1 14.5
4.8 0.3
6.2
7.6
9.0
15.8
17.2
18.6 19.6
0.2
Mechanical carryover (%)
0.1 0.09 0.08 0.07 600 700 900 (Note: This curve includes a safety factor of 2)
1100 1300 1500 1700 1900 2100 2300 2500 2700 2850 Drum Pressure (psig)
Figure 3-2 Representative Drum Boiler Mechanical Carryover
3-4
Drum Pressure (psia)
3200 3000 2800 2600 2200 2000 1600 1200 1000 600 400 200
10-0
10-1
Fe3O4 Al2O3
Concentration In Vapor/Concentration in Liquid
10-2
NH
B2O3
, (N H
4 Cl
NiO
SO
4
4) 2
10-3
CuO
SiO2 10-4 CaSO4 10-5 CaCl2

Na Cl
PO Na 3
Cu2O MgO LiCl BaO
10-6
Na
2S
O4
NaOH
10-7 22 20 16 12 8 6 Drum Pressure (MPa) 4 3 2 1
6 10 20 60 Density of Liquid/Density of Steam
100
Figure 3-3 Distribution Ratios for Common Boiler Water Contaminants (This ray diagram was originally developed by N. A. Styrikovich and O. I. Martynova.(5,6))
It was suggested that the boiler water target values could be recalculated and made to fit individual unit characteristics where the steam purity limits could be modified (for example, in higher backpressure turbines) and where the mechanical carryover had been measured and validated, and differed from the values in Figure 3-2. Consideration of high heat fluxes in drum boilers needed to be included when recalculating boiler water target values. Reducing the target 3-5
values for boiler water impurities by as much as 50% was recommended for units known to have high duty boilers (such as some oil-fired boilers). The higher tolerance of non-reheat turbines to impurities in steam was acknowledged in the previous guidelines, and the lower ability of AVT chemicals to act as a buffer and neutralize acidic contaminants was reflected in the establishment of two sets of guidelines for reheat and nonreheat drum boiler units. 3.2.1 Illustration and Examples of Boiler Water Limits from Previous EPRI Guidelines The following example will illustrate the approach delineated in Section 3.2. This approach was used in all previous EPRI Guidelines including the AVT Guideline.(1) Total Carryover The allowable impurity concentrations in boiler water were calculated from those of the steam and the amounts of mechanical and vaporous carryover. Carryover is defined as the ratio of concentration of a chemical specie in the saturated steam exiting the boiler drum to the concentration in the boiler water (usually measured in the blowdown). Total carryover (T) is defined as T=M+V (eq. 3-1)
where M is mechanical carryover (with steam moisture) and V is the vaporous carryover. Total carryover is usually measured by analysis of sodium:
T=
Na in saturated steam Na in blowdown
(eq. 3-2)
Mechanical carryover is a measure of the separation efficiency of the boiler. It can be calculated as M = T V* (eq. 3-3)
where V* is a vaporous carryover of the prevalent sodium salt identified in a particular boiler at the boiler operating pressure. In AVT treated boilers, the limitations on feedwater sodium will normally preclude the probability of there being sufficient sodium in the boiler water to be a reliable indicator of moisture carryover. An exception is the use of either sodium hydroxide or sodium phosphate to provide alkalization for a low pH situation during startup or a feedwater excursion at a time when the boiler cannot be removed from operation.
3-6
Volatile carryover of chemical species associated with unknown molecules, Vx, is then calculated as Vx = Tx M where Tx = and (eq. 3-4)
x in saturated steam x in blowdown
M is from eq. 3-3
The following equation can be derived from a mass balance around the boiler and can be used to calculate the boiler water concentrations from the allowable steam concentrations, distribution ratios, and mechanical carryover rate:
CB CS M + k d (1 M )
(eq. 3-5)
where CB CS M kd = = = = boiler water target value (ppb) reheat steam target value (ppb) mechanical carryover fractional distribution ratio
It was strongly suggested in all previous EPRI guidelines that this equation should be used to modify the target values for boiler water chemistry when validated data on a specific plants mechanical carryover rates were collected during commissioning and periodically thereafter and found to be substantially different from those in Figure 3-2. The equation does not include the effects of attemperation water, which will be negligible when the economizer inlet chemistry is maintained at a value equal to or better than the reheat steam chemistry as recommended in the guidelines. Illustration The following example illustrates the procedure for calculating the boiler water target values. Example: Calculate the boiler water sulfate target values and action levels for a plant, using mechanical carryover rate data from Figure 3-2. This plant has a 2500-psia (17.2 MPa) drum boiler with reheat operated on AVT. Solution: Calculate the target value and action level for operation at full load, 2500 psia (17.2 MPa) at which the mechanical carryover from Figure 3-2 is 0.00185. 3-7
1. Target value of sulfate in steam is 3 ppb based on solubility. 2. The distribution ratio of ammonium sulfate at 2500 psia from Figure 3-3 is 1.2 x 10-1 (0.12). 3. The target value of sulfate in the boiler water using equation 3-5:
CB =
3 ppb 0.00185 + 0.12 (1 0.00185)
= 25 ppb Action Level 2 was derived by multiplying the target value by a factor of 2. Action Level 3 was derived by multiplying the Action Level 2 by a factor of 2. 4. Target values at 2500 psi (17.2 MPa) Normal: Action Level 1:
0.025 ppm
> 0.025 ppm
0.05 ppm
Action Level 2: > 0.05 ppm
0.10 ppm
Action Level 3: > 0.10 ppm
A similar process was used for other boiler water contaminants. By using ammonium chloride as the volatile specie for chloride and its distribution ratio from the ray diagram, the boiler water target values for chloride were the same as for sulfate based on the ammonium sulfate salt. Figure 3-4 shows the boiler water chloride target values and action levels as a function of operating pressure. These curves were derived as described above using the generic mechanical carryover curve (Figure 3-2). Figure 3-5 shows a similar set of curves calculated for a limit of 2 ppb chloride in steam.
(7) Based on detailed plant monitoring in the 1980s and on a survey of the industry in the early (2) 1990s, the initial AVT Guidelines included a set of curves for boiler water cation conductivity as a function of pressure (Figure 3-6). This indicates that at 2500 psi (17.2 MPa) the boiler water should be operating at a cation conductivity of less than 1.5 S/cm. This limit, which is regarded as a boiler corrosion protection limit, has been easily achieved on well operated drum units operating on AVT. It should be clearly understood that this limit is quite different from the contaminant limits (such as shown in Figures 3-4 and 3-5), which were derived to provide less than 3 or 2 ppb of sodium, chloride or sulfate in steam.
3-8
Drum Pressure (MPa) 3.0 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3
Chloride (ppm Cl)
4.8
6.2
7.6
9.0
10.3
11.7
13.1
14.5
15.8
17.2
18.6 19.6
Action level 3
0.2 Action level 2 Action level 1
0.10 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03
Normal
0.02
0.01 600 700
900
1100
1300
1500 1700 1900 Pressure (psia)
2100
2300
2500
2700 2850
Figure 3-4 All-Volatile Treatment: Drum Boiler Water Chloride vs. Operating Pressure. Calculated using mechanical and vaporous carryover for a limit of 3 ppb Chloride in Steam. It must be noted that these are the old limits used in the previous AVT Guidelines(1).
3-9
Drum Pressure (MPa) 3.0 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 Action level 3 0.3
Chloride (ppm Cl)
4.8
6.2
7.6
9.0
10.3
11.7
13.1
14.5
15.8
17.2
18.6 19.6
Action level 2 0.2
0.10 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03
Action Level1
Normal
0.02
0.01 600 700
900
1100
1300
2100
2300
2500
2700 2850
Figure 3-5 All-Volatile Treatment: Drum Boiler Water Chloride vs. Operating Pressure. Calculated using mechanical and vaporous carryover for a limit of 2 ppb Chloride in Steam.
3-10
Drum Pressure (MPa) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 Action level 2 Action level 1 Action level 3 4.8 6.2 7.6 9.0 10.3 11.7 13.1 14.5 15.8 17.2 18.6 19.6
Cation Conductivity - hS/cm
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2
Normal
1 600 700
900
1100
1300
1500 1700 1900 2100 Drum Pressure (psia)
2300
2500
2700 2850
Figure 3-6 All-Volatile Treatment: Drum Boiler Water Cation Conductivity vs. Operating Pressure
3-11
3.3 BACKGROUND TO OVERALL DERIVATION OF PHILOSOPHY FOR REVISION 1 OF AVT GUIDELINES

Much of the philosophy used in the previous EPRI Guidelines is still very much applicable. However, based on operating experiences, availability problems (such as boiler tube failures) and over 10 years of EPRI research, a number of new concepts and philosophies are included in this revision. The new guidelines retain the concept of smooth continuous relationships of drum boiler water contaminant values. This will allow units to have the capability, during changing load (reducing pressure), of benefitting from relaxed boiler water limits. This is a very powerful feature for cycling units. EPRI has conducted much work over the last 10 years to understand the phenomena of nucleation, early condensate and liquid films in the phase transition zone (PTZ) of the low (8-12) Deposition studies were pressure steam turbine, as outlined in Sections 1.2.1 and 1.2.2. conducted by 23 members of an International Collaboration using a converging-diverging nozzle to reproduce conditions in the PTZ. The results of this work clearly indicated that to minimize deposition, the steam limits for sodium, chloride and sulfate should be reduced from the 3 ppb (1) level, used in the previous AVT Guidelines, to 2 ppb. This has now been incorporated into these revised guidelines. Visits to, and benchmarking of, hundreds of plants has indicated that very few utilities around the world measure and/or know the percentage of mechanical carryover on their drum units. This combined with the inaccuracies of the ray diagram has led to questions about the continued use of the approach followed in the previous guidelines of deriving boiler water limits from steam solubilities using mechanical and vaporous (ray diagram) carryover. Thus EPRI initiated a detailed study of partitioning of impurities, salts and oxides into steam, which has now led to a validation of the boiler water limits (see Section 1.2.3). This is discussed in the next section. 3.3.1 Derivation of Philosophy for Steam and Boiler Water Limits in Revision 1 of EPRI AVT Guidelines As indicated in Section 3.2, the concepts of carryover were included in the derivation of boiler water limits from the steam limits in all previous EPRI Guidelines. In order to apply these concepts to a variety of individual systems with widely differing chemical and physical environments (e.g. water chemistry, boiling and condensation temperatures), it is necessary to quantify the extent of partitioning of various solutes between water and steam under phase change conditions (boiling and condensation). Jonas pointed out discrepancies between partitioning data obtained from operating plants and the (13) values predicted from the ray diagram. For almost 50 years the ray diagram has been used to express vaporous carryover and used for boiler water limit derivation. The plant measurements of distribution coefficients for chloride and sulfate were higher by orders of magnitude than those given by the ray diagram for chloride and sulfate. This observation led to the conclusion that both the experimental and theoretical basis for the ray diagram should be investigated in 3-12
some detail, to include those solutes for which no experimental partitioning data were available, and to develop a more rigorous treatment of solute partitioning between liquid water and steam. This new model for solute carryover could then be applied to the wide range of operating conditions and water chemistry found in fossil plants worldwide. This initiated a series of EPRI sponsored research projects to rigorously measure experimentally the partitioning constants for most of the important compounds, which can be present in boiler water and steam. Over the last ten years, work has addressed the following compounds and related species: NH4Cl, NH3, HCl, NH4HSO4, Na2SO4, NaHSO4, NaOH, H2SO4, organic acids (acetic and formic), Cu(OH)2, H3PO4, NaH2PO4, and Na2HPO4. The results have been reported in EPRI reports.(14-19) The results of this new thermodynamic approach have been summarized in a recent report.(20) The partitioning constants (i.e. the concentration in the steam over the activities of the constituent ions in the water) can be illustrated on a partitioning diagram by plotting the logarithm of the partitioning constant against reciprocal absolute temperature (in Kelvin). Separate curves have been derived for each compound and related species: NH4Cl, NH3, HCl, NH4HSO4, Na2SO4, NaHSO4, NaOH, H2SO4, organic acids, Cu(OH)2, H3PO4, NaH2PO4 and Na2HPO4. Some species, NH3, SO2, organic acids, Cu(OH)2 and H3PO4 are neutral, others are 1:1 ionic compounds, NH4Cl, HCl, NaOH, NaCl, NaHSO4, NH4HSO4 and NaH2PO4, while Na2SO4 and Na2HPO4 are 1:2 ionic compounds. The overall results are shown in Figure 1-4. The partitioning constants for the neutral species are shown in Figure 3-7, the 1:1 compounds in Figure 3-8 and the 1:2 species in Figure 3-9. Sulfuric acid can be classed as a 1:1 compound, because under the conditions of the experiments, it only + ionizes one stage to H and HSO4. The relative volatilities of each type of species can be compared directly on each graph, but because of the different ways in which 1:1 or 1:2 electrolytes dissociate, neutral compounds can not be compared with 1:1 compounds, or 1:1 compounds with 1:2 compounds. However, it is clear from the graphs that the volatilities of all the ionic solutes increase with temperature.
3-13
Tc 300 200 150C
20
Partitioning Constants
NH3 (N) SO2 (N)
10
CH3COOH (N) HCOOH (N)
Log KD
Cu(OH)2 (N)
H3PO4 (N)
-10
-20
1.6
1.8
2.0 1000 K/T
2.2
2.4
2.6
Figure 3-7 Partitioning Constants - Neutral Species
3-14
Tc 20 300 200 150C
Partitioning Constants 10
HCI (1:1) Log KD 0
NH4CI (1:1)
NaCI (1:1) -10 H2SO4 (1:1) NaOH (1:1)

CH3COONa (1:1)
NaH2PO4 (1:1) -20 NH4HSO4 (1:1)

NaHSO4 (1:1)
1.6
1.8
2.0 1000 K/T
2.2
2.4
2.6
Figure 3-8 Partitioning Constants - 1:1 Compounds
3-15
Tc 300 200 150C
20
Partitioning Constants 10
Log KD
-10 Na2HPO4 (1:2)
-20
Na2SO4 (1:2)
1.6
1.8
2.0 1000 K/T
2.2
2.4
2.6
Figure 3-9 Partitioning Constants - 1:2 Compounds
All of this data has been incorporated into a computer code , which allows predictions to be made of the composition of the boiler water, steam and early condensate. Some initial examples were provided where the steam and early condensate composition was predicted from the boiler water composition. The model can predict vaporous carryover alone and with various degrees of mechanical carryover. Equilibrium conditions are assumed to apply all around the water/steam circuit. The model can be used as an excellent check on the validity of any derived boiler water limits. Starting with the new steam limits (as discussed earlier in Section 3.3) of 2 ppb of sodium, chloride and sulfate, and 10 ppb for silica, the model was applied in the backwards direction to calculate the corresponding boiler water values across a range of pH and mechanical carryover. Figures 3-10 to 3-13 show the model predictions of boiler water sodium, chloride, sulfate and silica values to ensure 2 ppb of sodium, chloride and sulfate, and 10 ppb of silica in steam. These figures show the effect of assuming mechanical carryover in agreement with Figure 3-2, and the effect of only vaporous carryover. 3-16
(20)
Drum Pressure (MPa) 4.8 6.2 7.6 9.0 10.3 11.7 13.1 14.5 15.8 17.2 18.6 19.6
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 a 2
Sodium (ppm Na)
b 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 c d
0.2
0.1 600 700
900
1100
1300
2100
2300
2500
2700 2850
Figure 3-10 Model Predictions (bold lines) for Boiler Water Sodium as a Function of Pressure to Ensure that Less than 2 ppb Sodium is in Steam. The non bold lines are the predictions using the previous approach (mechanical carryover and ray diagram) for 2 ppb Na in steam. a) pH 99.6 with no mechanical carryover b) no volatility, only mechanical carryover using Figure 3-2 c) pH 99.6 mechanical carryover using Figure 3-2 d) pH above 8 with Cl and SO4 from 03 ppm
3-17
Drum Pressure (MPa) 3.0 2.0 4.8 6.2 7.6 9.0 10.3 11.7 13.1 14.5 15.8 17.2 18.6 19.6
a b
1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3

Chloride (ppm Cl))
c d
0.2
0.10 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03
0.02
0.01 600 700
900
1100
1300
2100
2300
2500
2700 2850
Figure 3-11 Model Predictions (bold lines) for Boiler Water Chloride as a Function of Pressure to Ensure that Less than 2 ppb Chloride is in Steam. The non-bold lines are the predictions using the previous approach (mechanical carryover and ray diagram) for 2 ppb Cl in steam (same as Figure 3-5) a) pH 9.6, no mechanical carryover b) pH 9.0, no mechanical carryover c) no volatility, only mechanical carryover d) pH 9.6 with mechanical carryover from Figure 3-2 e) pH 9.0 with mechanical carryover from Figure 3-2 f) pH above 8, ammonia, sulfate from 03 ppm
3-18
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2
b
Sulfate (ppm SO4)
1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2
0.10 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02
0.01 600 700
900
1100
1300
2100
2300
2500
2700 2850
Figure 3-12 Model Predictions (bold lines) for Boiler Water Sulfate as a Function of Pressure to Ensure that Less than 2 ppb Sulfate is in Steam. The non-bold lines are the predictions using the previous approach (mechanical carryover and ray diagram) for 2 ppb sulfate in steam. a) pH 99.6 no mechanical carryover b) no volatility, only mechanical carryover (Figure 3-2) c) pH 99.6 with mechanical carryover (Figure 3-2)
3-19
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2
Silica (ppm SiO2)
1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2
0.10 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 600 700 900 1100 1300 1500 1700 1900 Pressure (psia) 2100 2300 2500
2700 2850
Figure 3-13 Model Predictions (bold lines) for Boiler Water Silica as a Function of Pressure to Ensure that Less than 10 ppb SiO2 is in Steam. Non-bold lines are the predictions using the previous approach (mechanical carryover and ray diagram) for 10 ppb of silica in steam. a) no volatility, mechanical carryover from Figure 3-2 b) pH 99.6, no mechanical carryover c) pH 99.6, mechanical carryover from Figure 3-2
3-20
These figures (3-103-13) cover a range of boiler water pH conditions and the effects of increased concentrations of ammonia and other impurities on vaporous and mechanical carryover. Whilst vaporous and mechanical carryover are shown separately, to demonstrate the individual effects, on plant they always occur together and the combined effects must always be considered. With respect to sodium (Figure 3-10), the major feature is that mechanical carryover is the decisive factor. Thus there is a need to correctly maintain and operate the separation devices. Sodium is very important as many organizations operating with AVT actually use a hybrid form of caustic treatment with some sodium being from makeup, and not necessarily from serious cycle contamination. The figure also shows that volatility starts to influence the sodium limit only at about 2500 psi (17.2 MPa). For chloride, Figure 3-11 illustrates that volatility is one of the influencing factors at pressures above about 1500 psi (10.3 MPa). This figure (line f) also indicates that the pressure should be reduced as soon as possible if a minor pH depression is experienced. For sulfate (Figure 3-12), mechanical carryover appears to be the exclusive influencing parameter at least up to about 2700 psi (18.6 MPa). It should be noticed that Figures 3-11 and 3-12 illustrate that there is quite a difference between the boiler water curves for chloride and sulfate based on the ray diagram and mechanical carryover approach used previously in all EPRI Guidelines, and the boiler water curves derived using the thermodynamic model. Figure 3-13 confirms that vaporous carryover is the major contributor of silica in steam.
(20) Thus in summary, the results of the partitioning work , Figures 3-7 to 3-9, and the volatility model (Figures 3-10 to 3-13) indicate that it is possible to decouple the derivation of boiler water limits from steam limits as used in previous versions of EPRI Guidelines. Thus the new steam limits (2 ppb of Na, Cl and SO4, and 10 ppb of SiO2) have been determined from EPRIs research indicating that markedly reduced levels of deposition will occur on turbine surfaces in the PTZ. Also the volatility model predictions indicate much higher levels of boiler water chloride and sulfate are required to raise the steam values above the new limits, than are required to protect the boiler against corrosion. Thus the previously used boiler water cation conductivity curve (Figure 3-6) will continue to be an integral part of the revised guidelines. Thus these new AVT guidelines will have steam limits to protect the turbine, and boiler water limits to protect the boiler, and the boiler water limits will not under normal operating circumstances allow exceedance of the steam limits.
The limits on boiler water impurity concentrations to minimize corrosion in the boiler are based on experience with boiler water cation conductivity. It is possible to calculate the concentrations of chloride and sulfate from cation conductivity (Figure 3-6), provided the proportions of these and the other anions present are known. These proportions vary from plant to plant and operating conditions. In previous EPRI Guidelines, the limits for chloride and sulfate in boiler water based on the ray diagram and mechanical carryover for chloride and sulfate in boiler water were the same. However, it is known that chloride represents a greater risk than sulfate in 3-21
initiating corrosion, so rather than take equal concentrations of chloride and sulfate in these new guidelines, the concentration of sulfate has been taken as twice that of chloride when calculating the limits from cation conductivity. Note that the 1:2 concentration ratio for chloride:sulfate corresponds to a 40/60 stoichiometric ratio. Taking less than 50% ratio for chloride also makes some allowance for the fact that the cation conductivity includes other impurities. The new boiler water control curves for chloride and sulfate are provided in Section 4 (Figures 4-5 and 4-6). The limits for chloride calculated from cation conductivity are lower than those indicated in Figure 3-11 for obtaining < 2 ppb chloride in steam obtained using the thermodynamic model. The limits for sulfate are also lower than those indicated in Figure 3-12 for <2 ppb sulfate in steam. Thus, the limits for chloride in the boiler water are defined by the need to prevent initiation of corrosion in the boiler, rather than the need for limiting the concentration in steam. Nevertheless, the limits for chloride in the boiler water are still about twice those in the previous guidelines (Figure 3-4), and the limits for sulfate are higher by a factor of four. As with chloride and sulfate, the limits for sodium in boiler water in the earlier guidelines were based on the ray diagram. The limits for sodium were far in excess of the stoichiometric equivalents of the chloride and sulfate. This excess was equivalent to several ppm of free sodium hydroxide in the boiler water. Even the new curves for sodium based on the thermodynamic model (Figure 3-10) would allow more free sodium hydroxide in the boiler water than equilibrium phosphate treatment (EPT). Therefore, curves for sodium have been developed that limit the concentration of free NaOH to about 1.0 ppm at lower pressures, reducing to approximately 0.5 ppm at higher pressures. The curves for silica obtained from the thermodynamic model (Figure 3-13) are similar to those already in use and are therefore used for boiler water silica limits in these revised guidelines.
3.4 RATIONALE FOR SAMPLE POINTS

Recommended sample points were developed based on the optimal cycle chemistry requirements, and the rationale for each sample point is discussed in this section. The parameters to be monitored fit into two categories, as shown on the cycle chemistry diagrams for drum and once-through units in Sections 4 and 5 respectively: a) those parameters which all fossil plants should have for optimum chemistry control (core parameters) and b) those parameters which are regarded as diagnostic for troubleshooting or commissioning. See Table 3-1 for a listing of core instruments for units operating on AVT. The core parameters are considered the minimum level of surveillance needed for all units. In general, use of on-line analyzers for continuous analysis of chemistry is preferred. However, it is recognized that certain parameters such as iron, copper, sulfate, total organic carbon and chlorides (usually) will require the procurement and analysis of grab samples. Primary chemistry control for AVT units is through the use of cation (and specific) conductivity. Conductivity instrumentation is reliable, relatively maintenance free and provides an early indication of cycle contamination and increased carryover. Specific conductivity also provides an accurate indication of ammonia levels.
3-22
Target levels have been established for sodium, chloride, silica, sulfate and organics in steam. Limits for these parameters were set to minimize the risk of deposition and corrosion in turbines. In drum units, it is important to avoid levels of mechanical and vaporous carryover, which will exceed these target values. The routine measurement of carryover (every six months) is considered of such importance that it is included as a core parameter. Using the approach in Section 3.3, contaminant control curves were developed for drum units. By confirming these values with mechanical and vaporous carryover (partitioning) modeling it has been possible to stress the importance of steam carryover and boiler drum pressure to provide the concentration of the contaminant of interest. These are presented in Section 4.
Table 3-1 EPRIs Core Monitoring Parameters and/or Minimum Level of Continuous Instruments for All Units Operating on AVT
Oxidizing AVT (AVT(O)) Drum or once through units without a reducing agent and with an all-ferrous feedwater system. Cation conductivity Specific conductivity pH (drum units) Dissolved oxygen Sodium Air in-leakage Carryover (drum units) Reducing AVT (AVT(R)) Drum or once through units with a reducing agent and with a mixed-metallurgy or all-ferrous feedwater system. Cation conductivity Specific conductivity pH (drum units) Dissolved oxygen Sodium ORP Air in-leakage Carryover (drum units) CPD, CPO or EI, RH (or MS), Blowdown (or downcomer) Makeup Blowdown (or downcomer) CPD, EI CPD, CPO or EI, RH (or MS) DAI CPD, CPO or EI, RH (or MS), Downcomer (or blowdown) Makeup Downcomer (or blowdown) CPD, EI CPD, CPO or EI, RH (or MS)
3-23
Reheat Steam/Superheated Steam Factors affecting steam chemistry, other than the mechanical and vaporous carryover from the boiler, include the following:
contamination by attemperation water of the superheater and reheater, and precipitation of impurities as deposits in the superheater, reheater, and in the turbine (mostly in the low pressure turbine) due to changes in steam temperature and pressure.
Monitoring of key contaminants at this sample point indicates the actual impurity levels in the steam and indicates whether the turbine blades are protected against deposition and/or corrosion. This monitoring also verifies compliance with the turbine manufacturers guarantee condition. Should this sample point not be available, the steam chemistry may be calculated from the chemistries of the saturated steam and feedwater, accounting for impurity ingress with the superheater and reheater attemperating water (feedwater). Steam sampling requires special techniques, which are described in an EPRI Report(21) and in Appendix E. Saturated Steam (Drum Boilers Only) Monitoring of this sample point provides verification of compliance with the boiler manufacturers performance guarantee for steam purity, which may apply only to the saturated steam. The sample source may be from one steam offtake or all steam offtake tubes from the drum as long as a representative sample is taken. This sample point also serves as a diagnostic tool to monitor the total carryover of impurities into the high pressure turbine. The saturated steam chemistry data can also be related to the performance of the steam drum moisture separator by measuring the carryover from the boiler water of impurities into the steam. Excessive carryover may indicate poor moisture separator performance. Mechanical carryover has the greatest impact upon steam chemistry at boiler drum operating pressures below 2500 psi, where mechanical carryover is the major component of the total carryover. For SiO2 and copper, however, the volatile component is the most important. As indicated, previously, a knowledge of carryover is considered so important, that it is now a core parameter (Table 3-1 and Figures 4-1 and 4-2) which should be routinely checked (every six months). Boiler Water (Drum Boilers Only) This sample point monitors drum boiler water chemistry to minimize deposition and corrosion in the boiler tubes. This sample point allows control of boiler water chemistry through blowdown and chemical feed, and is a primary control point for steam purity. Blowdown or downcomer boiler drum samples can be used for boiler water analysis. With some boiler designs, the blowdown may not provide a representative boiler water sample, and the downcomer sample should be used. The downcomer samples should also be used for cycling units and layup chemistry control. 3-24
Samples from the downcomer will be diluted with the feedwater, and this will reflect a lower concentration of the various chemical species when compared to blowdown samples. This effect may be considerable, depending on boiler design. Therefore, limits derived from downcomer samples must reflect this dilution effect when compared to limits given in these guidelines, which are derived for blowdown samples. Economizer Inlet and Attemperation Water This sample point allows the direct measurement of the total contaminant ingress to the boiler and to the steam via the attemperation water and it also permits the determination of whether the feedwater entering the boiler meets the feedwater chemistry limitations required by the boiler manufacturers. This sample point also monitors oxygen and pre-boiler corrosion, and serves as a sampling point for control of ammonia feed. However, it does not permit the evaluation of flowaccelerated corrosion (FAC) in the economizer header or tubes. Deaerator Inlet Much of the reduction of dissolved oxygen occurs in the deaerator. In these Guidelines a distinction is made as to whether the feedwater is being operated in a reducing or oxidizing atmosphere (AVT(R) or AVT(O)). As explained, it is considered mandatory that mixedmetallurgy cycles be operated in a reducing regime to minimize copper alloy corrosion, transport and subsequent deposition. This requires the feed of hydrazine, in addition to minimizing oxygen ingress. To properly determine that a reducing atmosphere is being provided, the measurement of oxidizing-reducing potential (ORP) at the deaerator inlet has been designated a core parameter. Although the reaction between reducing agents and oxygen increases at high temperatures, the reactivity of dissolved oxygen with metal is greater and predominates in the high pressure heater trains. Thus the sample point should be used as a control point for reducing agent (hydrazine) feed at the condensate polisher outlet. All-ferrous systems can be operated in either a reducing or oxidizing mode. As previously noted, an increasing number of power plants with all-ferrous systems are finding that the elimination of the reducing agent (hydrazine) results in superior results relative to iron transport while, at the same time, minimizing chemical feed costs. This sample point also monitors the deaerator performance by comparison with the sample at the deaerator outlet. Deaerator Outlet This sample point in conjunction with the deaerator inlet point permits an evaluation of how the deaerator performs in removing dissolved oxygen from the feedwater, especially during periods when the condensate oxygen level is excessive usually during startup and periods of high makeup with air-saturated water, or when the air in-leakage is high.
3-25
Condensate Polisher Effluent (if Applicable) This sample point is required to determine the effectiveness of the condensate polishers and to determine their need for regeneration. This sample point also permits the evaluation of resin particle throw from the condensate polishers. Measurements of sodium and cation conductivity at this point can substitute for the measurement of these parameters at the economizer inlet. Condensate Pump Discharge This sample point monitors the following:
magnitude of contaminants introduced by condenser leakage, magnitude of contaminants introduced by the makeup treatment system, amount of oxygen entering the feedwater train, and corrosion products from heater drains returned to the condenser. carryover of contaminants and treatment chemicals in steam,
For plants without condensate polishers, this point monitors the chemistry at the start of the feedwater. The major change in these new AVT Guidelines is a tightening of the dissolved oxygen normal target to 10 ppb. This is important for both mixed-metallurgy and all-ferrous feedwater systems. Condenser Leak Detection Trays and/or Hotwell Zones (if Applicable) This sample point may allow condenser tube leaks to be detected earlier than by the sample point located at the condensate pump discharge. This aids in timely determination of corrective action. Monitoring at these leak detection tray sample points allows determination of the tube sheet on which the leak is occurring. Quick detection and repair of leaks minimizes the ingress of impurities into the heat cycle. Each condenser hotwell section may also be monitored. Makeup Treatment System Effluent This sample point monitors the performance of the makeup treating system. The makeup water purity is dictated by the design of the makeup water treatment equipment and also depends on the makeup rate. Target values have been recommended for the makeup treatment system based on current state-of-the-art equipment capabilities. These guidelines should be used as a performance guarantee for any new makeup treatment systems. Serious consideration should be given to providing oxygen removal equipment and procedures for the makeup effluent and/or the condensate storage tank. Additionally the condensate storage tank containing deoxygenated water should be provided with protection against air ingress. Air ingress not only increases oxygen levels but also introduces carbon dioxide to the cycle. A full discussion on the subject of oxygen removal is given in Appendix A. Oxygen removal for the 3-26
makeup effluent is of particular importance for mixed-metallurgy systems where a reducing atmosphere is essential for the control of copper corrosion. Condensate Storage Tank Effluent Monitoring the effluent from the storage tanks indicates the quality of the available makeup to the condensate. Also, certain water-quality conditions in aluminum condensate storage tanks can lead to aluminum corrosion, resulting in difficult-to-remove aluminum corrosion-product deposits in the boiler and turbine. Serious consideration should be given to protecting the condensate storage tank from oxygen ingress. Refer to Appendix A for further discussion of oxygen control. Air Removal System Exhaust Condensate oxygen as well as carbon dioxide levels are a direct function of air in-leakage. Air in-leakage in excess of that removed by the air removal system design will result in increased oxygen and carbon dioxide levels, which may cause an increase in corrosion-product generation. Minimization of air in-leakage will also prevent corrosion of the condenser shell. The monitoring of air in-leakage is considered so important that it has been designated a core parameter. A further discussion on measurement of air in-leakage can be found in Appendix C.
3.5 TROUBLESHOOTING, COMMISSIONING AND CORE PARAMETERS

In subsequent cycle diagrams, (Sections 4 and 5) which depict chemistry guidelines throughout the cycle, those parameters at sample points that should be used for routine chemistry monitoring and control are designated by an asterisk(*). These are the EPRI core parameters shown in Table 3-1. Those parameters utilized as supplements for troubleshooting or plant commissioning are designated by T. It is suggested that operators develop a specific cycle chemistry diagram for each of their units which only contains the core parameters. Such a diagram may be more useful for posting in the control room and chemistry laboratory than a diagram displaying both categories of parameters. Water chemistry commissioning should be a part of the total commissioning effort during which a new unit or a retrofitted unit is transferred from the supplier to the operator. A monitoring campaign should similarly be conducted when a major chemistry change is planned for the feedwater or boiler water. The main objectives of the commissioning or monitoring are:
to prevent equipment damage due to malfunction of water chemistry related equipment, to determine the chemical transport characteristics of the cycle, make final selection of water treatment approach, and establish water and steam chemistry limits to assess major sources of impurities and corrosion to quantify carryover. Note that this is a core parameter, which should be determined at regular intervals (every six months). However, it should be determined as soon as possible if 3-27
there is a sudden change in steam purity. It should also be measured following each major outage where drum work has been conducted. There have been too many units where commissioning was not performed at all or was performed insufficiently, resulting in major equipment damage within weeks or months of the initial operation. There have also been too many units where a monitoring campaign has not taken place when the feedwater or boiler water is changed. Section 2 delineates clearly the steps that are needed in either case. Typical problems that can be avoided by proper commissioning and monitoring include:
high carryover leading to superheater, reheater, and turbine deposits and susperheat and reheater overheating failures dirt left in the boiler or elsewhere in the system resulting in buildup of deposits or foreign object damage destruction of passive films on tube surfaces and flow-accelerated corrosion (FAC)
The water chemistry-related systems and functions that should be tested during commissioning and monitoring include:
boiler carryover, chemical addition equipment, sampling and analytical equipment, deaeration (condenser, deaerator), reducing agents (particularly for mixed-metallurgy units) iron and copper oxide generation and transport (determination of the points where the corrosion occurs), blowdown and cycles of concentration, makeup system and associated regeneration equipment, pretreatment system, condensate polishers and associated regeneration equipment, condensate and feedwater storage systems, cleanliness and passivation effectiveness after preoperational chemical cleaning of cycle components, and purity of returned condensate in cogeneration units.
The importance of monitoring/commissioning for AVT units cannot be over emphasized. The development of optimum AVT for both drum and once-through units, provided in the road maps in Section 2, depends critically on continual assessment and unit performance.
3-28
3.6 RATIONALE FOR ACTION LEVELS

Action levels for control parameters at critical sample points have been retained from the previous EPRI Guidelines to provide guidance on the relative need for corrective action in the event of cycle chemistry excursions. These action levels are based on current, state-of-the-art knowledge and may be revised based on a periodic review of experience. Four action levels were established based on the following criteria:
Normal. Values are consistent with long-term system reliability. A safety margin has been provided to avoid concentration of contaminants at surfaces and under deposits. Action Level 1. There is a potential for the accumulation of contaminants and corrosion. Return values to normal levels within 1 week. Action Level 2. The accumulation of impurities and corrosion will occur. Return values to normal levels within 24 hours. Action Level 3. Experience indicates that rapid corrosion could occur, which can be avoided by shutdown of the unit within 4 hours. Immediate Shutdown. There is clear evidence of rapid boiler tube damage by low boiler water pH. Immediate shutdown of the unit is required to avoid such damage.
If the problem is not corrected within the time allotted to each action level, the next higher action level takes effect. In drum boilers having the capability of sliding pressure operation, one way to return from an action level condition is to reduce boiler pressure. The target values for Action Levels 1, 2, and 3 were established to allow and provide guidance during transient or abnormal operating conditions. The following criteria were used for most of the parameters:
Action Level 1 Value: 2 x [Normal Target Value] Action Level 2 Value: 2 x [Action Level 1 Value] Action Level 3 Value: > [Action Level 2 Value] Immediate Shutdown: Boiler water pH (drum units) indicates a serious acidic contamination and the unit should be shutdown in an orderly fashion.
Operation at the lowest achievable impurity levels, with the shortest and least frequent excursions, is the most desirable mode of operation. The probability of corrosion damage and deposit formation grows significantly with increasing impurity concentration, and the damage is proportional to the exposure time. When corrosive impurities concentrate on metal surfaces, the breakdown of passivity (damage to the protective oxide layer) occurs within a few minutes to several hours. (Reheater, superheater, and boiler tubes have been destroyed within days when the impurity concentrations have been high, in some cases as a result of improper chemical cleaning operations or seawater ingress.) Another aspect of corrosion initiation in units on AVT is the common practice of feeding phosphate or caustic to the boiler water during periods of depressed pH during the shutdown and early startup periods. This can, and has, resulted in under-deposit corrosion and tube damage. 3-29
(3) Reference is made to both the phosphate guidelines and EPRI report on the use of caustic as a (22) treatment alternative in drum boilers. The concern for possible acid phosphate corrosion and caustic under-deposit corrosion are thoroughly discussed along with appropriate control limits. If phosphate is added, it is important to follow the Guidelines for Equilibrium Phosphate Treatment (EPT). Caustic additions should not exceed 1 ppm excess NaOH.
During excursions, when the impurity concentration increases sharply, the accumulation of impurities in the cycle (turbine deposits, boiler scale, superheater deposits) can occur quickly, but the subsequent cleanup or return to good chemistry may take weeks. Therefore, yearly time accumulations have also been established as a guide. Another useful approach to damage accumulation control is to set an annual goal for all key parameters of (contaminant concentration) x (days). Basically, this approach involves setting a limit on the absolute amount of contaminant transport to a component per year. Contaminant concentrations are then monitored for fixed lengths of time, multiplied by the respective sampling periods, and totaled over the year. The yearly concentration-days calculated in this way can then be compared with the set limit. This approach has been used to rate unit chemistry, compare performance of multiple units, and serve as an input for assessing the need for boiler chemical cleaning.
3.7 RATIONALE FOR TARGET VALUES

Discussion on the rationale and philosophy for boiler water and steam limits is found in Sections 3.3 and 3.3.1. The limits for chloride and sulfate in boiler water are derived from the curves for cation conductivity. It is known that chloride represents a greater risk than sulfate in initiating corrosion, so rather than equal concentrations of chloride and sulfate, the concentration of sulfate has been taken as twice that of chloride. This lower ratio of chloride also makes some allowance for the fact that the cation conductivity includes other impurities. The limits for sodium in boiler water are based on limiting the excess of sodium over chloride and sulfate, and thus, the amount of free sodium hydroxide that could be present in the boiler water. The limits for silica are based on the need to limit the amount of silica carried over into the steam, based on partitioning data and the thermodynamic model. The other new guideline limits for feedwater and condensate are discussed in this Section. The reader is referred to Section 2 for further discussion on selection and optimization of both boiler water and feedwater. Feedwater and Condensate As discussed in Section 2 there are three possible feedwater treatments: A. Reducing. Ammonia plus a reducing agent is added after the condensate pump or condensate polisher (if applicable). This treatment must be used for mixed-metallurgy systems but is also used for all-ferrous systems with poor feedwater cation conductivity (> 0.3 S/cm). (AVT(R)) 3-30
B. Oxidizing. Ammonia is added after the condensate pump or condensate polisher (if applicable). This is the feedwater of choice for all-ferrous systems. (AVT(O)) C. Oxygenated. Ammonia plus oxygen is added. This is the feedwater of choice for all-ferrous systems with a condensate polisher or with the ability to maintain feedwater cation conductivity of less than 0.15 S/cm. (OT) The main emphasis for feedwater must be to minimize the generation of feedwater corrosion products as these act as initiating centers for many BTF, and result in the need to chemically clean. The secondary emphasis is to minimize FAC. For mixed-metallurgy units, iron and copper levels of less than 2 ppb are also achievable if the feedwater is optimized according to Section 2. This requires careful monitoring of air in-leakage and the addition of a reducing agent after the condensate pump. ORP at the deaerator inlet (a core instrument) can ensure that the low pressure feedwater systems will run under reducing (1) conditions (ORP < 0mV). Previous AVT Guidelines suggested controlling oxygen at the CPD at less than 20 ppb, and loosely related this with air in-leakage of less than 1 scfm/100 MW. However, the importance of maintaining a reducing environment in the feedwater for mixedmetallurgy systems now suggests that the oxygen at the CPD should be less than 10 ppb independent of the air in-leakage rate. The previous limit of < 1 scfm/100 MW is however still a (23) good operating target. Recent research in Program Copper has indicated that the optimum pH for mixed-metallurgy systems is between 9 and 9.3 under reducing conditions. This new CPD limit for oxygen also applies to all-ferrous systems to allow full benefit of the oxidizing environment control. All organizations with all-ferrous systems should be striving to meet less than 2 ppb of iron at the economizer inlet with AVT(R), at around 1 ppb with AVT(O) and less than 1 ppb on OT. These levels are easily achievable if the processes described in Section 2 are followed.
3.8 RATIONALE FOR TARGET VALUES OF INDIVIDUAL PARAMETERS

Based on the general rationale discussed earlier, target values were developed for each parameter at each sample point. Specific rationales for these target values are discussed below. While the cycle diagrams in Sections 4 and 5 for drum and once-through units only show reheat units, the limits for non-reheat limits can generally be taken as twice those of reheat units. 3.8.1 Sodium Monitoring of sodium is necessary because sodium compounds such as sodium hydroxide and sodium chloride are two major corrodents of the turbine, especially in relation to stress corrosion cracking of some turbine blades and stainless steel superheater tubes. Uncontrolled or high sodium hydroxide concentrations have in the past caused gouging-type failure of boiler tubes.
3-31
Sodium Target Value in Reheat and Saturated Steam The reheat steam sodium target is probably the least conservative limit in these guidelines. The new limit of 2 ppb Na does not guarantee the absence of NaOH deposition in the LP turbine. Thus, lower levels of sodium should be maintained if possible. A concentration of 1 ppb Na is normallly achievable in drum units on AVT with condensate polishers and, in many cases in units without condensate polishers. Saturated steam should be monitored to determine total carryover. Sodium Target Value in Boiler Water Boiler water sodium target values are based on limiting the excess of sodium over chloride and sulfate, and the amount of free sodium hydroxide in the boiler water. Sodium Target Value in Condensate and Makeup Water Low sodium levels are listed for condensate and makeup water for the following reasons:
to achieve recommended steam purity under normal operation without relying on boiler blowdown capability available to control transients and maintain the chemistry within guidelines at all times to allow maximum flexibility during excursions
Limits on sodium concentration in the condensate can be more relaxed for units with condensate polishers than for units without polishers. Monitoring of condensate polisher effluent (where applicable) for sodium is useful in evaluating polisher performance. Sodium Target Value in Condensate Storage Tank Effluent (Aluminum Tanks Only) Corrosion of aluminum condensate storage tanks can occur in the presence of free sodium hydroxide. Aluminum corrosion products form difficult-to-remove boiler tube and turbine deposits. Free sodium hydroxide will form in the condensate storage tank whenever sodium levels become excessive. The major sources of sodium in the condensate are from the makeup treatment system effluent and from condenser leakage. The sodium level in condensate storage tank effluent should be comparable to that in makeup treatment system effluent. 3.8.2 Chloride Monitoring of chloride is necessary because chloride contributes to the following:
corrosion fatigue, stress corrosion cracking, and pitting in LP turbines; corrosion, hydrogen damage, and pitting in boilers; and synergistic effect on drum boiler waterwall corrosion in the presence of oxygen and copper oxide(24) 3-32
Chloride Target Value in Steam Based on the turbine deposition studies(8-12) and the solubility of sodium chloride in superheated steam, a limit of 2 ppb was chosen for units with reheat. Compliance with this limit should results in avoidance of damage to the boiler and turbine, and help to minimize deposition in the LP turbine. Chloride Target Value in Boiler Water Boiler water chloride target values were derived to provide boiler corrosion protection. They were derived from the curves for boiler water cation conductivity as described in Sections 3.3 and 3.3.1. These values will protect both the boiler and the turbine. Chloride represents a greater risk than sulfate in initiating corrosion, so the concentration of chloride has been taken as half that of sulfate. This lower ratio of chloride also makes some allowance for the fact that the cation conductivity also includes other impurities.
(20) As was discussed in The Volatility of Impurities in Water/Steam Cycles, chloride may undergo volatile transport to the steam as both HCl and NH4Cl, the ratio of which depends largely on the pH of the liquid. Whereas the dominant species for NH4Cl solutions in both the + high and low temperature liquid phase are NH4 and Cl , the species transported to the steam are predominantly HCl and NH3. At low ammonia concentrations, the major source of chloride in the steam is partitioning of HCl from the liquid. On the other hand, the primary contribution of HCl partitioning to the chloride content in the steam does not imply that the subsequent appearance of chloride, in early or first condensate, will be as HCl. For the volatility and speciation in ammonium chloride solutions, it is important to remember that the solute transports to the steam as mixtures of HCl, NH3 and NH4Cl, the relative proportions being dependent on + temperature, total chloride, solution pH and presence of other cations (e.g. Na ). The difference in pH and the increasing volatility of HCl, accounts for the increased importance of chloride as HCl at high temperatures. Moreover, under AVT conditions the high volatility of NH3 (coupled with the low volatility of ammonium salts formed by neutralization of acidic contaminants) may lead to lower boiler water pH values than predicted, and hence an increase in the carryover of chloride as HCl as suggested by line f in Figure 3-11.
Chloride Target Value in Makeup Water The makeup water target value of 3 ppb is necessary for the following reasons:
to achieve recommended steam purity under normal operation without depending on boiler blowdown, leaving the full blowdown capability available to control transients and maintain the chemistry within guidelines at all times, and to allow maximum flexibility during excursions.
This target value should be modified if necessary to be consistent with the capabilities of the makeup treatment equipment design.
3-33
3.8.3 Sulfate Monitoring of sulfate is necessary for the following reasons:
sodium sulfate in combination with chloride contributes to turbine corrosion, sulfate causes off-load corrosion of steam-side components(9), acid sulfate can cause boiler and turbine corrosion, and sulfate can deposit in reheaters and subsequently lead to pitting during non-protected shutdown periods.
Grab sample analysis is normally used to assess sulfate, supplemented by indirect on-line continuous analysis by cation conductivity. Sulfate Target Value in Steam
(8-12) Based on the turbine deposition studies, and that the solubility of sodium sulfate in superheated steam is estimated to be similar to that of sodium chloride, and acid sulfate is as corrosive as acid chloride, the same limits were chosen for sulfate in steam (2 ppb) as those for chloride.
Sulfate Target Value in Boiler Water Boiler water sulfate target values were derived to provide boiler corrosion protection. They were derived from the curves for boiler water cation conductivity as described in Sections 3.3 and 3.3.1. These values will protect both the boiler and the turbine. Sulfate represents a lesser risk than chloride in initiating corrosion, so the concentration of sulfate has been taken as twice that of chloride. As was discussed in The Volatility of Impurities in Water/Steam Cycles(20), the situation with carryover of sulfate is more complex than for chloride because sulfuric acid is divalent and can dissociate in two steps, forming bisulfates, as well as sulfates. It is also less volatile than hydrochloric acid (Figure 3-8). Although H2SO4 can be considered as a 1:1 compound or a 1:2 compound, at high temperatures, it behaves more as a 1:1 compound. Sulfuric acid was found to be the dominant form of sulfur (VI) species in steam under most conditions and is the principal transporting medium for the (20) vaporous carryover of sulfate in steam. Reduced sulfur species (SO2) were observed in all vapor samples taken over sulfuric acid solutions. The partitioning coefficients for SO2 obtained from the sulfuric acid volatility data, showed that with increasing pH, the hydrolysis of the weaker sulfurous acid becomes significant and the level of sulfite decreases in the vapor phase. Sulfur dioxide is a neutral specie and is very volatile (Figure 3-7). Reduced sulfur species may provide an important route for the transport of sulfate and sulfite to the steam. Thus the carryover of sulfate should be significantly reduced for plants with oxygenated treatment by eliminating SO2 transport. 3-34
It is also interesting to compare Figures 3-11 and 3-12 which show the predictions from the partitioning code. Higher values of sulfate in boiler water are required than for chloride in boiler water to generate 2 ppb in steam. Sulfate Target Value in Makeup Water The makeup water sulfate target value of 3 ppb is necessary for the following reasons:
to achieve recommended steam purity under normal operation without relying upon boiler blowdown, leaving the full blowdown capability available to control transients and maintain the chemistry within guidelines at all times, and to allow maximum flexibility during excursions.
This target value should be modified, if necessary, to be consistent with the capabilities of the makeup treating equipment. 3.8.4 Silica Monitoring of silica is necessary because of the following reasons:
precipitation of silica forms silicate deposits on the turbine that are not soluble in water and are very difficult to remove; silicate deposits cause losses in turbine capacity and efficiency; and significant amounts of silica can enter the condensate/feedwater undetected in the nonreactive colloidal form through the makeup, causing boiler water and steam target values to be exceeded in spite of apparently good-quality makeup.
Silica Target Value in Steam Based on the solubility of silica in superheated steam, a limit of 10 ppb was chosen for units with reheat. Compliance with this target value should limit deposition of silica in the turbine. Silica Target Value in Boiler Water Vaporous carryover is the major contributor to silica in steam as illustrated by the partitioning predictions in Figure 3-13. Also Figure 3-3 shows the distribution ratio, or concentration in the steam to concentration in the boiler water, of silica as a function of pressure. High boiler water pH reduces silica carryover. This effect is insignificant for the pH range (9.09.6) used in highpressure boilers as shown in Figure 3-13 and, for that reason, is not considered in these guidelines. Operation at higher boiler water pH values will cause these guidelines to be slightly conservative. The limits for silica are based on the need to limit the amount of silica carried over into the steam and is based on partitioning data and the thermodynamic code.
3-35
Silica Target Value in Condensate and Makeup Water The target value of 10 ppb silica in condensate is necessary for these reasons:
to achieve recommended steam purity under normal operation without relying on boiler blowdown, leaving the full blowdown capability available to control transients and maintain the chemistry within guidelines at all times, and to allow maximum flexibility during excursions.
The target value for makeup water is the same as that for the condensate: however, this target value should be modified if necessary to be consistent with the capabilities of the makeup treating equipment design. 3.8.5 Dissolved Oxygen Monitoring of oxygen is necessary for the following reasons:
Copper alloy corrosion in condensate and feedwater systems is controlled by ORP. The value of ORP is influenced by the levels of oxygen and reducing agent. Oxygen reacts synergistically with chloride, resulting in hydrogen damage boiler tube failures.(24) In all-ferrous feedwater systems, very low levels of oxygen (<1 ppb) in conjunction with high levels of reducing agent (hydrazine or alternative) result in very strong reducing conditions.(25) Under such conditions, the feedwater reacts with the ferrous alloys in the feedwater system to generate corrosion products. These corrosion products are subsequently transported to the boiler, which leads to a) increased chemical cleaning requirements, and b) increased risk of boiler waterwall tube failures by under-deposit corrosion. Flow-accelerated corrosion of carbon steel components is accelerated by overfeeding reducing agents and stopped by eliminating them and/or adding oxygen at concentrations above 20 ppb in high purity feedwater. Overfeeding of reducing agents is, therefore, not recommended and oxygen in high purity water is beneficial in reducing generation of iron (25) oxides. Many plants with all-ferrous feedwater systems operate without the use of reducing agents, and have significantly reduced iron transport.
Dissolved Oxygen Target Value in Economizer Inlet This dissolved oxygen target provides an indication of the oxygen control for reducing, oxidizing and oxygenated feedwater, and is thus important for controlling feedwater material corrosion in all-ferrous and mixed-metallurgy feedwater systems.
3-36
Dissolved Oxygen Target Value in Drum Boiler Water This dissolved oxygen target is provided as an indication of potential boiler waterwall corrosion. Its level is determined by the oxygen at the economizer inlet and the boiler recirculation ratio. Dissolved Oxygen Target Value at Deaerator Outlet Monitoring of oxygen at the deaerator outlet serves as a check for the effectiveness of deaeration. Dissolved Oxygen Target Value at Condensate Pump Discharge This new dissolved oxygen target value (10 ppb) is provided to minimize total corrosion in mixed-metallurgy low pressure feedwater heaters and to provide an indication of air in-leakage into the cycle for all feedwater systems. 3.8.6 Oxidizing-Reducing Potential (ORP) ORP is a core parameter for systems having mixed-metallurgy. To minimize copper transport in such systems, it is essential to provide a reducing atmosphere in the feedwater. Measurement of reducing agent concentration at the deaerator inlet does not necessarily guarantee that a reducing condition has been attained. An ORP reading of -300 to -350 mV at the deaerator inlet assures a reducing condition which will minimize copper corrosion and transport. ORP is not a core parameter for all-ferrous systems operated in an oxidizing mode. However, the use of ORP in this situation will facilitate assessing and fine tuning feedwater chemistry control. A positive ORP value will ensure an oxidizing condition. A complete discussion of ORP measurement and interpretation can be found in Appendix B. 3.8.7 Reducing Agents (Hydrazine or Alternates) Monitoring of the reducing agent and ORP at the deaerator inlet is necessary to provide feedback control of the feed rate. The reducing agent concentration in conjunction with the oxygen level at this location should be consistent with the ORP value (Section 3.8.6). For all-ferrous feedwater systems, there is evidence linking higher reducing agent concentrations and low oxygen levels at the economizer inlet (<1 ppb) with flow-accelerated corrosion and increased transport of feedwater corrosion products (see Section 2).(25) Thus, it is necessary to advise that for feedwater heater trains constructed in all-ferrous materials, that good operating practice requires that the need for reducing agent addition be confirmed by monitoring of the feedwater corrosion products, ORP and oxygen levels at the economizer inlet. Many utilities have found that additions of reducing agent in these all-ferrous systems make very little difference to the level of oxygen, but produce a major change in the oxidizing/reducing potential of the feedwater. Thus many have been able to eliminate their use and oxidizing AVT, AVT(O), is the feedwater treatment of choice for all-ferrous systems. 3-37
Cycles with copper alloy tubes in the feedwater system require lower oxygen levels and higher reducing agent levels for AVT(R) than cycles with all-ferrous components. The ORP at the deaerator inlet in these mixed-metallurgy feedwater systems must be determined and coordinated with reducing agent dosage and a low air in-leakage level to ensure reducing conditions exist (ORP of -300 to -350 mV). 3.8.8 pH Monitoring of pH is necessary for the following reasons:
corrosion of metals and alloys is a function of pH, alkaline pH values increase the stability of the magnetite film and reduce magnetite solubility in water, and increasing ammonia, as the alkalizing agent, increases the volatility of anions.
pH Control It is important to keep in mind that alkaline AVT is a feedwater chemistry intended to reduce general corrosion and FAC in the pre-boiler system and provides little, if any, neutralizing effect in the boiler water. Ammonium hydroxide is essentially fully associated at boiler (steam generator) operating temperatures. It, therefore, does not materially contribute to neutralizing possible acidic feedwater contaminants that may be available to concentrate beneath porous oxide waterwall tube deposits. Extreme care should be taken in the measurement of pH from the standpoint of both sample temperature (25 1C, 77F) and proper calibration of electrodes in an on-line measurement system. Measurement of pH in boiler water using specific conductivity is an alternate approach (see Figure 5-1). pH Target Values in Boiler Water Immediate shutdown is recommended for low drum boiler water pH less than 8. Immediate shutdown is recommended since the pH will generally be much lower locally, which could lead to severe localized attack on waterwall tubes depending on the local conditions, particularly if the waterwall tubes are dirty and boiler chemical cleaning is due. pH Target Values in Feedwater The corrosion rate of carbon steel reaches minimal values over the pH range of 9.2 to 9.6. The optimal pH for protection of copper has been researched extensively over the last 5 years and is dependent upon temperature and ORP. Thus systems having mixed-metallurgy should now be able to minimize the corrosion rate of both carbon steel and the copper alloy by maintaining the condensate/feedwater pH between 9.0 and 9.3 under reducing conditions. For units with condensate polishers in H-OH form, polisher run lengths decrease significantly at higher pH values. Operation at the lower end of the feedwater pH range may be necessary to maintain reasonable condensate polisher run lengths and acceptable effluent quality when using 3-38
hydrogen form cation resins. Operation in the ammonia form will maximize run lengths at the expense of somewhat higher sodium leakage (normally within guidelines for sodium). 3.8.9 Ammonia Monitoring of ammonia can be used to supplement the direct measurement of pH and/or specific conductivity for the control of the ammonia feed rate. For plants containing copper alloys in the condensate/feedwater systems, monitoring of ammonia is also important to minimize ammonia attack on copper alloys (particularly when oxygen and carbon dioxide are present), and particularly in the air removal section of the condenser. Ammonia Target Values The ammonia concentration should be consistent with the pH requirements. 3.8.10 Specific Conductivity Specific conductivity is an inexpensive, reliable, on-line method for monitoring the overall level of contamination, treatment chemicals and their trends. Since the feed of ammonia is relatively high compared to contaminant levels normally present, specific conductivity values reflect ammonia concentration and mask the level of impurities present. Specific Conductivity Target Values at Economizer Inlet Specific conductivity at the economizer inlet is an indication of the ammonia level and hence pH, during normal operation, since other ionic impurity levels are relatively low. The specific conductivity target value should, therefore, be consistent with the ammonia level. Where applicable, specific conductivity of condensate polisher effluent may be monitored (prior to the chemical injection point) to assess performance. Specific Conductivity Target Values in Makeup Water The specific conductivity target value is based on the sum of conductivities contributed by the individual ions at the recommended effluent quality and by carbon dioxide. 3.8.11 Cation Conductivity Cation conductivity serves as an excellent diagnostic tool as the cations are removed via cation exchange and the H+ ion has a markedly higher equivalent conductance than all other cations. Target values of cation conductivity at the condensate pump discharge are more relaxed for units with polishers than for those units without polishers. The reason for this relaxation is the 3-39
removal of possible condensate contaminants in condensate polishers. Cation conductivity measurements do not detect contamination by alkali hydroxides (NaOH) and only imperfectly of alkaline reacting contaminants. In high-pressure units, if mixtures of amines or organic reducing agents are used for feedwater treatment, the thermal decomposition products will increase the cation conductivity. Cation Conductivity Target Values at Economizer Inlet The economizer inlet cation conductivity target values reflect the sum of cation conductivities contributed by individual anions and some carbon dioxide that may exist from air in-leakage, or as a result of the thermal decomposition of chemical additions such as alternate amines or organic reducing agents. Measurement of cation conductivity at the condensate polisher effluent (if applicable) can substitute for cation conductivity measurements at the economizer inlet. Cation Conductivity in Boiler Water The measurement of cation conductivity in the blowdown or downcomer provides a reliable online indication of the level of contamination entering the heat cycle and concentrating by recirculation in the drum boiler water. For this reason, utilities can rely on this measurement to initiate control measures to mitigate the undesirable effects associated with increasing levels of contamination. It should be kept in mind that samples from the downcomers will be diluted by feedwater to a level dependent on the boiler recirculation ratio. Care should be taken to ensure optimum sample flow rate and temperature control. The cation conductivity curves which are presented in Figure 3-6 and in Section 4 for drum units are designed to protect the boiler (Section 3.3.1). They are currently based on experience of limiting the concentrations of impurities in the boiler water to minimize corrosion. They consider the boiler water chloride and sulfate levels as a function of pressure together with a number of other contributors such as organic acids, carbonates, etc. As with other parameters, it is very important to customize these cation conductivity limits for each drum boiler. This is included in the road map to optimize AVT for each drum unit in Section 2. If a boiler cannot meet these requirements then a series of tests /analyses should be undertaken to determine what is causing the excessive level. Cation Conductivity Limit in Steam Continuous measurement of cation conductivity at this location will provide a reliable indication of the presence of harmful salts and acids that are known to cause turbine corrosion. Elevated steam cation conductivities can be caused by an increased carryover and/or decomposition of alternate amines and organic reducing agents. 3-40
3.8.12 Total Organic Carbon (TOC) Organics may cause foaming in the boiler and high mechanical carryover, and may also affect the boiler and turbine corrosion, depending on the specific species or its thermal decomposition products that are present. Organics can form organic acids and carbon dioxide from decomposition in the boiler and typically are detected by an elevation of cation conductivity. Styrene sulfonic acids released from the oxidation of strong acid cation resin in condensate polishers constitute a source of interference for sulfate by IC; they can potentially contribute as is, or as their pyrolysis products, to corrosion product generation, release and transport. Organics introduced with the makeup water may release chloride or bromide upon decomposition depending on the disinfection agent used for pretreatment. Steam, Condensate, and Makeup TOC Target Values The target values are practical, achievable values based on the limited amount of data available for plants using ammonia and hydrazine. Plants using other, carbon-based amines for the control of pH and/or as reducing agent may not be able to achieve these target values. Since the contribution of the decomposition products of all the various carbon-based amines to cycle corrosion has not yet been determined, the target values have not been modified for units using these chemicals. 3.8.13 Iron and Copper Corrosion products form deposits on waterwall tubes under high heat flux conditions, which can trap and concentrate impurities, contributing to tube failures by caustic gouging, acid phosphate, hydrogen damage, and other forms of localized corrosion. Copper oxides act as oxidizers and sources of oxygen. Dissolved copper transported from the feedwater system deposits in the high pressure turbine, causing loss of turbine capacity and (23) efficiency due to pressure and flow changes. Chemical or mechanical cleaning is required to (23) remove these copper deposits. In boilers, co-deposition of copper and iron oxides on boiler tubes complicates boiler chemical cleaning. It should be recognized that sampling (analyzing) for copper may be difficult because of its deposition (up to 60-70% observed in superheated (23) steam) in the sampling lines when pressure and temperature are reduced. For mixed-metallurgy systems it is necessary to utilize a reducing agent in order to maintain reducing conditions to minimize copper transport. ORP monitoring must be used to ensure that a reducing condition is maintained at all times. ORP is a core parameter for mixed-metallurgy systems. A reducing environment (-300 to -350 mV) at the deaerator inlet is necessary to minimize copper transport. Total Iron and Copper Limits The total iron and copper limits are based on the minimum values practically achievable and on the solubility of iron in water and steam, and of copper and its oxides in superheated steam (to avoid deposition in the turbine). 3-41
3.8.14 Air In-Leakage Air in-leakage is the primary source of oxygen and carbon dioxide in the condensate and feedwater system.. Oxygen and carbon dioxide can promote corrosion, and carbon dioxide can degrade condensate polisher performance. High air in-leakage rates can also cause corrosion damage to the condenser shell and can result in reduced condenser vacuum, thereby reducing the efficiency of the cycle. Air In-Leakage Limit Because of the importance of air in-leakage for maintaining good cycle chemistry for all feedwater systems and materials, it is essential that measurements of this parameter be made using the most modern technology. The past practice of relying on rotameters to measure air inleakage is not considered acceptable today. Reference is made to Appendix C for a complete discussion of this topic. Also it should be noted that the emphasis in these revised AVT Guidelines has been placed on the 10 ppb oxygen limit at the condensate pump discharge. This change was made because of the uncertainty as to the location of any air in-leakage (above or below the water line). 3.9 GUIDELINE CUSTOMIZATION AND OPTIMIZATION Ideally, cycle chemistry control customization and optimization will start in the design phase. The actual cycle characteristics will be determined during commissioning, which would lead to customization of these guidelines. Selection, customization and optimization of the cycle water and steam chemistry includes the following steps:
selection of unit-specific boiler water and feedwater treatments, determining optimum unit-specific control limits and alarm settings, selection of unit-specific cycle chemistry process/control equipment, development of operating guidelines (Episodes of contamination ingress must be dealt with quickly. The source of contamination should be eliminated and any repairs made as soon as possible. Procedures should detail what is to be done in a clear and concise way.), determining sampling and instrumentation requirements, commissioning, specification of layup practices, and determining optimum chemical cleaning criteria.
3-42
3.10 REFERENCES 1. Cycle Chemistry Guidelines for Fossil Plants: All-Volatile Treatment. EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: April 1996. TR-105041. 2. Interim Consensus Guidelines on Fossil Plant Cycle Chemistry. EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: June 1986. CS-4629. (Now out of print.) 3. Cycle Chemistry Guidelines for Fossil Plants: Phosphate Treatment for Drum Units. EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: December 1994. TR-103665. 4. Cycle Chemistry Guidelines for Fossil Plants: Oxygenated Treatment. EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: December 1994. TR-102285. 5. N.A. Styrikovich and O.I. Martynova, Contaminations of the Steam in Boiling Reactors from Solutions of Water Impurities. Soviet Atomic Energy, Vol. 15, 1963, pp. 917-921. 6. O.I. Martynova, Transport and Concentration Processes of Steam and Water Impurities in Steam Generating Systems, in Water and SteamTheir Properties and Current Industrial Applications, pp. 547-562. Ed. by J. Straub and K. Scheffler for International Association for the Properties of Steam, Pergamon Press, New York, 1980. 7. Monitoring Cycle Water Chemistry in Fossil PlantsVol. 3. EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: October 1991. GS-7556. 8. Steam, Chemistry, and Corrosion in the Phase Transition Zone of Steam Turbines, Volumes 1 and 2. EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: February 1999. TR-108184. 9. Turbine Steam, Chemistry and Corrosion. EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: September 1997. TR108185. 10. Turbine Steam Chemistry and Corrosion: Electrochemistry in LP Turbines. EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: September 2001. 1006283. 11. Proceedings: Workshop on Corrosion of Steam Turbine Blading and Disks in the Phase Transition Zone. EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: November 1998. TR-111340. 12. Steam Turbine Efficiency and Corrosion: Effects of Surface Finish, Deposits, and Moisture. EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: October 2001. 1003997. 13. O. Jonas, Transport of Ionic Impurities in Fossil and PWR CyclesNew Observations. International Water Conference, Pittsburgh, PA. IWC-81-40. 1981. 14. Behavior of Ammonium Salts in Steam Cycles. EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: December 1993. TR102377. 15. Volatility of Aqueous Sodium Hydroxide, Bisulfate and Sulfate. EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: February 1999. TR-105801.
3-43
16. Vapor-Liquid Partitioning of Sulfuric Acid and Ammonium Sulfate. EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: February 1999. TR-112359. 17. Volatility of Aqueous Acetic Acid, Formic Acid and Sodium Acetate. EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: July 2000. TR-113089. 18. Behavior of Aqueous Electrolytes in Steam Cycles: The Solubility and Volatility of Cupric Oxide. EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: November 2000. 1000455. 19. Volatility of Phosphates. EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: to be published in 2002. 20. The Volatility of Impurities in Water/Steam Cycles. EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: 2001. 1001042. 21. Development of a Steam Sampling System. EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: 1991. TR-100196. 22. Sodium Hydroxide for Conditioning the Boiler Water of Drum-Type Boilers. EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: January 1995. TR-104007. 23. Guidelines for Copper in Fossil Plants. EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: 2000. 1000457. 24. G.M.W. Mann and R. Garnsey, Waterside Corrosion Associated with Two-Shift Boiler Operation on All-Volatile Treatment Chemistry. Corrosion 79 Conference. Materials Performance, October 1980, pp. 32-38. 25. B. Dooley, J. Mathews, R. Pate and J. Taylor, Optimum Chemistry for All-Ferrous Feedwater Systems: Why Use an Oxygen Scavenger? IWC Paper-94-53. International Water Conference, Pittsburgh, PA, October 31/November 2, 1994.
3-44
4
CYCLES WITH DRUM BOILERS ON ALL-VOLATILE TREATMENT
4.1 INTRODUCTION
Over 30% of the drum units in the U.S. presently operate with all-volatile treatment (AVT). The popularity of the AVT is to a large extent attributable to its simplicity and the fact that excellent cycle chemistry is possible when proper controls and limits are initiated and maintained. The use of AVT, for example, reduces the need for additional chemicals, such as phosphates, and thereby precludes phosphate hideout, and minimizes boiler tube deposits and under deposit corrosion. Experience shows that it is possible to eliminate the reducing agent in all-ferrous feedwater (1) cycles, AVT(O). In mixed-metallurgy systems, it is important to maintain reducing conditions in order to minimize corrosive attack of the copper alloys, AVT(R). However, the use of the reducing agent can be minimized by rigid control of air ingress into the cycle and dissolved oxygen in makeup water to the unit. The presence of oxygen and a positive ORP (oxidizing) enhances the solubility and transport of copper in steam. It is not possible for ammonia only to be utilized for feedwater treatment as a reducing environment is necessary to avoid significant copper transport. The main disadvantage to AVT is that constant vigilance is required to prevent ingress of contaminants, such as from condenser leakage, improper chemical cleanings and from faulty demineralizer regenerations. The boilers operating under AVT have little or no buffering capacity during such occurrences. Therefore, immediate action is required to stabilize boiler chemistry, to prevent deposition and/or corrosion as outlined in the subsequent sections. Condensate polishing can play an important role in preventing contaminant ingress, as well as in reducing startup times. This is why a significant majority (>95%) of units operated on AVT have condensate polishing. Polishers are especially necessary on those units having sea water cooling or high cycles of concentration in cooling tower water for their cooling systems. In such cases, the contaminant ingress, even with tiny condenser leaks, is sufficient to require immediate unit shutdown without polishers; but with polishers, shutdown can usually be delayed until corrective action can be taken to repair the condenser or to isolate the leaky condenser section. Overall the proper choice of AVT within the Continuum of Treatments (Section 2.1) in association with the equipment and materials considerations should produce a unit, which performs well and has good availability and reliability. It certainly has the potential to be close to a World Class unit on EPRIs Benchmarking (Appendix D). Alternatively if an organization tries to operate a unit on AVT outside of the Continuum of Treatment conditions, then problems will ensue. 4-1
EPRI Licensed Material Cycles With Drum Boilers on All-Volatile Treatment
4.2 AVT GUIDANCE

Cycle chemistry target values and action levels are presented in this section for each monitoring point for plants having drum boilers on all-volatile treatment. A target, or normal value, and as many as four action levels are given for each parameter at each monitoring point. This section is intended to be used by operating staff and management personnel. Similarly designed high pressure drum boilers may behave differently in response to additive chemicals, impurity ingress, and feedwater corrosion product ingress. This is because of the differences in balance-of-plant designs and materials choices, differences in makeup system designs and operation, variable effectiveness of air-removal equipment and variable avoidance of cooling water in-leakage control. Research has shown that the concentration of impurities within the interstices of waterwall deposits (iron oxides, nickel and zinc oxides, and copper etc.) can result in the breakdown of the protective magnetite and lead to under-deposit boiler tube failures, especially by the hydrogen damage mechanism. When such contamination occurs it will require that the chemist/operator modify the chemical dosage to address localized concentration. In the long term, the accumulated deposits should be removed by timely chemical cleaning to avoid tube damage (2) and boiler tube failures. Reference is made to the EPRI Chemical Cleaning Guidelines for guidance on this subject. Retarding the formation of such deposits is, of course, one of the reasons for introducing oxidizing AVT (no reducing agent), AVT(O), and oxygenated treatment (3) (OT) for drum units in the recent OT guidelines. The first step is to use the road map approach described previously (Section 2) to optimize the boilers and feedwaters AVT for all possible operating circumstances.
4.3 TARGET VALUES

Cycle chemistry diagrams have been developed for reheat drum units operating on AVT. Two separate diagrams have been provided:
Figure 4-1 for all-ferrous systems operating with oxidizing conditions, AVT(O), (but not on oxygenated treatment) and with no reducing agent feed, which minimizes iron transport in the cycle. Figure 4-2 for mixed-metallurgy and all-ferrous systems operating under reducing conditions, AVT(R). These systems use a reducing agent and provide (for mixed-metallurgy systems) the reducing conditions necessary to minimize copper transport.
4-2
Reheat Steam Parameter Target

Sample
C
C
T
T
T
3 >8
> 0.8
Saturated Steam Parameter Sodium

Silica
Carryover
* *
Sample T
T
T
Sodium, ppb
Cation conductivity, mS/cma
Silica, ppb
Chloride, ppb
Sulfate, ppb
2
0.2
4
0.4
8
0.8
Air Removal System Exhaust Parameter Target

Sample C or S
Target
10
2
2
20 4 4
> 100
40 8 8

> 40 >8 >8
Air inleakage, scfm
+
Boiler Water (Blowdown or Downcomer) Parameter Sodium
Chloride
Sulfate
Silica
Total organic carbon, ppb Specific conductivitya
T
T
100
Condenser Leak Detection Trays or Hotwell Zones (If applicable) Parameter Target
Sample C
Makeup Treatment System Effluent Parameter Sodium, ppb
Chloride, ppb
Sulfate, ppb
Silica, ppb
Target
Sample
C or S
T
T
T
C
T
C
N
b
b
b
b
c
1
b
b
b
b
2
b
b
b
b
3
b
b
b
b
Immediate Shutdown
<8
Cation conductivity a or sodium
Target
Sample C
T
T
C
C
3
3
3
10
0.1
Phosphate or NaOH
* *
pHa
Oxygen, ppb
Cation conductivity, S/cma
HP turbine
IP turbine
LP turbine Condenser
Condensate storage tank
*
Makeup treatment system
Specific conductivity, mS/cma

Total organic carbon, ppb
Attemperation (See economizer inlet)

Blowdown
T or W 300
Deaerator Boiler
Condensate Storage Tank Effluent Parameter Target

Sample W N (aluminum tanks only)
Economizer Inlet (EI) and Attemperation Water

Parameter
pHa
Target
Sample
C
D
C
C
T T C
N
9.2-9.6
1 < 9.2 > 9.6
HP heaters
LP heaters
Condensate polisher
Sodium, ppb
10
Ammonia Specific conductivitya
Condensate Pump Discharge (CPD)
Consistent with pH
Deaerator Outlet
> 0.8
> 20
* * *

Iron, ppb Copper, ppb
Oxygen, ppb
0.2
2 2 1-10
0.4
>2 >2 15
0.8
20
Parameter
Target
Ammonia
Sample T N < 10
Condensate Polisher Effluent (If applicable) (CPE) Parameter Target
Sample
C
Parameter
Target
Plants with polisher Plants without polisher Plants with polisher Plants without polisher
Sample
C
C
C
C
1 >6
3 > 12
> 0.8
6
3
0.3
0.2
Oxygen, ppb
*
2
3
> 12
Sodium, ppb
6
> 0.3
12
Sodium, ppb
12
> 12
* *
Maximum Annual Exposure to Contaminant Conditions
Cumulative Hours per Year
Sodium, ppb Cation conductivity, S/cm a

Silica, ppb
6
> 0.2 > 10
12

* *
Cation conductivity, S/cm a
0.4
> 200
0.8
> 20
C C
0.2 10
Total organic carbon, ppb Oxygen, ppb
T C
200 10
20
Targets N (Normal)
1 (Action Level 1)
2 (Action Level 2)
3 (Action Level 3)
Immediate Shutdown
Base Load
336 ( 2 weeks) 48 (2 days) 8 1
Cycling
672 (4 weeks) 96 (4 days) 16 2
Legend Sample Frequency C S D W T = continuous = grab, once per shift = grab, once per day = grab, once per week = troubleshooting and commissioning Target Values N 1 2 3 = Normal = Action Level 1 = Action Level 2 = Action Level 3 Footnotes a = Conductivity and pH measured at 25 C b = See curves of maximum allowable concentration versus pressure c = Must be determined d = See curves of allowable cation conductivity vs pressure
Sample and Chemical Feed Identification
= Core parameter alarmed in Control Room

= Core parameter
= Continuous sample
= Chemical feed
Figure 4-1 Cycle Chemistry Diagram for a Drum Unit on All-Volatile Treatment, AVT(O). All-ferrous metallurgy in feedwater system. Operating with an oxidizing environment (no reducing agent)
4-3

Reheat Steam Parameter Target Sample C C T T T W T N 1 2 3 >8 > 0.8 > 40 >8 >8 Condenser Leak Detection Trays or Hotwell Zones (If applicable) Parameter Target Sample C Makeup Treatment System Effluent Parameter Sodium, ppb Chloride, ppb Sulfate, ppb Silica, ppb Target Sample C T T C C N Air Removal System Exhaust Parameter Target Sample C or S
Saturated Steam Parameter Sodium Silica Carryover Target Sample T T T
* *
Sodium, ppb Cation conductivity, mS/cma Silica, ppb Chloride, ppb Sulfate, ppb Total organic carbon, ppb Specific conductivitya
2 0.2 10 2 2 100
4 0.4 20 4 4
> 100
8 0.8 40 8 8

Air inleakage, scfm
+
Boiler Water (BW) (Blowdown or Downcomer) Parameter Sodium Chloride Sulfate Silica Target Sample C or S T T T C T C N b b b b c d 1 b b b b d
2 b b b b d
3 b b b b d
Immediate Shutdown <8
Cation conductivity a or sodium
3 3 3 10 0.1
Phosphate or NaOH
* *
pHa Oxygen, ppb Cation conductivity, S/cma
HP turbine
IP turbine
*
Specific conductivity, mS/cma Total organic carbon, ppb
Attemperation (See economizer inlet) Blowdown Deaerator Boiler
T or W 300
Condensate Storage Tank Effluent Parameter Target Sample W N (aluminum tanks only)
Economizer Inlet (EI) and Attemperation Water Parameter pHa Ammonia Specific conductivitya Target Sample C C D C C T T C C C All ferrous Mixed Fe-Cu N 9.2-9.6 9.0-9.3 1 < 9.2 > 9.6 < 9.0 > 9.3 2 3
HP heaters
LP heaters
All ferrous metallurgy Mixed Fe-Cu metallurgy
Condensate polisher
Sodium, ppb
10
Condensate Pump Discharge (CPD) Deaerator Outlet Parameter Target Sample T N < 10
Consistent with pH
Ammonia and reducing agent

Condensate Polisher Effluent (CPE) (If applicable) Parameter Target Sample C C C N 1 2 3 > 12
Parameter
Target Plants with polisher Plants without polisher Plants with polisher Plants without polisher
Sample C C C C T C
1 >6
3 > 12 > 0.8
6 3 0.3 0.2 200 10
* * *
Cation conductivity, mS/cma Iron, ppb Copper, ppb Oxygen, ppb
0.2 2 2 1-10 5 3
0.4
>2 >2 15
0.8
20
> 0.8 > 20 > 20 > 12 Deaerator Inlet (DAI) Parameter Target
Oxygen, ppb
* * *
Sodium, ppb
6
> 0.3
12
10 6
20 12
Sample S C
N Consistent with ORP -300 to -350
Sodium, ppb
Reducing agent, ppb
* *
Sodium, ppb Cation conductivity, S/cm a Silica, ppb
3 0.2 10
6
> 0.2 > 10
12

Cation conductivity, S/cm a Total organic carbon, ppb Oxygen, ppb
0.4
> 200
0.8
> 20
*
Maximum Annual Exposure to Contaminant Conditions Cumulative Hours per Year Targets N (Normal) 1 (Action Level 1) 2 (Action Level 2) 3 (Action Level 3) Immediate Shutdown Base Load 336 ( 2 weeks) 48 (2 days) 8 1 Cycling 672 (4 weeks) 96 (4 days) 16 2
ORP, mV
20
Legend Sample Frequency C S D W T = continuous = grab, once per shift = grab, once per day = grab, once per week = troubleshooting and commissioning Target Values N 1 2 3 = Normal = Action Level 1 = Action Level 2 = Action Level 3
Footnotes a = Conductivity and pH measured at 25 C b = See curves of maximum allowable concentration versus pressure c = Must be determined d = See curves of allowable cation conductivity vs pressure
= Core parameter alarmed in Control Room = Core parameter = Continuous sample = Chemical feed
Figure 4-2 Cycle Chemistry Diagram for a Drum Unit on All-Volatile Treatment, AVT(R). All-ferrous and mixed-metallurgy feedwater systems. Operating with a reducing environment (reducing agent added)
4-4
Figure 4-2 features the use of ORP instrumentation at the deaerator inlet to ensure that reducing conditions are maintained at all times. While ORP is not specified as a core parameter for Figure 4-1 (oxidizing regime), its inclusion might help to ensure the desired magnitude of the oxidizing state for the all-ferrous feedwater cycle. Figures 4-1 and 4-2 list target values (N) and from one to three action levels for a compendium of sampling points throughout the heat cycle. The steam values are more restrictive than featured in previous Guidelines, in order to maintain enhanced turbine protection, with steam limits of 2 ppb sodium, chloride and sulfate versus 3 ppb in previous editions. The limit for silica in the steam remains the same at 10 ppb. Research has indicated that, for mixed-metallurgy systems (with strict air in-leakage and oxygen control, the addition of a reducing agent, and with reducing conditions), the pH range at the economizer inlet can be increased from 8.8 to 9.1 (previously) to 9.0 to 9.3. This increase in pH will reduce the transport of iron in the cycle, while minimizing the copper bearing materials from corrosion. It needs to be recognized that the ORP needs to remain in the reducing regime for these mixed-metallurgy systems. Simply changing the pH will not suffice. There are a number of features to keep in mind when adapting Figures 4-1 and 4-2 to an individual plant. Particular emphasis has been placed in the development of these new guideline cycle diagrams to make control of a unit as simple as possible, and to minimize repetitive grab sampling.
The Core Parameters (Table 3-1) are indicated by an asterisk (*). These instruments should be monitored continuously and on-line. These have a C for continuous in the sample column. There are a number of other parameters, which have also been designated by a C as they provide useful confirmation of unit condition, but are not regarded as Core instruments. These parameters are: silica and sodium in makeup, specific conductivity at the economizer inlet, and boiler water sodium. There are a number of other parameters on these diagrams, which have been newly designated in this guideline as T for troubleshooting. It is only necessary to monitor these if one of the continuous Core instruments provides an indication that the parameter is out of its normal guideline value. In most cases, this will be accomplished by grab sample; however, in some cases an organization might have decided to install a continuous analyzer. In the case of iron and copper at the economizer inlet, it should be recognized that in a well operated plant it should not be necessary to monitor these parameters more frequently than once or twice a year; and then only to confirm the feedwater regime remains optimized.
Other points of interest on Figures 4-1 and 4-2 are:
Dissolved oxygen at the CPD should be controlled to less than 10 ppb. This is a much better control for the feedwater than air in-leakage into the condenser. A limit for copper at the economizer inlet remains on Figure 4-1 for those units with copper based condenser tubing. Reducing agent (hydrazine preferred) feed in Figure 4-2 is a requirement, whereas in Figure 4-1 it is not required nor is it necessary if the unit is to be operated with AVT(O). For both AVT(R) and AVT(O) rigorous air in-leakage control must be maintained to ensure oxygen levels at the CPD of less than 10 ppb. 4-5
As discussed in Section 3 (Table 3-1), a new suite of core parameters has been developed for Figures 4-1 and 4-2. The following core parameters are applicable in these revised AVT Guidelines:
Makeup treatment system effluent specific conductivity is required to detect malfunction of the makeup treatment system. Sodium and cation conductivity at the condensate pump discharge to provide cycle contamination control from condenser leaks and makeup malfunctions. Dissolved oxygen at the condensate pump discharge to ensure the optimum feedwater potential can be controlled. It also provides an indication of air in-leakage into the cycle. Deaerator inlet ORP (Figure 4-2)- required to ensure reducing conditions are maintained to minimize copper transport. Economizer inlet sodium (or condensate polisher effluent sodium) on units with a condensate polisher is required to prevent condensate polisher malfunction and to guard against cycle contamination. Economizer inlet dissolved oxygen and cation conductivity. Boiler water pH and cation conductivity. Cation conductivity is the main control for boiler water contaminants, and thus, corrosion. Saturated steam carryover is required to be determined on a routine/ periodic basis (every six months) to prevent excessive contamination of the turbine caused by boiler drum internal separation failure, foaming, high boiler water levels, etc. Air removal system exhaust air in-leakage is required to prevent serious corrosion via excess cycle dissolved oxygen and carbon dioxide.
The core parameters shown in Figures 4-1and 4-2 are the minimum required for routine chemistry monitoring and provide basic input data for the EPRI computer program ChemExpert. The basic requirement for every unit is that a minimum level of instruments should be installed that can uniquely identify any problem on the unit. A series of curves have been developed which present smooth, continuous relationships of boiler water target values as a function of boiler pressure. These curves have been designed to provide boiler corrosion protection, but as indicated in Section 3.3.1 they have been validated to ensure they are below the boiler water contaminant values which would cause the steam values to be exceeded. Thus these curves provide protection to the boiler and the turbine. The following boiler water limits are presented:
cation conductivity versus operating pressure (Figure 4-3) sodium versus operating pressure (Figure 4-4) chloride versus operating pressure (Figure 4-5) sulfate versus operating pressure (Figure 4-6) silica versus operating pressure (Figure 4-7) 4-6

Drum Pressure (MPa) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 Action level 2 Action level 1 Action level 3 4.8 6.2 7.6 9.0 10.3 11.7 13.1 14.5 15.8 17.2 18.6 19.6
Cation Conductivity - S/cm
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2
Normal
1 600 700
900
1100
1300
1500 1700 1900 2100 Drum Pressure (psia)
2300
2500
2700 2850
Figure 4-3 All-Volatile Treatment: Drum Boiler Water Cation Conductivity vs. Operating Pressure
4-7

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 Action level 3 3
Sodium (ppm Na)
Action level 2 Action level 1 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 Normal
0.2
0.1 600 700
900
1100
1300
2100
2300
2500
2700 2850
Figure 4-4 All-Volatile Treatment: Drum Boiler Water Sodium vs. Operating Pressure
4-8

Drum Pressure (MPa) 3.0 2.0 1.5 4.8 6.2 7.6 9.0 10.3 11.7 13.1 14.5 15.8 17.2 18.6 19.6
1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3
Action level 3
Chloride (ppm Cl)
Action level 2
0.2 Action Level1 0.10 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03
Normal
0.02
0.01 600 700
900
1100
1300
2100
2300
2500
2700 2850
Figure 4-5 All-Volatile Treatment: Drum Boiler Water Chloride vs. Operating Pressure
4-9

Drum Pressure (MPa) 3.0 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 4.8 6.2 7.6 9.0 10.3 11.7 13.1 14.5 15.8 17.2 18.6 19.6
Action level 3 Action level 2
Sulfate (ppm SO4)
Action level 1 0.2
Normal 0.10 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03
0.02
0.01 600 700
900
1100
1300
2100
2300
2500
2700 2850
Figure 4-6 All-Volatile Treatment: Drum Boiler Water Sulfate vs. Operating Pressure
4-10

Drum Pressure (MPa) 20 15 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 Action level 3 2 Action level 1 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 Normal 0.10 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 600 700 900 1100 1300 1500 1700 1900 2100 Drum Pressure (psia) 2300 2500 2700 2850 Action level 2 4.8 6.2 7.6 9.0 10.3 11.7 13.1 14.5 15.8 17.2 18.6 19.6
Figure 4-7 All-Volatile Treatment: Drum Boiler Water Silica vs. Operating Pressure
As discussed in Section 3.3.1, cation conductivity should be regarded as the main control for a drum boiler operating on AVT. Thus Figure 4-3 should be the primary boiler water control curve. Maintaining the boiler water cation conductivity within these limits will provide boiler corrosion protection. These curves include the effects of chloride and sulfate. It should be noted that chloride and sulfate are designated as T parameters on the cycle chemistry diagrams 4-11
Silica (ppm SiO2)
(Figures 4-1 and 4-2), so EPRI has provided the boiler water curves for chloride and sulfate (Figures 4-5 and 4-6). These are derived from the cation conductivity curves; sulfate represents a lesser risk than chloride in initiating corrosion, so the concentration of sulfate has been taken as twice that of chloride. These two sets of curves are provided so that an organization can check chloride and sulfate levels in the boiler in cases when the cation conductivity levels are exceeded. Alternatively, at the choice of the organization, the chloride curves can be used directly if the organization has a continuous chloride analyzer in the case of maybe seawater cooling. The curves for sodium (Figure 4-4) are based on limiting the excess of sodium over chloride and sulfate, and thus on the amount of sodium hydroxide in the boiler water. The curves for silica (Figure 4-7) are based on the need to limit the amount of silica carried over into the steam and are based on the partitioning data. Silica is also designated a T parameter. Copies of Figures 4-1 to 4-3, modified if necessary to reflect specific unit characteristics and/or experience, could be included in the plant operating procedures and prominently displayed in the control room, water and steam sample room, and chemistry laboratory. Copies could also be displayed at the makeup treatment system control panel and the condensate polisher control panel (if applicable).
4.4 TARGET VALUES FOR PLANTS WITHOUT REHEAT

The sample points and core parameters shown in Figures 4-1 and 4-2 are the same for plants without reheat as for those with reheat. However, the target values and action levels are less restrictive for non-reheat plants, generally by a factor of 2 times the corresponding reheat values. This same factor of 2 applies to the boiler pressure versus concentration curves, Figures 4-3 through 4-7.
4.5 NORMAL OPERATION FOR DRUM UNITS ON AVT

4.5.1 Cycle Makeup Makeup water to the cycle is an important source of oxygen, carbon dioxide and chemical contamination, thus affecting adversely the levels of iron and copper contamination. Older makeup systems may not provide the necessary quality of water, which generally requires a final polishing stage, usually a mixed bed demineralizer. Contaminants such as chlorides, sulfates, caustic and acids can emanate from makeup treatment systems. Such contamination may cause an increase in copper pickup in the cycle . The effect of oxygen ingress with the makeup water is shown in Figure 4-8.
4-12
Figure 4-8
The following are results of a comprehensive utility survey(4) by EPRI related to cycle water makeup:
40% put makeup directly into the cycle 66% put makeup into vented storage tanks
Serious consideration must be given to removing oxygen from the makeup and condensate water and storing the makeup water unvented to the atmosphere if copper and iron are to be controlled to minimal levels. Oxygen removal can be achieved in a number of ways. This topic is fully discussed in Appendix A. 4.5.2 Condenser Leakage Condenser leakage will introduce chemical contamination and oxygen, which will adversely impact the control of iron and copper in the cycle as well as having other deleterious effects. Condenser leakage must be continuously monitored by sodium and cation conductivity. 4.5.3 Chemical FeedsMixed-Metallurgy Cycles Maintaining a reducing environment in the condensate is essential if feedwater copper corrosion transport is to be controlled to an acceptable level. The availability of a deaerating condenser 4-13
and deaerating heater will have a positive effect on oxygen control. However, it will still be necessary to feed a reducing agent to ensure a negative ORP at the most desirable level of 350 mV at the deaerator inlet. The most desirable and recommended reducing agent is hydrazine. The reducing agent should be fed at the condensate pump discharge, or, if polishers are installed, at the outlet of the polishers. It is not satisfactory to add the reducing agent after the deaerator. It is not an acceptable or effective practice to increase the reducing agent to levels above 30 ppb to counteract increasing levels of air in-leakage. In the LP feedwater system (up to the deaerator) the reaction rate between a reducing agent and oxygen is very low. The optimum practice is to monitor ORP at the LP heater outlet (deaerator inlet) to ensure that reducing conditions are maintained. If air in-leakage is allowed to be excessive with oxygen levels at the condensate pump discharge greater than 10 ppb, then it is not possible to add sufficient reducing agent to make the low pressure feedwater reducing (at deaerator inlet). A number of alternate reducing agents have been introduced in the past several years and are in use at some power stations. The main concern with the use of these alternate chemicals is their thermal decomposition ( breakdown) products, which usually include organic acids and carbon dioxide. The use of these chemicals must be carefully considered and the breakdown products carefully evaluated before use in the cycle is allowed. Cation conductivity typically will be elevated above the normal target value of 0.2 S/cm around the cycle when using alternate treatments. The cycle pH should be controlled in the range of 9.0 to 9.3 using ammonia. Ammonia should be fed at the same location as with hydrazine. Separate lines are preferred. Reagent grade chemicals are recommended to avoid any unknown contamination from chemical additions. A number of alkaline organic chemicals have been utilized to control pH. The same admonishments apply to these chemicals as to hydrazine and alternatives, as previously discussed. However, it should be remembered that the overriding philosophy of the EPRI guidelines is that organic amines and organic reducing agents are not needed, required or recommended in the fossil plant cycle. The following target values at the deaerator inlet and the economizer inlet are required for proper copper control:
Reducing agent (hydrazine or alternate) - to maintain an ORP of between -300 and -350mV at the deaerator inlet (use minimum amounts of reducing agent to achieve the desired ORP) Oxygen- deaerator inlet 10ppb, economizer inlet 5ppb pH- 9.0 to 9.3 Cation conductivity- 0.2 S/cm
Maintenance of these parameters at the above levels should produce the desirable feedwater copper level of 2 ppb or less.
4-14
4.5.4 Chemical FeedsAll-Ferrous Systems While it is not required or recommended (assuming adequate oxygen and air in-leakage control) to maintain a reducing atmosphere, oxygen and carbon dioxide should still be rigidly controlled by reducing air in-leakage and by minimizing dissolved oxygen in the makeup water. Many operators have found that reducing agent feed is not required if these practices are followed. By eliminating reducing agent feed while also minimizing air in-leakage and dissolved oxygen in the makeup, it has been found in numerous instances that iron transport was effectively minimized, and levels of around 1 ppb at the economizer inlet are easily achievable. All-ferrous systems can operate at the higher pH levels of 9.2 to 9.6, further minimizing iron transport. Reagent grade chemicals are recommended to avoid any unknown contamination from chemical additions. 4.5.5 Monitoring and Corrective Actions A comprehensive monitoring program should be established, based upon the use of continuous monitors where available, supplemented by grab samples, if necessary as outlined in Section 4.3. Comprehensive monitoring protocols are given in several EPRI Guidelines such as the Cycling, Startup, Shutdown and Layup Fossil Plant Cycle Chemistry Guidelines for Operators and (5) Chemists . The cycle diagrams in that publication are based upon the applicable boiler water chemistry in use (phosphate, AVT or caustic). An important new parameter for copper control in mixed-metallurgy cycles in this revision of the AVT Guidelines, is ORP. The ORP must be in the reducing range to control copper adequately, as previously described. It is especially important that ORP is monitored in the LP feedwater at the deaerator inlet, and not at the economizer inlet. Conditions could be reducing in the HP feedwater (at the economizer inlet), but oxidizing in the LP feedwater due to excessive air inleakage or oxygen saturated makeup additions. Many utilities have reported problems with the use of ORP sensors and variable ORP readings. It is important that these instruments are calibrated and subjected to frequent QA. Please see Appendix B for comprehensive details. Deviations from established target values must be vigorously investigated and brought rapidly under control if copper and iron are to be minimized in the cycle.
4-15
4.6 REFERENCES
1. R.B. Dooley, J. Mathews, R. Pate and J. Taylor, Optimum Chemistry for All-Ferrous th Feedwater Systems: Why Use An Oxygen Scavenger?, 55 Annual Meeting, International Water Conference, Pittsburgh, PA, Oct. 31-Nov. 2, 1994. 2. Guidelines for Chemical Cleaning of Conventional Fossil Plant Equipment. EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: November 2001. 1003994. 3. Cycle Chemistry Guidelines for Fossil Plants: Oxygenated Treatment. EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: December 1994. TR-102285. 4. Survey of 63 Utilities. Fifth International Conference on Fossil Plant Cycle Chemistry. EPRI Proceedings. Edited by B. Dooley and J. Matthews TR-108459. December 1997. 5. Cycling, Startup, and Lay-up Fossil Plant Cycle Chemistry Guidelines for Operators and Chemists. EPRI, Palo Alto, CA.: August 1998. TR-107754.
4-16
5
CYCLES WITH ONCE-THROUGH BOILERS ON ALLVOLATILE TREATMENT (AVT)
5.1 INTRODUCTION
The operating philosophy for oncethrough steam generating units recognizes that all soluble feedwater contaminants have to dissolve in the superheated exiting steam and be within the allowable turbine inlet steam purity limits. The corrosion products transported to the steam, generator from the pre-boiler system that would be available for deposition in the lower radiant furnace, have to be maintained at a concentration level low enough to avoid any necessity for, or to provide economical operating periods between, chemical cleans to remove these deposits before they cause equipment damage. Therefore, the feedwater treatment has to be volatile, either AVT (these guidelines) or OT. The alkalizing agent used has to meet the requirement of being completely volatile and not being thermally decomposed at exiting superheated steam temperatures in excess of 538 C (1000 F) at both subcritical and supercritical pressures. The only volatile chemical found to meet these requirements is ammonia (NH3) that is applied as ammonium hydroxide (NH4OH). In selecting the optimum cycle chemistry, the materials used for condenser tubing and in feedwater systems have to be respected. Application of copper or copper alloys for condenser or feedwater heater tubing requires particular consideration (copper species transport into the steam generator and have solubility in steam). To optimize control and transport of feedwater contaminants, feedwater systems should be constructed of iron-based materials. Full flow condensate polishing systems utilizing either "deep-bed" and/or "powdered-resin" systems are utilized at the condenser discharge or in the low pressure feedwater system at temperatures below the decomposition point of anion exchange resins (140F, 60C). Some systems are designed with pre-coat or cartridge filters ahead of the condensate polishers. 5.1.1 All-ferrous metallurgy systems Feedwater systems having carbon steel heaters and piping are required to operate at a pH of 9.29.6 (at 25C or 77F) to minimize flow-accelerated corrosion. In absence of carbon dioxide, adjusting this pH requires the addition of 500-2200 ppb of ammonium hydroxide as NH3 (Figure 5-1). Additional application of a reducing agent such as hydrazine is not advised for units with all-ferrous metallurgy. The oxidizing-reducing potential, ORP, will be just above 0 mV when operating without any reducing agent, and in this way will minimize flow-accelerated (1,2) corrosion. 5-1
(9)
EPRI Licensed Material Cycles With Once-Through Boilers on All-Volatile Treatment (AVT)
There are still a few organizations operating units with once-through boilers and all-ferrous metallurgy using a reducing agent such as hydrazine (or an alternative). This type of AVT does not represent the state-of-the-art treatment and should be converted to oxidizing AVT (AVT(O)) or OT. In units with copper alloys employed for condenser tubing (arsenical copper, aluminum bronze, brass, 90-10 and 70-30 copper-nickel alloys) copper corrosion in the air removal section of the condenser or in crevices between the tube and the tube support plate may require a reduction of the upper boundary of the pH operating range (e.g., from 9.6 to 9.4). When the cycle pH is relatively high, the polishersfor economic and regenerant waste disposal reasonsshould, if possible be operated normally in the ammonium form and/or beyond the ammonia breakthrough for the deep bed cation resins. Many utilities maintain standby resin beds in the hydrogen form to use during periods of condenser leakage. Powdered resins (having low ion exchange capacity) are normally operated in the ammonium form. Ammonium form operation reduces the efficiency of mixed bed ion exchangers especially for sodium removal from the condensate, although continuing to efficiently remove both iron and copper corrosion products from the condenser (if copper containing condensers are utilized). This guideline does not address oxygenated treatment, which solves many of these problems and (3) is covered by a separate Oxygenated Treatment Guideline, which will be revised in 2004. 5.1.2 Mixed-metallurgy systems Cycles with once-through boilers and mixed-metallurgy in the feedwater system are not very common. Nevertheless, some information dealing with this untypical configuration is appropriate. Feedwater systems with feedwater heater tubing made of copper or copper alloys are required to operate at a pH of 9.0-9.3 (at 25C or 77F) and under reducing conditions (the optimum ORP should be between 300 and 350 mV) to minimize the copper corrosion and transport of copper oxides into the boiler.(4) Adjusting this pH requires the addition of 250-700 ppb of ammonium hydroxide as NH3 (Figure 5-1). Controlling air in-leakage and the feed of aqueous solution of a reducing agent such as hydrazine in front of the feedwater systems is required for ensuring the required reducing conditions in the entire feedwater system.(4) The reader is referenced to Section 4 in this Guideline where mixed-metallurgy systems are extensively covered. The cycle pH is lower than in cycles with all-ferrous metallurgy. This makes polisher operation in the H/OH cycle more practical.
5-2
Figure 5-1 Theoretical Relationship Between Specific Conductivity and pH for Ammonia Solutions
5-3
5.2 AVT GUIDANCE

Cycle chemistry target values and action levels are presented in this section for each monitoring point for units with once-through boilers on all-volatile treatment. A target or normal value and as many as three action levels are given for each parameter at each monitoring point. This section is intended to be used by operating staff and management personnel. Similarly designed once-through boilers may behave differently in response to impurity ingress and feedwater corrosion product ingress because of differences in pre-boiler systems, balance-ofplant designs and materials choices, differences in makeup system design and operation, variable effectiveness of air-removal equipment, and variable avoidance of cooling water in-leakage control. Minimizing deposition of pre-boiler corrosion product oxides in the waterwalls of once-through (5) boilers is critical and it plays a key part in a number of boiler tube failure (BTF) mechanisms especially in overheating and for circumferential cracking mechanisms. In the long term, the accumulated deposits must be removed by "timely" chemical cleaning to avoid and/or reduce the (6) incidence of these boiler tube failures. This should be the basis of the optimization of AVT and is, of course, one of the reasons to consider conversion of the unit to oxygenated treatment (OT). The first step is to use the road map approach described in Section 2 to optimize the feedwater treatment for all possible operating circumstances.
5.3 TARGET VALUES

The sample points, monitoring parameters, target values, and action levels were established for those plants having once-through boilers. The following figures show the target values and action levels for each sample point and monitoring parameter:
Cycle chemistry diagram (Figure 5-2) for all-ferrous systems operating with oxidizing conditions, AVT(O). Cycle chemistry diagram (Figure 5-3) for mixed-metallurgy systems operating with reducing conditions, AVT(R). pH versus ammonia at different carbon dioxide levels (Figure 5-4).
5-4
Reheat Steam Parameter Target Sample C C T T T T T N 1 2 3 >8 > 0.8 > 40 >8 >8 Parameter Air Removal System Exhaust Target Sample C or S
* *
Sodium, ppb Cation conductivity, mS/cma Silica, ppb Chloride, ppb Sulfate, ppb Total organic carbon, ppb Specific conductivitya
2 0.2 10 2 2 100
4 0.4 20 4 4
> 100
8 0.8 40 8 8

Air inleakage, scfm
Condenser Leak Detection Trays or Hotwell Zones (If applicable) Target Parameter Cation conductivitya or sodium Sample C Makeup Treatment System Effluent Parameter Sodium, ppb Chloride, ppb Sulfate, ppb Silica, ppb Target Sample C T T C C N
3 3 3 10 0.1
HP turbine
Economizer Inlet (EI) and Attemperation Water Parameter pHa Ammonia Target Sample All-ferrous metallurgy C D C C T T C N 9.2-9.6 1 < 9.2 > 9.6 2 3
IP turbine
Specific conductivity, mS/cma Total organic carbon, ppb
Attemperat Deaerator Boiler
T or W 300
Condensate Storage Tank Effluent Parameter Target Sample W N (aluminum tanks only)
Specific conductivitya Cation conductivity, mS/cma Iron, ppb Copper, ppb Oxygen, ppb
Consistent with pH
* *
0.2 2 2
< 10
0.4
>2 >2 > 10
0.8

> 0.8 Deaerator Outlet Parameter Target
HP heaters
LP
Condensate polisher
Sodium, ppb
10
Ammonia
Sample T N < 20 1
Parameter
Target
Sample C C T C
1 >3 0.3 > 200
Oxygen, ppb
40
Condensate Polisher Effluent (CPE) Parameter Target Sample C C C N 1 2 3 > 12 > 0.8
* *
3 6 0.4
> 10
Sodium, ppb Cation conductivity, S/cma Total organic carbon, ppb Oxygen, ppb
3 0.3 200 10
* *
Maximum Annual Exposure to Contaminant Conditions Cumulative Hours per Year Targets N (Normal) 1 (Action Level 1) 2 (Action Level 2) 3 (Action Level 3) Immediate Shutdown Base Load 336 ( 2 weeks) 48 (2 days) 8 1 Cycling 672 (4 weeks) 96 (4 days) 16 2 Legend Sample Frequency C = continuous S = grab, once per shift D = grab, once per day W = grab, once per week T = troubleshooting and commissioning Target Values N = Normal 1 = Action Level 1 2 = Action Level 2 3 = Action Level 3
Sodium, ppb Cation conductivity, S/cma Silica, ppb
12 0.8
20
0.2 10
Footnotes a = Conductivity and pH measured at 25 C Sample and Chemical Feed Identification
= Core parameter alarmed in Control Room = Core parameter = Continuous sample = Chemical feed
Figure 5-2 Cycle Chemistry Diagram for a Once-Through Unit on All-VolatileTreatment. All-ferrous metallurgy in feedwater system. Operating with an oxidizing environment (no reducing agent).
5-5
Reheat Steam Parameter Target
Sample
C
C
T
T
T
3 >8 > 0.8 > 40 >8 >8
* *
Sodium, ppb
Silica, ppb
Chloride, ppb
Sulfate, ppb
2
0.2
4
0.4
8
0.8
10
2
2
20 4 4
> 100
40 8 8

Air Removal System Exhaust Parameter Target

Sample C or S
Total organic carbon, ppb Specific conductivity

a
T T
100
Air inleakage, scfm
Condenser Leak Detection Trays or Hotwell Zones (If applicable) Target Parameter Cation conductivity or sodium
a
Sample C
Makeup Treatment System Effluent Parameter Sodium, ppb

Chloride, ppb
Sulfate, ppb
Silica, ppb
Target
Sample C
T
T
C
C
3
3
3
10
0.1
HP turbine
Economizer Inlet (EI) and Attemperation Water Parameter
pHa
IP turbine
Specific conductivity, mS/cma

Total organic carbon, ppb
Target
mixed- metallurgy
Sample
C
D
C
C
T T C
N
9.0-9.3
1 < 9.0 > 9.3
Attemperat Deaerator Boiler
T or W 300
Condensate Storage Tank Effluent Parameter Target

Sample W N (aluminum tanks only)
Ammonia
Specific conductivitya Cation conductivity, mS/cma
Consistent with pH
* *
0.2
2 2
<5
0.4
>2 >2
0.8

> 0.8
> 20
HP heaters
LP
Iron, ppb Copper, ppb

Oxygen, ppb
Condensate polisher
Sodium, ppb
10
10
20
Deaerator Outlet
Parameter Target
Sample T N < 10
Ammonia and Reducing agent

Condensate Polisher Effluent (CPE) Parameter Target
Sample
C
Parameter
Target
Sample
C
C
T
C
1 >3
Oxygen, ppb Deaerator Inlet (DAI)
* *
1
2
3
> 12
> 0.8
Sodium, ppb
Cation conductivity, S/cma
3
0.3
200
10
0.3
> 200
Total organic carbon, ppb Oxygen, ppb
Parameter
Target
Sample S
C
N Consistent with ORP

-300 to -350
Reducing agent, ppb
Maximum Annual Exposure to Contaminant Conditions

Cumulative Hours per Year
*
Base Load
ORP, mV
* *
Sodium, ppb Cation conductivity, S/cma

Silica, ppb
12
0.8
20
C C
0.2 10
0.4
> 10
Targets N (Normal)
1 (Action Level 1)
2 (Action Level 2)
3 (Action Level 3)
Immediate Shutdown
Cycling
672 (4 weeks) 96 (4 days) 16 2
Legend Sample Frequency C = continuous S = grab, once per shift D = grab, once per day W = grab, once per week T = troubleshooting and commissioning Target Values N = Normal 1 = Action Level 1 2 = Action Level 2 3 = Action Level 3
Footnotes a = Conductivity and pH measured at 25 C

336 ( 2 weeks) 48 (2 days) 8 1
= Core parameter alarmed in Control Room

= Core parameter
= Continuous sample
= Chemical feed
Figure 5-3 Cycle Chemistry Diagram for a Once-Through Unit on All-Volatile Treatment. Mixed-metallurgy feedwater systems. Operating with a reducing environment (reducing agent added)
5-6
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3
Ammonia (ppm NH3)
1 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2
CO2 (ppm) 4.00 3.50 3.00 2.50 2.00 1.50 1.00 0.50 0.20 0.10 0.05 0.00
0.1 8.8
9.0
9.2
9.4
9.6
9.8
10.0
pH at 25 C
Figure 5-4 Ammonia Concentration vs. pH for Various Carbon Dioxide Concentrations. Note: the top curve represents 4 ppm CO2 and the bottom curve represents zero CO2. Source: from unpublished data derived from volatility code discussed in Section 3.3.1
5-7
There are a number of features to keep in mind when adapting Figures 5-2 and 5-3 to an individual plant. Particular emphasis has been placed in the development of these new guideline cycle diagrams to make control of a unit as simple as possible, and to minimize repetitive grab sampling.
The Core Parameters (Table 3-1) are indicated by an asterisk (*). These instruments should be monitored continuously and on-line. These have a C for continuous in the sample column. There are a number of other parameters, which have also been designated by a C as they provide useful confirmation of unit condition, but are not regarded as Core instruments. These parameters are: silica and sodium in makeup, and specific conductivity at the economizer inlet. There are a number of other parameters on these diagrams, which have been newly designated in this guideline as T for troubleshooting. It is only necessary to monitor these if one of the continuous Core instruments provides an indication that the parameter is out of its normal guideline value. In most cases, this will be accomplished by grab sample; however, in some cases an organization might have decided to install a continuous analyzer. In the case of iron and copper at the economizer inlet, it should be recognized that in a well operated plant it should not be necessary to monitor these parameters more frequently than once or twice a year; and then only to confirm the feedwater regime remains optimized.
A copy of Figure 5-2, modified if necessary to reflect specific unit characteristics and/or experience, could be included in the plant operating procedures and prominently displayed in the control room, water and steam sample room, and chemistry laboratory. Copies could also be displayed at the makeup treatment system control panel and the condensate polisher control panel (if applicable).
5.4 NORMAL OPERATION FOR ONCETHROUGH UNITS ON AVT

5.4.1 All-ferrous feedwater systems Normal AVT(O) chemistry control includes the injection of ammonium hydroxide (NH4OH) for pH control. The pH control range for systems utilizing carbon steel is 9.29.6 (77F, 25C). This requires 5002200 ppb of ammonia as NH3 (see Figure 51) in the absence of carbon dioxide. Reagent grade chemicals are recommended to avoid any unknown contamination from chemical additions. 5.4.2 Mixed-metallurgy systems Normal AVT(R) chemistry control includes the injection of ammonium hydroxide (NH4OH) for pH control and of a reducing agent such as hydrazine for ORP control. The pH control range for mixed-metallurgy systems is 9.0-9.3 (77F, 25C). This requires 250-700 ppb of ammonia as NH3 (see Figure 5-1) in the absence of carbon dioxide. Dosing of hydrazine into the condensate upstream of feedwater heaters in association with good air in-leakage control and less than 10 ppb of oxygen at the condensate pump ensures a reducing ORP in the range of 300 to 350 mV 5-8
at the deaerator inlet. Here, too, reagent grade chemicals are recommended to avoid any unknown contamination from chemical additions. 5.4.3 Monitoring and Corrective Actions A comprehensive monitoring program should be established, based upon the use of continuous monitors where available, supplemented by grab samples, only if necessary as outlined in Section 5.3. Comprehensive monitoring protocols are given in several EPRI Guidelines such as the Cycling, Startup, Shutdown and Layup Fossil Plant Cycle Chemistry Guidelines for Operators and Chemists.(7) An important new parameter for copper control in mixed-metallurgy cycles in this revision of the AVT Guidelines is ORP. The ORP must be in the reducing range to control copper adequately, as previously described. It is especially important that ORP is monitored in the LP feedwater at the deaerator inlet, and not just at the economizer inlet. Conditions could be reducing in the HP feedwater (at the economizer inlet), but oxidizing in the LP feedwater due to excessive air inleakage or oxygen saturated makeup additions. Some organizations have reported problems with the use of ORP sensors and variable ORP readings. It is important that these instruments are calibrated and subjected to frequent QA. Please see Appendix B for comprehensive details. Deviations from established target values must be vigorously investigated and brought rapidly under control if copper and iron are to be minimized in the cycle. This is covered in Section 6 of these guidelines.
5.5 REACTIONS TO CONTAMINANTS IN THE CYCLE

Air in-leakage is a concern as it can affect condensate polisher anion capacity due to carbon dioxide removal and, of course, affects condensate pump discharge dissolved oxygen concentrations. This is particularly important in cycles with mixed-metallurgy because operating with oxygen levels greater than 10 ppb at the condensate pump discharge will jeopardize the ability to have reducing conditions in the LP feedwater system. Air in-leakage is also important for units operating with oxidizing AVT(O) and OT. Condenser cooling water in-leakage, makeup water contamination, condensate storage tank contamination and improper condensate polisher regeneration can also be sources of contaminants. Three typical examples are:
chloride or sulfate excursions due to condenser in-leakage caustic or acid contamination from makeup (or condensate polisher) regenerant or silica from extraneous sources
Satisfactory operation of once-through steam generators and the associated turbines requires that the cation conductivity of condensate (downstream polishers), feedwater, and steam is less than 0.2 S/cm. 5-9
This revision of the AVT Guideline suggests that maximum normal operation levels for final feedwater in cycles with all-ferrous metallurgy should be: iron <2 ppb, copper <2, oxygen 1-10 ppb, sodium <2 ppb, and cation conductivity <0.2 S/cm. For cycles with mixed metallurgy, maximum normal operation levels in the final feedwater should be: iron <2 ppb, copper <2, oxygen <5 ppb (ORP 300 to 350 mV), sodium <2 ppb, and cation conductivity <0.2 S/cm. During a contamination period, firing of the boiler should be stopped if
feedwater cation conductivity exceeds 2.0 S/cm for 5 minutes and remains constant or is still increasing; feedwater cation conductivity exceeds 5.0 S/cm for 2 minutes and does not show an evident decreasing tendency; the sodium content detected at the condensate polisher effluent exceeds 20 ppb for 5 minutes and remains constant or is still increasing; the sodium content detected at the condensate polisher effluent exceeds 50 ppb for 2 minutes and does not show an evident decreasing tendency.
5.6 REFERENCES
1. B. Chexal, J. Horowitz, B. Dooley et al., Flow-Accelerated Corrosion in Power Plants. EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: 1998. TR-106611-R1. 2. Guidelines for Controlling Flow-Accelerated Corrosion in Fossil Power Plants. EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: 1997. TR-1088859. 3. Cycle Chemistry Guidelines for Fossil Plants: Oxygenated Treatment. EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: 1994. TR-102285. 4. Guidelines for Copper in Fossil Plants. EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: 2000. 1000457. 5. R. B. Dooley and W. P. McNaughton, Boiler Tube Failures: Theory and Practice. EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: 1996. TR-105261, V1-3. 6. Guidelines for Chemical Cleaning of Conventional Fossil Plant Equipment. EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: 2001. 1003994. 7. Cycling, Startup, Shutdown and Layup Fossil Plant Cycle Chemistry Guidelines for Operators and Chemists. EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: 1998. TR-107754.
5-10
6
AVT CHEMISTRY CONTROL AND CORRECTIVE ACTIONS
6.1 CHEMISTRY CONTROL

The main purposes of chemistry control are to minimize the risk of deposition and corrosion in the boiler and turbine. The new EPRI approach in these revised AVT Guidelines (outlined in Section 3.3.1) involves setting limits to protect both the boiler and turbine. The boiler limits are within those required to protect the turbine. The type of boiler, whether once-through or drumtype, has important implications on chemical conditioning and control. Operating pressure, type of firing (coal, oil or gas) and whether the unit is fitted with all-ferrous or mixed-metallurgy feedwater heaters and condensate polishing, all have important bearings on feedwater and boiler water treatment. For once-through boilers, the limits for feedwater and boiler water are the same as those for steam, since any impurities either deposit in the boiler or are carried over into the steam. Higher concentrations of impurities can be tolerated with drum-type boilers, because, within limits, these can be allowed to accumulate in the boiler water, without impacting on steam purity, and can then be removed from the system by blowdown. As heat fluxes and operating pressures increase, so does the concentration factor between the bulk water and surfaces of the boiler tubes. Unless the concentration of impurities is reduced accordingly, increased corrosion and deposition will result. For drum-type boilers the amount of boiler water impurities and conditioning chemicals carried over into the steam depends on vaporous and mechanical carryover. Vaporous carryover used to be calculated in previous EPRI Guidelines from the ray diagram, but it was recognized that this has considerable limitations. A much improved method is now available based on the EPRI sponsored work on volatility discussed in Section 3.3. Mechanical carryover is based on the graph developed by EPRI (Figure 3-2), based on information supplied by boiler manufactures. Under AVT conditions, it usually represents only a relatively small fraction of the total carryover (mechanical carryover plus vaporous carryover). It is recommended that total carryover is measured on individual drum boiler units under various operating conditions. Traditionally, all-volatile treatment (AVT) with ammonia and a reducing agent (hydrazine), added to the feedwater to increase the pH and remove residual oxygen, has been used as the method of conditioning. Oxygenated treatment (OT), where a small amount of oxygen is added to the feedwater instead of a reducing agent, is now used for most once-through boilers with great success. OT is also being used for drum type boilers. Very high purity feedwater must be 6-1
EPRI Licensed Material AVT Chemistry Control and Corrective Actions
used for both types of boiler, and for this reason such units are equipped with condensate polishing plants. All-volatile treatment can be used for drum type boilers with no further addition of conditioning chemicals, but being volatile, the alkalizing agent is rapidly lost from the boiler water into the steam and very little remains as a buffer against the ingress of impurities. Also, since volatile additives are hardly dissociated at boiler water temperatures, they do not provide much alkaline pH correction under these conditions. The experience gained with OT demonstrates that the traditional strict limits of low oxygen are not required for AVT, provided that there are no copper containing alloys in the feedwater systems. Indeed, the presence of traces of oxygen in the feedwater reduces the risk of flowaccelerated corrosion in all-ferrous feedwater systems. Mixed-metallurgy feedwater systems are unsuitable for treatment with OT or AVT(O), and feedwater low oxygen concentrations must be maintained together with the use of a reducing agent in order to minimize the dissolution of copper and carryover and deposition in the superheater and HP turbine. Slightly lower feedwater pH values are also used to further reduce the attack on copper alloys. Condenser leaks are often the main source of impurities and, therefore, their incidence and nature of the cooling water has an important bearing on the plant chemistry and corrosion. Even for apparently similar operating and water chemistry conditions, some plants are far less tolerant than others and are more susceptible to corrosion and failures. Similarly, some plants are more susceptible to carryover of impurities into steam and, thus the actual history of the plant has to be taken into consideration. Makeup water can also be a source of contamination, as can off-site sources of condensate and contamination during storage. Condensate polishers are valuable in improving the quality of condensate and are essential for once-through boilers. Makeup plant and condensate plant malfunctions can also be sources of contamination. Solid alkalis, such as trisodium phosphate or sodium hydroxide, can be added to the boiler water of drum type boilers to increase the buffering capacity and tolerance to the ingress of impurities. Such additions can be made under AVT operating conditions, as a temporary measure to protect the boiler during excursions in water purity, for example due to minor condenser leaks. However, great care still needs to be taken to control the buildup of impurities and alkalizing agents to prevent damage to the boiler and excessive carryover into the steam. Target and Action Levels have been developed for makeup water quality, condensate, feedwater, boiler water and steam for once-through and drum-type boilers. Information on sampling points, frequency of sampling, core and diagnostic parameters, limits and action levels are given in earlier sections of the guidelines. These should be adhered to and used as the basis of chemical control. It is essential that a full QA/QC program is in place for recording, evaluating and storing the data (see Appendix E).
6-2
6.2 CORRECTIVE ACTIONS

A series of corrective actions have been developed. Although comprehensive, they are not meant to be all-inclusive or universally applicable. Two approaches are included below, first from key sampling points around the water/steam cycle (as used in earlier versions of the guidelines) and then by looking at different types of problems, the approach which is used in EPRI ChemExpert Cycle Chemistry Advisor for Fossil Plants program. Possible causes of chemistry excursions for key points in the condensate, feedwater, boiler water and steam circuit are described in Table 6-1. This table can be used to help identify the sources of ingress of impurities. Corrective actions for key points in the condensate system, feedwater system, boiler water (drum type boilers only) and the steam circuit are given in Tables 6-2 to 6-5. Advice on cycle chemistry problems, diagnosis, actions to be taken and the consequences of not taking the actions have been developed within the EPRI ChemExpert program. Information on the most common problemsmakeup system malfunctions, condenser leaks, condensate polisher malfunction, excessive or insufficient reducing agent, corrosion and flow-accelerated corrosion in the feedwater system, boiler carryover (drum type boilers only), the introduction of impurities by attemperation spray, air in-leakage to the hotwell, colloidal silica and iron through the makeup systems, and boiler layup problemshas been abstracted from ChemExpert and is given in Tables 6-6 to 6-12. Further examples of problems, diagnosis, actions to be taken and the consequences of not taking action are contained within the ChemExpert program.
6-3
Table 6-1 Possible Causes of Chemistry Excursions

Insufficient Boiler Blowdown Ammonia Feed System Reducing Agent Feed System Feedwater Dissolved Oxygen Polisher Resin Leakage
Parameter
Condenser Leakage
Condensate Polisher
Makeup Demineralizer
Air-Inleakage
Deaerator
Feedwater pH
1. Sodium 2. Chloride 3. Sulfate 4. Silica 5. pH 6. Cation/specific conductivity 7. Dissolved oxygen 8. Total organic carbon 9. Free hydroxide 10. Ammonia 11. Iron 12. Copper 13. ORP
X X X X X X
X X X X X X
X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X X X
6-4
EPRI Licensed Material AVT Chemistry Control and Corrective Actions Table 6-2 Condensate System Corrective Actions Parameter Corrective Action Condenser Leak Detection Trays Sodium Locate and repair: 1. Leaking tube or joint. 2. Waterbox flange to shell leaks Condensate Pump Discharge Sodium* Cation conductivity* 1. Identify source of contaminant by checking makeup treatment system effluent; condenser tube leak. Condensate Polisher Effluent Sodium* Cation conductivity* Silica 1. Identify source of contaminant by checking - condenser tube leak; makeup treatment system effluent; exhausted polisher resins; fouled resins. 2. Regenerate polishers. 3. Clean or replace resins.
* Core parameters
6-5
Table 6-3 Feedwater System Corrective Actions Parameter Corrective Action Deaerator Inlet Dissolved oxygen Reducing agent ORP 1. Identify source of dissolved oxygen by checking condenser for inefficient deaeration in hotwell; condenser and feedwater train for air inleakage. 2. If reducing agent dosing reduced, it may be necessary to increase. 3. If increasing reducing agent feed, check for excessive increase of ammonia and pH. Deaerator Outlet Dissolved oxygen 1. Check deaerator performance. 2. Check deaerator vent control. 3. Check deaerator inlet oxygen. Economizer Inlet pH 1. Check ammonia and adjust feed, as necessary. 2. Identify source of contaminants by checking condensate polisher quality; condenser for tube and air leakage. 1. Check pH and adjust chemical feed, as necessary. 1. Check ammonia in feedwater (specific conductivity) 2. Identify source of contaminants by checking makeup treatment system effluent quality; condensate polisher effluent quality; condenser for tube and air in-leakage. 1. Identify cause by checking pH of feedwater; dissolved oxygen in condensate; reducing agent dose; condenser for air in-leakage; FAC, iron and copper pickup. 1. Identify source of oxygen, optimize in condensate and feedwater. 2. If reducing agent dose reduced, increase to control oxygen. 3. If increasing reducing agent feed, check ammonia and pH increase.
Ammonia Specific conductivity Cation conductivity*
Iron Copper Reducing agent Dissolved oxygen*
* Core parameters
6-6
EPRI Licensed Material AVT Chemistry Control and Corrective Actions Table 6-4 Boiler Water - Corrective Actions (Drum Boilers only) Parameter Corrective Actions Boiler Water or Blowdown Sodium, Chloride Sulfate, Silica Cation conductivity* 1. Increase blowdown. 2. Reduce operating pressure. 3. Identify source of contamination by checking - makeup treatment system effluent quality; condensate polisher effluent quality; condenser tube leakage. 1. Identify source of contamination by checking makeup treatment system effluent quality; condensate polisher effluent quality; condenser tube leakage. 2. Increase blowdown. 3. Convert to equilibrium phosphate or caustic treatment. 4. Shut down if pH drops below limits.
pH*
* Core parameters
Table 6-5 Steam Circuit - Corrective Actions Parameter Corrective Actions Saturated, Superheated and Reheated Steam Sodium*, Chloride Sulfate, Total organic carbon (TOC) 1. Increase blowdown. 2. Identify source of contaminants by checking makeup treatment system effluent quality; condensate polisher effluent quality; condenser tube leakage; attemperation; boiler drum internals. TOC useful for troubleshooting. 1. Increase blowdown. 2. Identify contributing parameters by checking; individual anions and total organic carbon in steam.
Cation conductivity*
* Core parameter
6-7
Table 6-6a Makeup System Malfunction Diagnosis 1. Check specific conductivity* and silica of the makeup treatment system effluent. 2. Check condensate pump discharge sodium* and cation conductivity*; if the increase coincides with the makeup addition, it confirms problem. 3. Check condensate storage tank conductivity, sodium and sulfate. 4. If no condensate polishers: check relationship pH - NH3 conductivity in feedwater. 5. Check sodium, cation conductivity* and pH* in boiler water. 6. Check chemical feed for impurities.
+
Actions to be Taken 1. For Action Levels 1 and 2, use regenerated makeup train, drain condensate storage tank, as needed. 2. Reduce load immediately, do not increase boiler blowdown until ingress of impurity is stopped. 3. If Action Level 3 of any parameter occurs: orderly shutdown, drain condensate storage tank, deaerator tank and boiler, as needed. 4. Check contamination of the superheater, reheater and turbine. Chemically clean and water wash, as needed. 5. Find root cause and correct the situation.
Consequences+ 1. Increased boiler corrosion. 2. Buildup of silica and other deposits in the turbine and possibly other cycle components.
Consequences if not corrected * Core parameter
6-8
Table 6-6b Makeup Regenerant - NaOH, H2SO4 or HCl Leaking into the Cycle Diagnosis Actions to be Taken Sodium Hydroxide Leaking into the Cycle 1. Check specific conductivity* & pH of makeup plant effluent. 2. Check condensate pump discharge sodium* and cation conductivity*. If the increase coincides with the makeup addition to the condenser, it is a contamination problem. 3. Check condensate storage tank conductivity, sodium and sulfate or chloride. 4. Units without condensate polishers: check the relationship of feedwater conductivity pH NH3. 5. Check sodium, cation conductivity* and pH* in boiler water blowdown. 1. Action Level 3: reduce load immediately, do not increase blowdown; switch to regenerated makeup train and drain condensate storage tank, as needed. 2. Action 2 level: reduce load immediately. 3. For orderly shutdown, drain condensate storage tank, deaerator storage tank and boiler, as needed. 4. Check contamination of the superheater, reheater and turbine. Chemically clean and water wash, as needed. 5. Find root cause and correct the situation. 1. Possible stress corrosion cracking in the turbine and austenitic stainless steel sections of the superheater and reheater. 2. Possible caustic gouging in the boiler generating tubes. 3. Possible stress corrosion of cracking of stainless steel feedwater heater tubes. Consequences+
Sulfuric or Hydrochloric Acid Leaking into the Cycle As 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 above. 6 Check status of regeneration of ion exchange system in makeup plant. As 2, 3, 4 and 5 above. 1. Cycle corrosion and contamination. 2. General corrosion and FAC of carbon steel in the preboiler cycle. 3. Hydrogen damage of boiler tubes. 4. Pitting of boiler steam generating tubes, superheater and reheater lower bends. 5. Pitting and corrosion fatigue in turbine.
6-9
EPRI Licensed Material AVT Chemistry Control and Corrective Actions Table 6-7 Condenser Tube Leak Diagnosis 1. Compare sodium* and cation conductivity* of condensate pump discharge and hotwell. All increased is confirmation. 2. Polisher effluent conductivity drifting up is confirmation. 3. Blowdown Na, cation conductivity drifting up, pH drifts down (up in some cases) = confirmation. Check chemical feeds for impurities. Actions to be Taken 1. Boiler water at Action Level 3 immediate shutdown, drain & flush boiler, check deaerator storage tank, and condenser hotwell water, drain and flush. 2. Parameters within Action Level 2 immediately reduce load, isolate one condenser water box, find leaks and plug. Feed emergency Na3PO4 or NaOH to control boiler pH. 3. Maintain lower load and keep condensate polisher effluent within limits. 4. Increase boiler blowdown. Consequences+ 1. Increased corrosion of the preboiler cycle. 2. Scale formation and hydrogen damage of the boiler generating tubes. 3. Stress corrosion cracking of austenitic stainless steel superheater, reheater and turbine components. 4. Turbine deposits, pitting and corrosion cracking, if problem persists.
Consequences if not Corrected * Core parameter
Table 6-8a Condensate Polisher Malfunction/Exhausted Diagnosis 1. Compare condensate pump discharge conductivity*, sodium*, condensate polisher effluent cation conductivity* and silica to these parameters in the effluent. 2. Compare the in and out ratio for iron. 3. Analyze effluent samples from individual polishers for resin fines. 4. Check chemical feeds for impurities Actions to be Taken 1. Take malfunctioning polishers out of service and regenerate. 2. Determine whether problem is ammonia back washing of acid regenerant, resin leakage or polisher exhaustion. 3. Take resin sample and restore or replace the resin, as required. 4. Check the regeneration procedure and correct, as required. 5. Check condensate polisher strainers and fix. Check condensate polisher strainers, elements and precoat pump check valve and fix. 6. Powdered systems check for element and precoat pump leak and fix. Consequences+ 1. Caustic or acid corrosion of boiler steam generating tubes and turbine. 2. Pitting in reheater due to acid sulfate deposition. 3. Silica and other deposits in the turbine.
6-10
Table 6-8b Condensate Polisher Caustic or Acid Regenerant Leakage Diagnosis Actions to be Taken Leakage of Caustic Regenerant 1. Compare feedwater sodium to condensate and makeup. 2. Check sodium* in the combined and individual polisher effluents & in steam. 3. Increasing trend in boiler & feedwater pH shows problem. 4. Check feedwater pH - NH3conductivity relationship; high pH indicates problem. 5. Check chemical feeds for impurities. 1. Reduce load and boiler pressure. 2. Check boiler carryover and steam sodium: if high, wash the turbine within two days. 3. Fix the polisher regeneration system. 1. Caustic cracking of austenitic stainless steels in heaters, superheater, reheater and turbine. 2. Caustic gouging in the boiler in the high heat flux zones Consequences+
Leakage of Sulfuric or Hydrochloric Acid Regenerant 1. Compare feedwater, condensate, makeup and steam cation conductivities.* 2. Analyze feedwater, blowdown, condensate and polisher effluent samples for sulfate or chloride. 3. Analyze the conductivity pH NH3 relationships. 4. Monitor SO4 or Cl in steam and monitor pH* in boiler. 5. Check chemical feeds for impurities. 1. Reduce boiler pressure and unit load. 2. If boiler water sulfate, chloride or cation conductivity reached Action Level 2, go to orderly shutdown, drain the boiler, fill with ammoniated deaerated water with reducing agent, analyze after 3 hours, repeat if necessary. 3. If the cation conductivity and sulfate or chloride in the boiler water was only Action Level 1, feed emergency trisodium phosphate. 4. Take boiler tube samples, clean boiler as needed. 1. Increased corrosion and FAC of the preboiler cycle and economizer. 2. Pitting and hydrogen damage in boiler generating tubes. 3. Pitting, corrosion fatigue and stress corrosion cracking in the turbine. 4. Generation of large quantities of corrosion products and their deposition, dirty boiler.
6-11
Table 6-9 Excessive or Insufficient Concentration of Reducing Agent Diagnosis Actions to be Taken Consequences+
Excess Reducing Agent leading to High Iron in Feedwater 1. Check historical data for feedwater iron and copper concentration vs reducing agent. 2. Analyze grab samples for iron and copper in feedwater. 1. Optimize the concentration of reducing agent in relation to iron and copper concentration in final feedwater. 2. Minimize air inleakage. 3. Use condensate polishers as much as possible. 1. Increased rate of corrosion and FAC in the preboiler cycle and economizer. 2. Scale buildup in boiler steam generating tubes. 3. Scale buildup on boiler orifices (assisted circulation boilers) and on feedwater control valves. 4. Reduced output. 5. If orifice plugging: danger of long or even short-term overheat and high pumping costs for circulating pumps
Insufficient Reducing Agent leading to High Copper in Feedwater 1. Check reducing agent and oxygen concentrations around the cycle. 2. Check the reducing agent addition system (day tank, pump, etc). 1. Increase reducing agent addition rate to achieve the optimum concentration in feedwater as determined by ORP being reducing (-300 to 350mV). 2. If air in-leakage rate is higher than recommended, reduce to the normal level. Confirm by ensuring oxygen at CPD is < 10 ppb 1. Increased rate of corrosion of the copper alloys in the feedwater 2. Deposit buildup on the boiler waterwall tubes 3. Buildup on boiler orifices 4. Possible deposition on HP turbine and reduced output
Consequences if not corrected
6-12
Table 6-10 Corrosion and/or Flow-Accelerated Corrosion in the Feedwater Diagnosis Actions to be Taken Carbon Steel 1. Analyze iron in feedwater during normal operation and startups: high during cold startups indicates layup corrosion. 2. Inspect shell condenser, shell and tube sides of feedwater heaters (particularly tube inlets), FAC audit of feedwater & wet steam systems 3. Check the concentrations of oxygen, reducing agent and pH, and their latest changes in condensate and final feedwater. Increased concentration of reducing agent and reduced pH can be the cause of the problem. 1. Optimize reducing agent concentration, oxygen and pH. 2. Operate condensate polishers as much as possible. 3. Check the condensate polishers resins for iron fouling and clean the fouling, if needed. 4. Assure preboiler system cleanliness and proper preoperational cleaning of feedwater during cold starts. 5. Fill the deaerator storage tank and boiler with deaerated water, install condensate storage tank nitrogen sparging and blanketing or other deaeration, if needed Copper Alloys As 1 above for Cu, Ni and Zn. 2. Inspect copper alloy tubing used in condensers and feedwater heaters. 3. Check with maintenance for use of copper-bearing thread lubricants. 4. Verify the concentration of reducing agent, oxygen, ammonia and pH in condensate and final feedwater. 5. Check air in-leakage and its recent trends. As 1 above. 2. Minimize air in-leakage by eliminating sources. 3. Optimize layup procedures for copper bearing components, e.g. condenser & feedwater heaters. 4. Find root cause of copper alloy corrosion and plan actions. 5. Replace copper alloys in high pressure feed heaters asap. 6. Operate with reduced boiler pressure when Cu concentration in boiler water is above 50 ppb. (See Appendix Section F.3) As 1 above, plus superheater. As 2 above. 3. Copper deposits in the HP turbine and reduced MW generating capacity and efficiency. 4. Acceleration of boiler tube corrosion due to nickel deposits. 1. Scale formation in the boiler generating tubes. 2. Increased boiler carryover due to suspended solids, possibly leading to deposit buildup in the turbine. 3. Reduced life and possible safety issue of corroding components. 4. Possibility of perforation and rupture of piping or feedwater tubing 5. Plant safety issue Consequences+
6-13
Table 6-11 High Boiler Carryover (Drum Boilers only) Diagnosis 1. Check with operators about drum level, boiler pressure, megawatts and changes of boiler pressure and load. 2. Analyze samples of feedwater and boiler water for alkalinity, total organic carbon and suspended solids 3. Check the makeup system and polisher sodium. 4. Compare current carryover with the commissioning measurements at same load. 5. If the problem persists, inspect the turbine. 6. Check % carryover (mechanical) and compare with baseline.
+
Actions to be Taken 1. Reduce load and boiler pressure. 2. Eliminate sources of high hydroxide alkalinity, suspended solids and organics, as needed. 3. Verify correct operation of condensate polishers and the regeneration. 4. Inspect superheater and reheater for deposits. 5. Wash turbine as need (without disassembly at reduced speed). 6. Inspect boiler drum internals and level control. 7. May need to repeat carryover tests.
Consequences+ 1. Deposition and corrosion in the turbine. 2. Possibility of scale formation in the superheater and reheater and short or longterm failures. 3. Sticking turbine valves.
6-14
Table 6-12 Impurity Introduction into Turbine by Attemperating Sprays Diagnosis 1 Analyze steam before and after attemperation. 2 Discuss with Operations the use of attemperating sprays. 3 Check feedwater sodium, cation conductivity and copper, and the latest trends. Actions to be Taken 1 Stop ingress of impurities into feedwater (condensate polishers, condenser leaks, makeup). 2 Minimize the use of attemperation, if the problem persists 3 Measure metal temperatures Consequences+ 1 Deposit buildup and corrosion in the turbine. 2 Deposition of salts in the superheater and reheater leading to tube failures from pitting during shutdown. 3 High copper in feedwater could lead to deposits in superheater and HP turbine.
Consequences if not corrected Table 6-13 Air In-leakage to Hotwell Diagnosis Actions to be Taken Air In-leakage above the Hotwell Line Consequences+
1. Check air eject of vacuum exhaust air flow and its history. 2. Check condensate pump discharge oxygen and cation conductivity and their trends for different recent loads. 3. Where air in-leakage is high and oxygen is low, it is an indication of air in-leakage above the water line.
1. Using helium leak detector, find locations of air in-leakage and fix. 2. Activate additional air ejectors or vacuum pumps, as needed, to keep condensate oxygen & cation conductivity within normal values. 3. Typical air in-leakage locations are LP turbine glands, condenser/ LP turbine base joint, LP turbine rupture disks, and the two lowest pressure feedwater heater safety valves and sight glasses.
1. Fast exhaustion and release of impurities from condensate polishers, if in operation. 2. FAC and increased corrosion of copper based alloys in feedwater. 3. Increased iron and copper scale buildup in the boiler steam generating tubes. 4. FAC in the economizer and LP turbine. 5. Increased propensity for oxygen pitting of carbon steel components during shutdown.
Air In-leakage below the Hotwell Line As 1. and 2. as above. 3. Where air in-leakage is high and oxygen is high, it is an indication of air in-leakage below the water line. 4. Condensate pump discharge oxygen and cation conductivity increased or drifting up is confirmation.
+
As 1 and 2 above. 3. Frequent air in-leakage locations are suction of condensate pump, various hotwell connections, improperly designed makeup addition, pits and holes at the bottom of the condenser hotwell.
As 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 above.
6-15
Table 6-14 Colloidal Silica and Iron through the Makeup System Diagnosis Actions to be Taken Colloidal Silica 1. Compare silica (iron) in makeup effluent, condensate storage tank, condensate polisher in and out, blowdown & saturated or hot reheat steam. Feedwater silica (iron) higher than polisher effluent or condensate pump discharge indicates colloidal silica (iron). 2. Analyze grab samples for total organic carbon at the makeup system effluent and condensate storage tank. High TOC may be due to presence of organic colloids containing silica (iron). 3. Filter makeup system and condensate storage tank samples through 0.5 micron Millipore and analyze filtrates. 4. Audit the pre-treatment and makeup treatment system and measure variation of the source water iron, silica and organics. 1. Correct the situation leading to the pickup of colloids at the influent to makeup system (raw water). 2. Check and correct the pretreatment system. 3. Modify the makeup system. 4. Operate with increased blowdown as needed. 1. Scale buildup in the boiler and turbine, lower turbine output and efficiency Consequences+
Colloidal Iron As 1, 2, 3 and 4 as above. As 1, 2, 3 and 4 as above. 1. Increased rate of scale buildup in the boiler. 2. Condensate polisher resin fouling. 3. Foaming, increased boiler carryover and turbine deposits.
6-16
Table 6-15 Boiler Layup Problems Diagnosis Actions to be Taken Lost Nitrogen Blanket 1. Check nitrogen pressure and supply system. 1. Restore nitrogen supply. 2. Fix nitrogen leaks as needed. 1. Boiler corrosion. 2. Corrosion-generated iron and copper oxides will precipitate and redeposit in the boiler. Some will be carried into the superheater and turbine during startup. 3. Possible effects on turbine MW generating capacity and efficiency. 4. Iron and copper fouling of condensate polishers. Consequences+
Low Boiler Water pH 1. Take duplicate sample of boiler water, measure pH and conductivity. 1. Restore pH by injecting ammonia and circulating boiler water. 2. If there is a high concentration of suspended oxides in the boiler water, drain and refill the boiler. 1. Dissolution and subsequent redeposition of iron and copper oxides in the boiler. 2. Carryover of oxides into the superheater and turbine during startup. As 3. and 4. above.
High Boiler Water Oxygen 1. Check nitrogen pressure and supply system
+
1. Restore nitrogen supply. 2. Fix nitrogen leaks as needed.
As 1, 2, 3 and 4 above (for lost nitrogen blanket).
6.3 INFLUENCE OF TREATMENT CHEMICAL PURITY ON CYCLE CHEMISTRY

It should be clearly understood that the EPRI AVT Chemistry Guidelines and the tables on chemistry excursion troubleshooting and corrective actions assume that the treatment chemicals applied to the cycle are not a significant source of impurities that would influence parameters such as cation conductivity, sodium, chloride, sulfate, silica and total organic carbon. However, this is not always the case. Fortunately, the frequency of cycle chemistry excursions traceable to variations in chemical purity is low. Only very rarely do chemical purity deviations result in significant and apparent excursions from normal chemistry in the steam-water cycle. In most cases, only very minor 6-17
changes in cation conductivity and perhaps pH will be observed. Such changes are often and usually correctly associated with variations in other unit-specific conditions such as condenser air in-leakage rates, makeup water consumption rates, makeup water organics content, or contamination attributed to minute (and sometimes intermittent) condenser leaks. Therefore, additional cases may exist where treatment chemical purity contributes to the cycle chemistry problem but is not even considered as a possible cause of the out of specification readings. Whenever an investigation of a water chemistry excursion using the tables presented earlier in this section (or, preferably, versions of these generic response guidelines customized to individual units in the fleet) fails to conclusively identify the responsible root cause of the excursion, the purity of the treatment chemicals should be evaluated. This may be accomplished in a number of ways. Theses include:
Collection of a sample of each treatment chemical in use for laboratory analysis-this approach is obviously effective but may require an unacceptable amount of time, depending on the analytical capabilities of the organization. Analysis of condensate (or feedwater) samples collected on each side of the chemical injection point(s)-this approach is not likely to be beneficial except in cases of fairly significant excursions that have no other apparent cause. Isolation of the suspect chemical feed system(s) for a brief period and observing the impact on cycle chemistry-this approach is most effective when the unit has satisfactory levels of reliable on-line instrumentation, however, other chemistry parameters such as pH and ORP will also be effected by this action. Isolation of the suspect chemical feed system(s) and simultaneous startup of backup feed system(s) with treatment chemicals of satisfactory purity-this is clearly a preferred practice in units that provide redundant feed systems.
In cases where sampling of the treatment chemical for analysis is desired, consideration should also be given to dilution water purity. This means that in units where the treatment chemicals are diluted on-site prior to injection to the cycle, samples of diluted and undiluted chemical solution should be collected. The last approach indicated can most easily be followed if a new supply of the chemical is applied to the unit before all of the existing supply has been consumed. As stated previously, cycle chemistry deviations caused by impurities in the treatment chemicals are generally infrequent events of very minor magnitude. Therefore, the possibility exists that extended and undetected unit operation with low levels of impurities present in the treatment chemicals applied could ultimately result in or contribute to chemistry related damage in the boiler and turbine. Traditionally, organizations have avoided such concerns through development of chemical purchase specifications and through testing of chemicals received from suppliers to verify compliance with specifications. However, in todays competitive business climate, this approach is all too commonly minimized or eliminated. In those organizations that purchase treatment chemicals on the open market and emphasize price rather than purity, the importance of operating a unit with a new chemical supply and evaluating the chemistry prior to consuming all of the previous supply should be readily apparent. Ultimate responsibility for development of optimum treatment chemical specifications applicable to individual fossil plants must remain with the organization. One reason for this is that there are 6-18
differences in chemical manufacturing, processing, dilution, packaging and labeling practices around the world and there is no single chemical purity specification that can adequately encompass the variety of product strengths and grades that may be available at any given location. Also, the organizations chemical purity specification usually becomes part of a legal agreement between the organization and the chemical supplier. Again, there are clearly no general product specifications that will be universally applicable to all conceivable business arrangements for provision of the needed chemical treatments. In developing individual treatment product specifications, the ultimate goal is to ensure that normal usage of the treatment chemical will not result in deviations from any of the plant specific chemistry limits for normal operating conditions as well as chemistry limits for any other operating conditions, such as wet layup, for which the chemical is to be used. This goal is, in general, readily attainable providing that only fully deionized water is used to dilute the active chemical. However, it is most reliably attained when ammonia is used for feedwater pH control and hydrazine (when not prohibited and for reducing AVT in cycles with copper) is used as the reducing agent. Use of neutralizing amines for pH control and of alternative reducing agents, whether due to site prohibitions on hydrazine usage or for other reasons, makes it more difficult to attain guideline chemistry values, particularly cation conductivity, by virtue of the fact that these treatment chemicals are subject to thermal degradation, resulting in formation of carbon dioxide and/or organic acids. Special care must therefore be taken when establishing customized chemistry limits and action levels for fossil units that are treated with these chemicals. Also, it should be recognized that the effects these treatments have on the cycle chemistry tend to make it more difficult to identify the responsible cause of minor deviations from normal chemistry.
6-19
EPRI Licensed Material Oxygen Removal Techniques for Treated Makeup
A
OXYGEN REMOVAL TECHNIQUES FOR TREATED MAKEUP
Previous Sections have described the importance of maintaining strict control to prevent dissolved oxygen and carbon dioxide from entering the heat cycle in order to minimize iron and copper corrosion and transport. It was noted in Section 4 that 40% of utilities surveyed by EPRI put aerated water directly into the cycle, while 66% put makeup into storage tanks which are vented to atmosphere.(1) It is obvious that these types of operating procedures are counterproductive if corrosion is to be fully controlled. This appendix describes methods by which makeup water can be deoxygenated (and some of these methods also remove carbon dioxide) and stored in such a way as to prevent further aeration. Another important source of ingress of oxygen and carbon dioxide is air in-leakage via negative pressure in the condenser and low end of the heat cycle. This subject is addressed in Appendix C.
A.1 VACUUM DEAERATION

Vacuum deaeration is a process, which removes both oxygen and carbon dioxide. A typical vacuum degasifier, which accomplishes this task, is shown in Figure A-1. This equipment consists of a packed tower with a vacuum pulled from beneath the packing and with water sprayed over the top of the packing. The water trickles down through the packing, which provides a large surface area for removal of oxygen and carbon dioxide. The vacuum induces vaporization of water and produces an upward flow of water vapor together with oxygen and carbon dioxide. The water is collected in the bottom of the tower and is pumped from there to the next stage of the system.
A-1
Water inlet
Access and packing installation opening
Packing material
Packing removal connection Vapor removed by vacuum pump
Degasified water storage
Figure A-1 Vacuum Degasifier
The process of vacuum degasification is based on Henrys Law, which states that the concentration of an ideal gas in solution is proportional to its vapor pressure (or partial pressure). Therefore, if the pressure over a solution is reduced by a vacuum, dissolved gases must leave the water and enter the vapor phase to establish a new equilibrium. Increasing the vacuum increases the degree of gas removal. The vacuum supply to the degasifier can either be steam jet ejectors or vacuum pumps. The degasifier is typically located preceding the first anion unit of a demineralizer train in order to minimize the ionic loading to the anion unit by removing carbon dioxide. Forced draft decarbonators effectively remove carbon dioxide but saturate the water with oxygen. Typical removal levels for a vacuum degasifier are: carbon dioxide to 5 ppb and oxygen to 10-20 ppb. Increasing the packing height in the tower and increasing vacuum will result in higher gas removal. The vacuum degasifier is quite tall, typically in the range of 25-40 feet (7.612.2 m). One reason for this is to provide room for the packing material and the other is to provide sufficient suction head for the transfer pump. Because of its height, vacuum degasifiers may be difficult to backfit into an existing power plant arrangement. This equipment requires considerable maintenance in order to maintain constant vacuum conditions. In addition, the vacuum equipment is relatively energy intensive to operate.
A-2
For a typical 300 gpm vacuum degasifier unit, the following costs are estimated(2) in year 2000 dollars: Capital Cost: $125,000 Installation Cost: $65,000 to $200,000 depending on location and complexity of installation. Operating and Maintenance (O&M) Cost: 3 to 5% of capital cost per year for normal operations.
A.2 CATALYTIC OXYGEN REMOVAL

The use of hydrazine or other reducing agents to remove oxygen is commonly practiced at many power plants and is usually fed at the condensate pump discharge or the outlet of the condensate polisher (if one is installed). The reaction between hydrazine and oxygen can be expressed as follows: N2 H4 + O2 N2 + 2H2O The reaction is stoichiometric, requiring equal amounts of hydrazine and oxygen for the reaction to proceed to completion. At ambient temperatures this reaction proceeds very slowly. However, in the presence of a catalyst, such as activated carbon, the reaction proceeds rapidly. Therefore, this technology can and is being used to remove oxygen from makeup water. The equipment consists of a vessel containing activated carbon to which hydrazine is fed using a (3) positive displacement chemical pump. The process is patented and is said to achieve makeup oxygen concentrations less than 10 ppb. Overall costs for the catalytic process are about $1.15 to $1.60 per 1000 gallons depending on system flow rates.
(4) Another patented process similar to the above makes use of strong base anion resins in the hydroxide form as a catalyst to remove oxygen from makeup water. Either hydrazine or carbohydrazide provides the active ingredient for reaction with oxygen.
These catalytic processes can treat the water either going to storage or coming from storage. However, when large quantities of water are required, such as during startups, it may be impractical to provide equipment of sufficient size to meet such demands when processing water from storage. One disadvantage of these catalytic processes is that carbon dioxide is not removed. Therefore, when used in demineralizer systems treating waters high in bicarbonate alkalinity, operating costs can be expected to be substantially higher than when using a vacuum degasifier, for example. However, when the catalytic systems are used in conjunction with a membrane system, both carbon dioxide and oxygen can be simultaneously removed (see discussion which follows under membrane systems). Another disadvantage associated with the carbon bed system is that an ion exchange bed is (3) required to remove excess hydrazine and carbon leachables from the effluent stream . A-3
A.3 MEMBRANE SYSTEMS

Membrane systems are presently utilized today for many applications, including reverse osmosis, ultrafiltration, microfiltration, and electrodeionization. Another membrane process, which is achieving popularity in water treatment applications, is the use of microporous, hydrophobic membranes for the transfer of gases to and from aqueous streams. Gas transfer membranes (GTMs) for the removal of oxygen and carbon dioxide from makeup water are constructed of an array or bundle of hollow fiber hydrophobic polypropylene membranes which are gas permeable and water impermeable. The hollow fiber configuration, with the gas phase inside the fiber and the liquid phase outside, provides high surface area for maximum efficiency for gas removal processes. One such design encloses the hollow fiber array within a pressure vessel, which includes an internal baffle to promote turbulent flow and mass transfer. An example of this equipment is shown in Figure A-2.
Vacuum and/or sweep gas Distribution tube Baffle Cartridge Sweep gas
Aqueous stream Hollow fiber membrane

Figure A-2 Components of a GTM Unit
Aqueous stream Collection tube Housing
By altering the partial pressure of a gas at the air/water interface, a driving force is created which results in the mass transfer of a gas into or out of solution. There are three ways to alter the partial pressure of a gas in a GTM system:
Apply a vacuum to the inside of the hollow fiber Use a sweep gas, usually nitrogen, which effectively lowers the partial pressure of other gases such as oxygen and carbon dioxide Use both a vacuum and a sweep gas
The effectiveness of this membrane technology is governed by several factors:
Water flow through the system Water temperature A-4
Amount of vacuum applied Volume and purity of the sweep gas
With a suitably designed system, oxygen levels of less than 1 ppb in the effluent water stream are said to be achievable. An example of a GTM system used to remove oxygen from boiler (5) feed water at a petroleum refinery is shown in Figure A-3. In this case, two parallel trains of GTM units are provided, each having 3-10 inch (7.625.4 cm) membrane contactors connected in series. The nitrogen sweep gas is 99.9% pure, and flows at a rate of 1.5-2.0 scfm. Vacuum requirements are ~ 25 acfm at 28 inches of mercury. The 200 gpm (760 litres/min) of product water contains less than 15 ppb of dissolved oxygen. An example of a hybrid system which combines both GTMs for carbon dioxide and a catalytic (6) oxygen removal system is shown in Figure A-4. This is an outsourced plant in use at a nuclear facility.
99.9% N2
Reverse osmosis
1 Municipal water 150 - 390 gpm
Concentrate
GTM Skid #1 Vacuum

99.9% N2
Product water 200 gpm
Ion exchange softening
Activated carbon
5 depth filter
Reverse osmosis 1 2 3
Concentrate
GTM Skid #2 Vacuum
Figure A-3 GTM System Process Flow Diagram (Note: 1 gal = 3.785 litres)
A-5
Anthracite filters
Well water
Storage tank and pump
Reverse osmosis
Hybrid Deoxygenation System GTM skid Carbon catalyst Sweep air Vacuum pump Hydrazine Mobile Ion Exchange Polisher
RO reject
Up to 300 gpm <5 ppb D.O.

Figure A-4 GTM System Process Flow Diagram (Note: 1 gal = 3.785 litres)
This GTM system consists of three skid-mounted contactors in parallel, a vacuum pump, valving to allow an air sweep, and instrumentation to monitor vacuum level and air sweep volume. The membrane system is primarily for carbon dioxide removal, but also removes some oxygen. (The use of an air sweep rather than nitrogen probably limits the extent to which oxygen can be removed in this part of the system). Hydrazine injection occurs at the GTM effluent using a small, diaphragm positive displacement pump. Any remaining oxygen in the RO permeate water reacts with the hydrazine as it passes through two activated carbon vessels connected in parallel. The water then enters a three-bed ion exchange system for further polishing. This system consists of a strong acid cation, strong base anion and a mixed bed unit. This hybrid system produces up to 300 gpm of purified water at less than 5 ppb of dissolved oxygen. It is significant to note that the deoxygenated water is stored in a tank with a nitrogen blanket. The tank effluent is tested daily for dissolved oxygen, which consistently measures below 5 ppb. Overall costs for the GTM process are about $0.60 to $1.15 per 1000 gallons (3785 litres) depending on the degree of oxygen removal required and the systems flow rate.
A.4 MAKEUP WATER STORAGE

The results of oxygen removal by any of the above are completely negated if the makeup water is stored in tanks, which are vented to atmosphere. There are several ways that tanks can be equipped to prevent air ingress:
Plastic or rubber diaphragms Floating covers A-6
Nitrogen positive pressure purging
The use of plastic or rubber diaphragms to protect condensate storage tanks from oxygen ingress has been very limited in the electrical generating industry. This is the result of relatively high installed costs, high maintenance costs and the fear (perhaps justly so) that the diaphragm might fail causing a major disruption in power plant operations. Also, diaphragms would be difficult, and possibly impossible to install in existing tanks. Floating covers have been in use, especially in petroleum refinery tanks, for many years. Their purpose in this case is to prevent undue evaporation of volatile liquids. Here again, installation of floating covers has not been popular at electrical generating plants for some of the same reasons as given above for diaphragms. Backfit of floating covers on existing condensate tanks, while perhaps possible, would certainly require considerable engineering and would undoubtedly be quite expensive. Probably the most feasible means to prevent oxygen ingress to condensate storage tanks is to provide a nitrogen blanketing system. Such a system is relatively easy to install on existing tanks and inexpensive to operate, given the low cost of nitrogen and the modest amount of nitrogen required to operate the system.
(7) One such system is shown in Figure A-5. This system has a nitrogen bottom sparger (A), inlet pipe sparger (B), nitrogen supply and controls (D), oxygen or conductivity analyzer (F), tank pressure control (C), and an overflow pipe (E). The sparging itself is through sintered stainless steel sparging elements. Two pressure regulators control the nitrogen pressure to the spargers; one for the bottom sparger and one for the inlet pipe sparger. This is followed by a passive critical orifice flow element. This element prevents the nitrogen flow from exceeding the capacity of the tank pressure control siphon, which vents the excess pressure.
By having a sparger in the inlet water supply to the tank, any residual dissolved oxygen in that water should be effectively removed. The sparger in the bottom of the tank will prevent the ingress of air.
(7) The following costs are estimated to be associated with the system shown in Figure A-5 in year 2000 dollars:
Capital Cost: $20,000 to $30,000 Installation Cost: $5,000 to $10,000 Nitrogen Consumption Costs: $100 per month assuming storage tank inflows and outflows are not excessive. The system in Figure A-5 would most probably use cylinder nitrogen, because of the relatively low consumption. The purity of cylinder (or cryogenic) nitrogen is 99.995%. Other, simpler nitrogen blanketing systems merely provide a slight positive pressure in the storage tank by using a small continuous flow of nitrogen applied at the top of the tank. This A-7
design, as compared to the above, probably requires a larger consumption of nitrogen and lacks the obvious advantage of the purge system for incoming water to the tank. While removal of oxygen from makeup may appear costly at first glance, it is essential to the proper control of iron and especially copper in the feedwater cycle. In the overall picture, the use of deaerated makeup water will produce savings, since iron and copper corrosion and transport will be reduced.
Sparging element
E Top View Pipe support Inlet Sparging element
B Outlet F Regulator Option D A Orifice
Figure A-5 A Storage Tank Nitrogen System and Sparging Elements(7)
A.5 REFERENCES
1. Survey of 63 Utilities. Fifth International Conference on Fossil Plant Cycle Chemistry. EPRI Proceedings. Edited by B. Dooley and J. Matthews TR-108459. December 1997. 2. S. Dominick, U.S. Filter Corporation, Personal Communication to A. Aschoff, August 2000. 3. R. C. Dickerson, W. S. Miller. U. S. Patent 4,556,492, Deoxygenation Process. December 3, 1985.
A-8
4. F. Cutler, Alternative Means of Ambient Temperature Deoxygenation During Unit Startup or Outage. Electric Power Research Institute, Proceedings: Fourth International Conference on Fossil Plant Cycle Chemistry, TR-104502, January 1995. 5. P. H. Kinghorn and W. E. Haas, Low Level Deoxygenation of Boiler Makeup Water Using Gas Transfer Membranes. Proceedings of the International Water Conference, p. 527, October 18-20, 1999. 6. S. B. Gorry, W. E. Haas, and J. W. Mahaffee, Effective Deoxygenation by a Process Combining Gas Transfer Membranes with Catalytic Oxygen Reduction. Proceedings of the International Water Conference, p. 535, October 18-20, 1999. 7. O. Jonas, Jonas Inc., Personal Communication to A. Aschoff, April, 2000.
A-9
EPRI Licensed Material Oxidation-Reduction Potential (ORP)
B
OXIDATION-REDUCTION POTENTIAL (ORP)
B.1 INTRODUCTION
Research investigating the electrochemistry of copper alloys under feedwater heater conditions suggests that maintenance of a stable cuprous oxide layer requires tight control of ORP (and pH). Further, corrosion experiments have pointed out that, during unit shutdowns, elemental copper and cuprous oxide will be converted to cupric oxide in a matter of hours, unless reducing chemistry is maintained. Effective implementation of reducing AVT chemistry therefore requires that on-line surveillance of ORP be practiced and that action be taken as needed in response to deviations from target values for this parameter in the cycle. Industry has, for many years, been interested in real time measurements of corrosion rates in operating systems and considerable effort has been devoted to development of analyzers for this purpose. Commercially available monitors are available for surveillance of either ORP or electrochemical potential (ECP). Field experience with these monitors is most extensive in the nuclear power industry, both with in situ and sidestream analyzers, but limited in the fossil industry to ORP analysis of conditioned samples. Most field experience in fossil plants has been with ORP surveillance of final feedwater at the economizer inlet. However, findings of EPRIs Program Copper indicate the deaerator inlet to be the preferred monitoring point for ORP due to the difficulty of maintaining reducing conditions in the low pressure heaters.
B.2 OVERVIEW OF ORP AND CORROSION MONITORING TECHNOLOGY

Since these potentials have been measured in power plants only in recent years, it is appropriate to briefly review the terminology relating to these potentials. ORP (also known as the reductionoxidation (redox) potential) and corrosion potential are specific types of electrochemical potential (ECP). Both types of ECP are measured as a potential difference between a metal electrode and a reference electrode immersed in the environment of interest, and the value of the measured potential is determined by the specific oxidation and reduction reactions occurring at the metal/environment interface. In the case of a corrosion potential measurement, the metal electrode may be the power plant component itself (such as a pipe or heat exchanger tube) or it may be a separate piece of metal (a probe) having a chemical composition similar to the component of interest and immersed in the environment of interest. When a metal, such as iron, is corroding in an environment, such as water containing dissolved oxygen, the primary oxidation reaction is irreversible and heterogenous:
B-1

2+ e.g., Fe Fe + 2e-
(eq. B-1)
This reaction, together with the primary reduction reaction, e. g., H2O + O2 + 2e- 2OH(eq. B-2)
controls the corrosion potential measured. Theoretically, each corrosion product is thermodynamically stable only in a specific corrosion potential range. A change in the corrosion 2+ reaction product from Fe to Fe3O4 to Fe2O3, for instance, would be reflected in a change in the corrosion potential. When the measuring electrode is platinum or some other noble, non-corroding metal, the potential measured can still be considered a corrosion potential of sorts but, more correctly, it is an ORP measurement. Under such circumstances, the primary oxidation reaction, occurring at the metal/environment interface is simply the reverse of the reduction reaction. For instance, the reduction reaction in Eq. B-2 would be in equilibrium with the following oxidation reaction: 2OH- H2O + O2 + 2e(eq. B-3)
and the rates of the forward and backward reactions are usually quite small. Here, the oxidation and reduction reactions do not involve (irreversible) corrosion; rather they are reversible, homogeneous reactions reflecting the oxidative power of the environment. The platinum (or other noble metal) electrode merely provides a surface upon which the reversible reactions can be detected and monitored as an ORP. The oxidation reaction (e.g. Eq. B-3) also occurs on corroding metals, but the corrosion reaction (e.g. Eq. B-1) normally occurs at a much higher rate and it controls the value of the corrosion potential. In summary, while ORP and corrosion potential are measured in a similar way, the former reflects the oxidative power of the environment while the latter reflects the corrosion reaction occurring on the metal surface. The corrosion potential will be dependent on the ORP in that an increase in ORP will normally be accompanied by an increase in the corrosion potential, but ORP and corrosion potential seldom have the same value. Two important reversible reactions that influence the ORP of a power plant environment can be written as follows:
H2O + O2+ 2e 2OH ,
E = 1.228 - 0.0591pH + 0.0148logpO

2
(eq. B-4) (eq. B-5)
2H+ + 2e- H2,
E = 0.000 - 0.0591pH - 0.0296logpH
where E is the ORP at 25C (77F) measured with respect to a standard hydrogen electrode (SHE); and pO and pH are respectively the partial pressures of oxygen and hydrogen in the environment. The 2-directional arrows in Eq. B-4 and Eq. B-5 indicate the reversibility of the reactions. Similar relationships can be derived for other temperatures.
2 2
From these equations, it is clear that environments containing dissolved oxygen have a higher ORP than those containing hydrogen ions (or hydronium ions) at all pH values. Furthermore, in B-2
both equations, the ORP is decreased by about 59 mV for each increase of 1 pH unit at 25C. The ORP also decreases as the partial pressure of oxygen decreases and the partial pressure of hydrogen increases. Consequently, ORP may be used to control or monitor the oxidizing power of fossil plant feedwater on oxygenated treatment or of BWR nuclear plant reactor water on hydrogen water chemistry. As might be expected, the ORP is also influenced by the presence of reducing agents such as hydrazine and hydrogen, and ORP measurements are often used to ensure that hydrazine levels (1,2) are maintained at correct levels . Details of how and why ORP and corrosion potential (3,4) measurements are made in power plants can be found elsewhere .
B.3 HARDWARE, CALIBRATION AND MAINTENANCE

B. 3.1 Voltmeter Selection When making corrosion potential and ORP measurements, it is important to use a voltmeter with an input impedance that is sufficiently high that current does not flow through the reference electrode. Current flow would cause the reference electrode to polarize and give inaccurate readings. This is particularly important in test environments (such as high purity water) that have 12 very low conductivities. An electrometer with an input impedance exceeding 10 ohms is usually adequate in these low conductivity solutions, but higher input impedances may be necessary in some cases. The selection of a higher input impedance is often accompanied by an increased sensitivity to AC pick-up and noisy measurements. Where the electrometer allows selection of the input impedance, the optimum setting can be achieved by starting at a very high input impedance, then reducing the input impedance stepwise until the corrosion potential reading begins to drift or change in an unexpected fashion, indicating polarization of the electrodes. At this juncture, the input impedance should be increased immediately to a somewhat higher value so as to eliminate the polarization. B.3.2 Reference Electrodes All ECP measurements, including corrosion potential and ORP, utilize a reference electrode that must be maintained and periodically checked for proper operation. It is common practice to check reference electrode potentials against the potentials of other nominally identical reference electrodes. All measurements should agree within one millivolt and any reference electrode not meeting this standard should be withdrawn from service. Some reference electrodes can be rejuvenated and brought back into service simply by replacing the internal electrolyte (see below), but some reference electrodes are not designed for rejuvenation and must be discarded. Ideally, all reference electrodes should be calibrated periodically because they tend to change with time. The apparatus needed to make such a calibration using a hydrogen electrode as the standard is described in ASTM G5-87(5). The rate that a reference electrode degrades depends partly on the type of service it sees and the contaminants it picks up from the service environment . For instance, a silver/silver chloride (Ag/AgCl) electrode, commonly used for both corrosion potential and ORP measurements at temperatures up to 300C (572F), is susceptible B-3
to irreversible damage if contaminated with sulfide. The formation of silver sulfide on the electrode surface causes a permanent change to occur that cannot be fixed by recalibration. Calibration may also be impossible if the silver chloride component has been reduced to silver by hydrogen that has diffused through the reference electrode internal electrolyte from the bulk environment. Dilution of the internal electrolyte (usually potassium chloride, KCl) with the bulk environment may also occur, especially at high temperatures (e.g. above 200C or 392F) and when there is a pressure differential between the inside and outside of the reference electrode chamber. Dilution of the KCl will cause the reference potential to drift from the initial value, so periodic replacement of this solution is recommended in electrode designs that allow this. B.3.3 Corrosion Potential Probe If the reference electrode has been properly maintained and calibrated, nothing further can be done to calibrate the corrosion probe because there is no correct value or standard corrosion potential available for calibration purposes. When reporting corrosion potentials, the reference electrode should always be cited. For instance, if a potential measurement, E, is made using a Ag/AgCl reference electrode that contains an internal 3.0M KCl solution, the potential would be written as E volt (Ag/AgCl, 3.0M KCl). Standard conversion tables are available that relate all reference electrode potentials to the standard hydrogen electrode (SHE) scale. Consequently, the measured potential can be converted easily by the reader to an equivalent value measured using a different reference electrode. Some conversion factors are shown in Table B-1 for reference electrodes in common use and for temperatures in the range 20-30C (68-86F). For instance, an ECP of +500 mV measured at 20C (68F) versus an SCE can be converted to an ECP versus an SHE, by adding 247 mV: ECP (SCE) = + 500 mV Therefore, ECP (SHE) = + 500 mV + 247 mV = + 747 mV B.3.4 ORP Probe Corrosion scientists and electrochemists in the research world typically report ORP values on the SHE scale even though the measurements are rarely actually made using an SHE. In practice, a more robust, more convenient reference electrode is used and the value measured is converted to the SHE scale either by calculation or by adjustment of instrument zero during calibration. In the power industry, however, ORP values are usually reported with respect to the reference electrode contained in the ORP probe. Such a practice is potentially confusing only because the reference electrode used is not routinely mentioned when reporting the ORP value. Fortunately, the great majority of ORP probes used in power plants use one type of reference electrode: the Ag/AgCl reference electrode. Also fortunately, the internal electrolyte in the reference electrode, which influences the electrode potential, is typically potassium chloride with B-4 (eq. B-6) (eq. B-7)
a concentration ranging from 3M to a saturated solution. An increase in the chloride concentration over this range would decrease the reference electrode potential by no more than 11 mV for temperatures in the range 20C to 30C (68-86F) (see Table B-1). Since errors of 11 mV would be considered small for most practical ORP measurements, knowledge of the precise KCl concentration is usually not an issue at near-ambient temperatures. Corrections for KCl concentration may be necessary if the ORP is measured at higher temperatures. Nevertheless, confusion has arisen when ORP values measured versus a Ag/AgCl reference electrode are inadvertently compared with others measured versus an SCE or SHE. Consequently, it is recommended that the reference electrode used for the measurement is always mentioned along with the measured ORP values [e.g., ORP = 0.100 V(Ag/AgCl, sat. KCl)].
Table B-1 To Convert ORP or Corrosion Potential Values Measured Using Reference Electrode #1 to Values on Reference Electrode #2 Scale, Add the Indicated Conversion Factor to the Measured Potential Convert From Potential (mV) Versus Reference Electrode #1* (Listed Below) Add the Conversion Factor Below to Convert To Potential (mV) Versus Reference Electrode #2* To SCE To Ag/AgCl (3M KCl)
30C 86F -36 20C 68F +34 25C 77F +35 30C 86F +36
To Ag/AgCl (sat. KCl)

20C 68F +45 +11 25C 77F +45 +10 30C 86F +45 +9 20C 68F +247 +213
To SHE
20C 68F
25C 77F -35
25C 77F +244 +209
30C 86F +241 +205
From SCE From Ag/AgCl (3M KCl) From Ag/AgCl (sat. KCl) From SHE
-34
-45
-45
-45
-11
-10
-9
+202
+199
+196
-247
-244
-241
-213
-209
-205
-202
-199
-196
* Ag/AgCl = silver chloride; SCE = saturated calomel electrode; SHE = standard hydrogen electrode. Note: the presence of liquid junction potentials may result in the listed conversion factors being in error by 1 or 2 mV.
When comparing ORP measurements, they should be referred to the same reference electrode scale. As described above, the conversion factors shown in Table B-1 can be used to convert from one reference electrode scale to another. For instance, an ORP of +100 mV measured at 25C (77F) versus a Ag/AgCl, sat. KCl reference electrode can be converted to an ORP versus an SHE, by adding 199 mV: ORP (Ag/AgCl, sat. KCl) = 100 mV Therefore, ORP (SHE) = 100 mV + 199 mV = 299 mV (eq. B-8) (eq. B-9)
The instrument used to measure ORP may be calibrated using standard solutions that have known ORP values. For instance, one possible set of standard ORP reference solutions are based on pH 4 and pH 7 buffer solutions, similar to those used for pH meter calibration. However, for ORP standards, quinhydrone is added to the buffer solutions, which forms a reversible oxidationB-5
reduction couple when dissolved in water. Hydrogen ions participate in the reaction between the quinone and hydroquinone, creating a pH dependent equilibrium: C6H4O2 + 2H+ + 2e- C6H6O2 Quinone Hydroquinone (eq. B-11) (eq. B-10)
E = E - [2.303RT /(2F)] log ahq/aq - [2.303RT / F] pH
When the activity of quinone (aq) is equal to the activity of hydroquinone (ahq), the second term on the right hand side of Eq. B-11 drops out so that the electrode potential, E, is dependent only on pH. The quinhydrone solutions are prepared by dissolving 10 grams of quinhydrone in one liter of pH 4 or pH 7 buffer solution(6). Quinhydrone is not very soluble, so only a small amount will dissolve in the buffer solution, changing it to an amber color. However, it is important that excess quinhydrone is used so that solid crystals are always present. The quinhydrone powder poses a moderate health risk, causing irritation of the lungs with prolonged exposure to the dust. The calibration solutions are fairly innocuous unless ingested in large amounts. For the pH 4 and 7 quinhydrone solutions, ORP values of about 263 mV and 86 mV, respectively, can be expected at 25C when measured against a Ag/AgCl, sat. KCl reference electrode(4,6,7). These values are consistent with a change of 59.0 mV per pH unit, which are consistent with the calculated value of 2.303 RT/F (= 59.2 mV at 25C or 77F) in Eq. B-11. ORP values for the standard solutions at other temperatures and for other reference electrodes are (6) provided in ASTM D1498-93 and are reproduced in Table B-2.
Table B-2 Expected ORP Values for Reference Quinhydrone Solutions at pH 4 and pH 7 Reference Electrode* pH 4 Buffer Solution 20C (68F) Ag/AgCl SCE SHE 268 223 470 25C (77F) 263 218 462 30C (86F) 258 213 454 20C (68F) 92 47 295 ORP Value (mV) pH 7 Buffer Solution 25C (77F) 86 41 285 30C (86F) 79 34 275
* Ag/AgCl = silver/silver chloride (sat. KCl); SCE = saturated calomel electrode; SHE = standard hydrogen electrode
The quinhydrone standards are easily made but they are stable for only about 8 hours and are not expected to yield highly reproducible ORP values. Nevertheless, ORP values in freshly prepared solutions are expected to be within 10 mV of the values listed in Table B-2, and an ORP value measured with a probe in one of these standards can usually be considered acceptable if it lies within 30 mV of the listed value. If the electrode does not respond as expected or has a slow response, it should be cleaned and the calibration procedure repeated. Removal of oily or organic B-6
deposits can be achieved with a detergent or, if necessary, methanol or isopropyl alcohol. For removal of contaminants or mineral deposits, the electrode should be soaked in 10% nitric acid for 10 minutes. Alternatively, ASTM D1498-93 suggests the use of warm (70C or 158F) aqua regia for about 1 minute(6). As a last resort, the platinum surface can be polished with a 600 grit wet-dry emery cloth or a 1-3 micron alumina polishing powder to remove any stubborn coatings or particulates. The electrode will need to soak in tap water or purified water for at least 30 minutes after performing any of these cleaning procedures. A single point calibration (or standardization) like this is often considered adequate because ORP meters, unlike pH meters, do not have slope calibration to allow adjustment of the response to a specified change in ORP. Nevertheless, it is usually good practice to verify that the ORP probe (platinum/reference electrode combination) is operating in a predictable fashion by measuring the ORP in a second standard solution. If the electrode potential does not change by the expected amount, the electrode should be cleaned and re-calibrated, as described above. Other ORP calibration solutions are available based on the ferrous/ferric cyanide or ferrous/ferric sulfate equilibrium reactions, but the quinhydrone standards are more widely used. Also, it has been suggested that a saturated sodium sulfite solution could be used to verify instrument response to negative ORP readings(7).
B.4 REFERENCES
1. S.J. Shulder. Using ORP Measurements to Control Hydrazine Feed. Presented at the 1999 Southwest Chemistry Workshop, Steamboat Springs, Colorado, August 11-13, 1999. 2. S.J. Shulder, M.A. Janick, E.C. Gwin and S.T. Filer. Measuring Oxidation-Reduction Potential (ORP) and Its Use In Controlling Oxygen Scavenger Injection. EPRI. Presented at the Sixth International Conference on Cycle Chemistry in Fossil Plants, Columbus, Ohio, June 27-29, 2000. 3. S. Filer, Power Plant Chemistry Measurement Advancements: Oxidation Reduction Potential, Australia Power Station Chemistry Conference, New Castle, New South Wales, Australia (March 1998). 4. S. Filer, A.S. Tenney III, D. Murray and S.J. Shulder, Power Plant ORP Measurements in High Purity Water, NUS International Chemistry On-Line Process Instrumentation Seminar, Clearwater Beach, FL (November 1997). 5. ASTM G5-87, Standard Reference Method for Making Potentiostatic and Potentiodynamic Anodic Polarization Measurements, ASTM, Philadelphia, PA (1987). 6. ASTM D1498-93, Standard Practice for Oxidation-Reduction Potential of Water, ASTM, Philadelphia, PA (1993). 7. Personal Communication with S.J. Shulder, Constellation Power Source Generation Inc, August 2000.
B-7
EPRI Licensed Material Air In-Leakage Monitoring and Control
C
AIR IN-LEAKAGE MONITORING AND CONTROL
C.1 CYCLE AIR IN-LEAKAGE
A recent EPRI publication, Condenser In-Leakage Guideline(6), gives comprehensive details on how to conduct a monitoring program for air in-leakage using tracer gases. This document would be a valuable reference for those contemplating the purchase and use of this technology. Program Copper research has clearly indicated that higher levels of air in-leakage into the cycle, which cause the ORP to change from reducing to oxidizing, will change the surface oxide layers from Cu2O to non-protective CuO. Allowing the air in-leakage to continue for more than 8 hours will lead to increasing conversion to CuO and increased levels of copper in the feedwater. Constant vigilance must be exercised to prevent air in-leakage to the cycle from those equipment elements under vacuum at any or at all times. Particular problem areas include pump seals, valve bonnets, threaded joints, and especially the expansion joint between the turbine and condenser. Monitoring the amount of air in-leakage (flow to the vacuum pumps) is essential for proper control of oxygen / carbon dioxide. Such monitoring will determine when an exhaustive effort must be made to find and fix the source of air leakage. The Heat Exchange Institute recommends that air in-leakage be restricted to no more than 1.0 scfm per 100 MW of generating capacity. This same value has been included in all EPRI Guidelines to date.
C.2 ROTAMETERS
Excess air in-leakage not only affects iron and copper corrosion and subsequent deposition, but also increases turbine backpressure, which directly reduces electrical generating capacity. A complete analysis of the effects of air in-leakage on condenser efficiency was made (2, 3) using a multisensor probe. This multisensor probe and its use in measuring air in-leakage is further described later in this Section. Typically, utilities employ a rotameter at the exhaust of the steam jet air ejector or mechanical vacuum pump to quantify air in-leakage. This was the standard approach at the time plants were designed and constructed. Manual readings were planned to be taken, normally once a day, however, current manpower often restricts this. Air in-leakage can increase and remain at potentially damaging levels for hours or possibly days before the excess in-leakage is discovered, since turbine backpressure may not have increased significantly or noticeably. Under certain conditions, rotameters provide adequate flow rate measurements of air in-leakage. However, many factors can affect the accuracy of the readings so obtained, such as debris, C-1
exhauster pulsations, water carryover, etc. Rotameters also have limited range, generally 10:1. Therefore, most problematic air in-leakages cause the rotameter to be pegged against the high level stop. Rotameters receive essentially very little maintenance and are checked very infrequently at many plants. In these situations, the operator has no idea of the extent of the air in-leakage, given the fact that the turbine backpressure rise may appear to be rather small and insignificant. In an attempt to mitigate these inherent problems with rotameters, a series of instruments were developed which featured continuous readouts of air in-leakage. These earlier developments had some serious drawbacks, such as not being able to distinguish between water vapor and air; and, operating under the principle that the condenser exhaust gases were always at saturation, when in fact, they were not.
C.3 MULTISENSOR PROBE

Subsequent developments have produced instrumentation, which apparently solved these earlier limitations and is available commercially at the present time. One such instrument features a multisensor probe (MSP) which is installed in the exhaust line from the condenser. This device is depicted in Figure C-1. This instrument has the ability to directly measure the mass properties of gas in the condenser vacuum line, as well as computed parameters based on thermodynamics. The instrument combines a gas analyzer with a total mass flow meter. The instrument utilizes a velocitymeasuring device, and other facilities for measuring temperature, pressure, and relative saturation. By including the measurement of pipe diameter, the instrument can separate the effects of non-condensable gas from water vapor and to compute individual and combined properties of the gas mixture. As a result, the following parameters of the gas flowing in the exhauster suction line are either directly measured or are determinable:
Air in-leakage Volumetric flow Total mass flow Water vapor mass flow Water vapor/air mass ratio (relative saturation)
Water vapor density Air density Partial pressure of water Partial pressure of air Total pressure Temperature
C-2
Pressure port
Temp. reference
RS sensor port Flow sensor
Figure C-1 Multisensor Probe
Air in-leakage, as measured by the MSP is the sum of all leak sources entering the subatmospheric pressure system and subsequently flowing through the exhauster line upstream of the sensor location. The MSP, however, does not measure air entering the low-pressure system beyond that (downstream), such as at valves, input connections, and shaft seals. The MSP does measure the exhauster capacity, which is useful to gauge the capacity of the exhausters to remove the gas mixture from the condenser. Evaluation and analysis of condenser system performance and measurement of in-leakage is best accomplished with the use of five MSP probes as shown in Figure C-2. Each probe is identified C-3
by a number that is used to categorize performance information and to help pinpoint possible leak locations, as illustrated in Table C-1 and Table C-2.
4 Exhauster 2
Condenser
Figure C-2 Multisensor Probe Instrument Schematic
Exhauster 1
Table C-1 Examples of a Five-Probe Air In-leakage Measurement System Leak Location Below water line, left side of condenser Probe Indications of Air In-Leakage (SCFM) and Plant Dissolved Oxygen (DO) Much higher than normal DO, 1>2 1 + 2 = 3 = 4 + 5, 4=5 Slightly higher or normal DO, 2 > 1, 1 + 2 = 3 = 4 + 5, 4=5 Slightly higher or normal DO, 1 = 2, 1 + 2 = 3 = 4 + 5, 4<5 Slightly higher or normal DO, 1 = 2, 1 + 2 = 3 < (4 + 5), 5 > 4 (back flow at 4) Slightly higher or normal DO, 1 = 2, 1+2=3=4+5
Above water line, right side of condenser
Small leak or faulty exhauster down stream of probe 4
Large leak of failed exhauster down stream of probe 4
Center joint seal, LP bearing seal, or other central location
C-4
Table C-2 MSP Probe Indications for Various Probe Positions Leak Location Normal tight system Probe Indications of Air In-Leakage (SCFM) 1 = 2.5 SCFM 2 = 2.5 SCFM 3 = 5 SCFM 4 = 0 SCFM (exhauster 2 not in service) 5 = 5 SCFM 1 = 15 SCFM 2 = 18 SCFM 3 = 33 SCFM 4 = 16.5 SCFM 5 = 16.5 SCFM 1 = 20 SCFM 2 = 20 SCFM 3 = 40 SCFM 4 = 20 SCFM (Differences due to reversed flow 5 = 60 SCFM through shaft seal being sensed)
Abnormal, need to locate and fix leaks (central joint seal)
Abnormal, need to locate leaks and fix Nash pump shaft seal in exhauster 2
C.4 HELIUM AND SULFUR HEXAFLOURIDE METHODS

The use of the MSP is certainly helpful in determining the extent of air in-leakage and providing guidance relative to where, generally, leaks may be occurring. After this assessment, it will be necessary to further determine the exact location of the leak(s). The two methods typically used for this purpose are helium leak detection and sulfur hexafluoride leak detection. Both use a sophisticated analyzer in conjunction with these tracer gases. Air in-leakage testing is done by drawing a sample of condenser off-gas while releasing the tracer gas (helium or sulfur hexafluoride) at those areas within the vacuum boundary where leaks may be expected to occur. Since the condenser is under vacuum, the tracer gas migrates into the condenser shell, and from there it is removed by the air-removal system. A leak is identified when an off-gas sample containing the tracer gas passes through the analyzing equipment and is detected. Helium was the first tracer gas to be successfully utilized in determining air leaks. The testing is accomplished by injection of helium at various locations (within the vacuum boundaries) and detection of helium in the condenser off-gases by use of helium mass spectrometry. This system is still in use today for detecting air in-leakage. There are some limitations to the use of this technique, however, particularly as regards sensitivity of response, which is particularly important in the detection and evaluation of very small leaks. The fundamental advantage of sulfur hexafluoride (SF6) is that it can be detected in very low concentrations, as low as 0.1 ppb. By contrast, the lowest detectable concentration of helium is 1 ppm. SF6 analysis is about 10-100 times more sensitive than helium detection.
C-5

(4) The sensor technology for SF6 is based on the principle of electron capture . Figure C-3 is a general view of the SF6 analyzer while Figure C-4 is a schematic diagram showing how the offgas sample passes through the analyzer. To remove oxygen from the gas sample, hydrogen gas is introduced. This mixture enters a catalytic reactor in which the hydrogen and oxygen react to form water.
Moisture outlet
Exhaust
Sample flowmeter
Hydrogen flowmeter
Catalyst assembly
Exhaust flowmeter
Pump
Hydrogen metering valve
Water trap Solenoid valve
Air metering valve
Dessicant dryer 7mm filter Pressure regulator
Electron capture cell
Sample inlet
Hydrogen supply
Figure C-3 Flow Schematic for SF6 Analyzer System
C-6
Sample inlet
Copper cooling coil
Dessicant tower
Water trap Air mover To exhaust system
SF6 analyzer
Water discharge Strip chart recorder

Figure C-4 Schematic Diagram of SF6 Sampling System
Exhaust
Hydrogen tank
SF6 can generally be used wherever helium can be used, although the converse may not always be true and there are situations in which use of helium is preferred. The following guidelines may be applied:
If unit air in-leakage is in excess of 10 CFM, either gas may be used. If less, SF6 is preferred. If the unit is running at greater than 20% turbine power, either gas may be used. If the unit has no turbine power and the leak is so bad that the unit can not be brought up to any turbine power level, standard procedure would dictate the use of helium. The search for the cause of air leakage below the steam space requires the use of SF6 as the standard procedure. C-7
Inspections of units of less than 50MW capacity should always use helium.
The determination of air in-leakage using tracer gases requires a great deal of experience and a considerable outlay of capital if the necessary equipment is to be purchased. There are, however, consulting firms specializing in the evaluation of air in-leakage. These firms have their own equipment and are well versed in this technology. A typical study is estimated to cost between $3500 and $5000 in todays market(5).
C.5 UTILITY AIR IN-LEAKAGE PROGRAM

One large utility has developed a formal program to control air in-leakage at each of their power plants (1). The program starts with a comprehensive written procedure which is continuously updated as new information is forthcoming and new experiences noted. The program and its revisions are controlled by central staff and implemented at each plant by the plants performance engineering group. Formal training is given to each participant in the program. The program is based on a daily monitoring and recording of air in-leakage at the vacuum pump or steam jet air ejector exhaust. The instrument presently in use for this purpose is a thermal gas mass flow meter, costing in the range of $2000 to 3000 each. Air in-leakage at the utilities various plants is normally in the range of 5-8 scfm/ 100MW, depending upon unit size, configuration, etc. In addition, close attention is paid to unit backpressure, an increase of which could indicate increased air in-leakage. Continuous readings of dissolved oxygen at the condensate pump discharge are carefully reviewed as another indication of increased air inleakage. At the first indication of increased air in-leakage (scfm readings above the established base, increased backpressure, higher dissolved oxygen), a leakage test is initiated. An important part of the program is the establishment of a checklist, which delineates all of the various sampling points and their location at each plant elevation. For example, the turbine room sample points are broken down by directions- north, south, east and west relative to the turbine. The equipment used for air in-leakage detection is a helium mass spectrometer. The detector is located at the vacuum pump or steam ejector exhaust. A unique feature of the program is the use of a wireless video camera, which constantly focuses on the readings of the air in-leakage detection unit. The results (leakage or no leakage) are transmitted to the operator via a remote wireless receiver. Thus, only one person is required to conduct a test, minimizing manpower. The detection instrument has an internal vacuum pump and requires a dry sample for proper operation. The inlet sample tubing is passed through a cooling coil embedded in ice, followed by two water traps in series prior to entering the instrument. Tests start at the top of the unit, working down, since helium, being lighter than air, will rise. If testing started at the bottom of the unit, the rising helium would be sucked into leaks further up, severely hampering interpretation of results. Most tests are conducted at medium, or preferably, at full load, to maximize condenser vacuum and, subsequently, potential air in-leakage. At times, however, it is necessary to test at low loads C-8
to determine leakage at those areas of the low end of the cycle that are under pressure at high loads but under vacuum at low loads. An example would be the low pressure feedwater heaters. Some examples of sampling points which are emphasized in the test procedure are condenser and condensate pump expansion joints, various flanges and pipe fittings, turbine horizontal shell flanges, turbine rupture diaphragms, turbine shaft seals, various turbine penetrations, pipe plugs, valve packings, etc. Helium is sprayed at each test area at low pressure, about 10 psi, for only about 2-3 seconds to prevent too much helium from escaping, which could result in false readings and misinterpretations. It is necessary to note any extraneous air currents at a particular sampling location to prevent helium from spreading out and causing false leak indications. Generally, to save time, a group of adjacent test points are sprayed with helium at the same time. If there are no leaks found, the next group of test points is sprayed. However, if leaks are recorded, further tests are required to isolate the offending location. A record of leak location is made together with the relative intensity of the leak. Another practice, which is followed on a periodic basis, about once per year, is to flood the condenser with water to above the tube sheet and to look for water leaks from possible cracks in the condenser shell, attached piping welds or valve packings. Before performing this operation it will be necessary to determine explicitly whether the structural supports provided are sufficient to hold the extra weight of water within the condenser. Results of all testing are submitted to the maintenance staff at the plant for necessary repairs, replacements, etc. This program has been very effective in reducing oxygen and carbon dioxide from entering the cycle. Corrosion and corrosion transport have been reduced substantially since the program has been initiated.
C.6 REFERENCES
1. D. W. Reynolds, Dynegy Midwest Generation, Personal Communication to A. Aschoff, April 2002 2. J. W. Harpster, Intek Inc., On Understanding Mechanisms that Control Dissolved Oxygen in Condenser Condensate. Proceeding of the 21st Annual Electric Utility Workshop, University of Illinois, Champaign, IL, May 8-10, 2001. 3. W. H. Stroman and J. W. Harpster Continuous Monitoring for Condenser Air In-Leakage Presented at the 2002 Spring Meeting, ASME Research Committee on Power Plant and Environmental Chemistry, Charleston, SC, March 11-13, 2002 4. La Porte and R. E. Putman, The Practical Application of SF6 and Helium for Condenser Tube and Air In-leakage Detection. Proceedings of the 19th Annual Electric Utility Chemistry Workshop, University of Illinois, May 11-13, 1999. C-9
5. La Porte, Conco Services Corp., Personal Communication to A. Aschoff, April 2000. 6. Condenser In-Leakage Guideline. Electric Power Research Institute, Palo Alto,CA.: TR-112819, 2000.
C-10
EPRI Licensed Material Benchmarking a Utilitys Chemistry Organization
D
BENCHMARKING A UTILITYS CHEMISTRY ORGANIZATION
INTRODUCTION
Utility chemists often ask how good or bad they are in terms of their cycle chemistry operation and organization, and where do they rank with other utilities for a utility of their size. If such questions were answerable then they would be able to use the information as the first step in justifying new cycle chemistry equipment, or improvements to their current ability. Insufficient quantitative data exist to rank utilities in terms of chemically influenced availability loss, reliability and performance degradation. For example, the NERC/GADS database has not continued to collect boiler tube failure (BTF) mechanistic data since the finish of EPRIs Boiler Tube Failure Reduction Program (BTFRP) in 1991. An initial attempt was made with EPRIs Cycle Chemistry Improvement Program (CCIP) to measure a utilitys improving cycle chemistry by monitoring a series of direct and indirect cost indices. This was very successfully used by the CCIP participating utilities. Currently most utilities require short payback periods with associated accurate savings to justify cycle chemistry equipment and improvements. Much thought has been given to this topic and the current assessment methodology will provide an initial assessment for rating a utilitys chemistry organization. Participation and survey by a large number of utilities over the next year will solidify the rating. It could also be used by individual utilities to monitor improvements.
ASSESSING THE CYCLE CHEMISTRY ORGANIZATION OF A UTILITY

The attached form is a self-assessment. It involves a series of results oriented, cycle chemistry influenced factors. Each of the five factors is capable of being assessed quantitatively, and, as a whole, represent the key performance and availability indicators (results) by which the chemistry organization should be judged. Each factor relates to the Goals of the EPRI Cycle Chemistry Program. It is suggested that a utility make the initial assessment with data from the last five years. Improvements/changes could then be assessed on an annual basis. The methodology will work best when applied to a single unit/plant, but can be also applied to a utility system.
D-1
A. Chemically influenced Boiler Tube Failures (BTF) What percentage of the total numbers of BTF over the last five years, that have resulted in forced outage or unit unavailability, have been influenced by the cycle chemistry. A supplementary listing of those BTF influenced by the chemistry is provided for water-touched and steamtouched tubing. For further information on BTF Mechanisms, see Boiler Tube Failures: Theory and Practice. B. Dooley and W. McNaughton. TR-105261. B. Chemically influenced turbine problems This is in two parts. The first questions whether any LP blade/disk cracking has occurred in the last five years: this would involve either failure or identification by NDE during overhaul that cracking has occurred in the common corrosion fatigue or stress corrosion cracking areas. Has pitting been observed on LP blades The second part involves whether copper deposition has been experienced in the HP turbine or whether excessive corrosive deposits in the LP turbine have been observed, which have required shot blasting or rinsing. For further information on chemically influenced turbine mechanisms, see Steam Turbine Damage: Theory and Practice. T. McCloskey, B. Dooley and W. McNaughton. TR-108943, 1999. C. Cycle Chemistry Instrumentation Control This has two parts. The first involves a comparison of plant instrumentation with EPRIs core level of instruments which should be installed in every plant. A supplementary list is provided, which indicates 10 key instruments/parameters (or 11 if a polisher is installed) for drum boilers, and 9 for once-through units. The second part involves whether these key control parameters are alarmed in the control room. A supplementary question might be whether the operators know how to react to an alarm, but this was not included as the answer would be subjective and difficult to quantify. D. Chemical Cleaning This is in two parts relating to the two types of feedwater metallurgy system possible. The need to chemically clean boilers and the frequency are key indicators of whether the feedwater and boiler water treatments are optimized. E. High Purity Water Preparation and Use This factor deals with the production of makeup water and its use. Because the cost of makeup production varies with supply (the range of cost is not known) and geography, an indicator based on the actual cost could not be used, although the question is asked. The addition of makeup to the cycle is dependent on the type of boiler (once-through or drum). The makeup rate is a good indicator of whether chemical control is optimized, particularly for drum boilers. D-2
Assessment of Cycle Chemistry Organization in a Utility
Size of thermal plant capacity

> 30,000 MW 20-30,000 MW 10-20,000 MW < 10,000 MW Factor A. Chemically influenced BTF (What is percentage of total number of BTF that is cycle chemistry influenced. See attached for relevant BTF)

Weighting 3
Points
Total
0% < 5% 5-15% 15-30% > 30% Sub-total (Points x Weighting)
0 1 2 3 4
B.
Chemical influenced turbine problems

LP blade/disk cracking, or pitting No LP blade/disk cracking, or pitting Sub-total (Points x Weighting)
2 0
Copper deposition in HP reducing capacity or efficiency, or excessive deposits in LP turbine Neither HP or LP deposition Sub-total (Points x Weighting)
2 0
D-3
Weighting 2 C.
Factor
Points
Total
Cycle Chemistry Instrumentation and Control What is percentage of EPRI core level of instruments (see attached for core level)

100 % 90-99 % 70-89 % < 70% Sub-total (Points x Weighting)
0 1 2 3
Do you have these key control parameters alarmed in control room

Yes. All alarmed Yes. Some alarmed No. None alarmed Sub-total (Points x Weighting)
0 1 2
D. 1
Chemical Cleaning Frequency of cleaning boilers with mixed-metallurgy feedwater heaters

< 5 years 5-10 years > 10 years Sub-total (Points x Weighting)
3 2 1
Frequency of cleaning boilers with all-ferrous feedwater heaters

< 5 years 5-10 years > 10 years Sub-total (Points x Weighting)
3 2 1
D-4
Weighting E. 1
Factor High Purity Water Preparation and Use Do you know the cost of makeup water ($/1,000 gals) for each plant/unit

Points
Total
Yes (what is it? No
$/1000 gals)
0 1
Sub-total (Points x Weighting) Addition of makeup to the cycle. For drum units, is addition generally

<0.3 % 0.3 0.5 % >0.5 %
0 1 2
For once-through units, is addition generally

<0.2 % >0.2 % Sub-total (Points x Weighting) Total
0 1
Rating System Excellent/World Class Very good Good Average Below Average <5 6-10 11 15 1630 >30
D-5
Supplementary Information for Factor A

BTF Mechanisms in Water-touched Tubes that are Influenced by Cycle Chemistry Mechanism Hydrogen damage Nature of Chemistry Influence Excessive feedwater corrosion products form excessive deposits and combine with a source of acidic contamination. Excessive feedwater corrosion products form deposits and combine with a source of caustic. Excessive feedwater corrosion products form deposits and combine with a source of phosphate Excessive deposits in waterwalls lead to chemical cleaning; process errors lead to tube damage. Poor water chemistry, shutdown or layup practices, and improper chemical cleaning worsen contribution of the environment to causing damage. Excessive internal deposits lead to increased tube metal temperatures; exacerbates mechanism. Excessive internal deposits lead to increased tube metal temperatures; exacerbates mechanism. Plugging of waterwall orifices by feedwater corrosion products. Attack by reducing feedwater conditions. Stagnant, oxygenated water formed during shutdown.
Caustic gouging Acid phosphate corrosion Chemical cleaning damage Corrosion fatigue
Supercritical waterwall cracking and overheating Fireside corrosion Short-term overheating Erosion/corrosion of economizer inlet headers Pitting (economizer)
BTF Mechanisms in Steam-Touched Tubes that are Influenced by Cycle Chemistry Long-term overheating (creep) Short-term overheating Stress corrosion cracking Pitting (RH loops) Chemical cleaning damage If caused by restricted steam flow as a result of contaminant deposits, debris, etc. Blockage from improper chemical cleaning (of SH/RH or waterwalls). Variety of bad environment influences, most directly related to chemistry control and practices. Carryover of Na2SO4 or poor shutdown practices allowing for oxygenated, stagnant condensate. Poor chemical cleaning practice.
For further information on BTF Mechanisms, see Boiler Tube Failures: Theory and Practice. B. Dooley and W. McNaughton. TR-105261. D-6
Supplementary Information for Factor C

Core Monitoring Parameters (Minimum level of instruments for all plants/units) (all instruments should be on-line and continuously monitored) Parameters Cation Conductivity Cation Conductivity Cation Conductivity1 Cation Conductivity Dissolved Oxygen Measurement Locations CP Discharge Polisher Outlet and Economizer Inlet Blowdown or Downcomer Hot Reheat Steam or Main Steam CP Discharge Economizer Inlet pH (Drum Boilers) Sodium Sodium Sodium Note 1: Drum boilers on AVT and OT. Blowdown or Downcomer CP Discharge Polisher Outlet or Economizer Inlet Hot Reheat Steam or Main Steam
D-7
EPRI Licensed Material Cycle Chemistry Data Quality
E
CYCLE CHEMISTRY DATA QUALITY
E.1 INTRODUCTION
Effective fossil plant cycle chemistry programs consist of several components. These include:
Properly selected feedwater and boiler water treatment approaches Establishment of optimized and customized target values and action levels Provision of a suite of on-line analyzers consistent with the selected treatment approaches Implementation of operating practices and procedures that allow for maintaining desired chemistries under all operating conditions Development of operating response procedures that enable plant personnel to promptly identify deviations from normal chemistry and to initiate appropriate corrective actions
These aspects have been addressed in detail as they apply to units operating on all volatile treatment (AVT). In this section, other important aspects of cycle chemistry surveillance and control are discussed, including the following.
Sampling and sample conditioning capabilities Monitoring methods Data acquisition, analysis and management practices Quality assurance and control requirements, including on-line analyzer chemistry data validation practices Plant staff capabilities and responsibilities
These important aspects of cycle chemistry programs are addressed in ensuing report subsections. However, it should be noted that these presentations represent summaries of best available practices in these areas. Users of these guidelines seeking additional details are strongly encouraged to consult the source documents on which these summaries are based.
E.2 SAMPLING, SAMPLE CONDITIONING AND INSTRUMENTATION

This subsection addresses the important considerations involved with proper sampling, on-line instrumentation and analysis of grab samples. Readers should also refer to Sections 4 and 5, which delineate the types of analyzers to be used with AVT, depending on unit characteristics.
E-1
This following discussion is provided as a summary of these topics. A comprehensive discourse on these and related topics can be found in other EPRI publications.(1-6) E.2.1 Factors Affecting Sampling Sampling is an important aspect of water chemistry control within the power plant. A meticulously performed analysis is of no value if a bad sample is used. Obtaining a good sample involves careful consideration of the design and operation of the sampling system. Many factors affect how well a sample represents the medium from which it is drawn. The sample point must be selected so the sample is representative of the bulk solution, particularly when suspended material is present. Also, if chemicals are injected or other streams are introduced into the sampled medium, the sample collection point should be placed far enough downstream to ensure a completely mixed sample. Assuming turbulent flow, locating the sample collection point an equivalent length of 25 pipe diameters downstream of the chemical injection point is considered acceptable. An equivalent length of 50 pipe diameters is recommended for laminar flow. The material and design of the sampling apparatus also play an important role in the collection of representative samples. The materials chosen for nozzles, tubing, pumps, and valves must be corrosion-resistant and compatible with the sample conditions and the analyses performed. Austenitic stainless steels (types 304, 316, and 347) are most commonly used. In addition, it is essential to select the most effective piece of equipment for carrying out a particular task. For example, needle valves have been used for reducing pressure in sample conditioning systems. However, at high temperatures, needle valves have been found to cause the thermal dissociation of water because energy is released within the small volume of the valve. Alternate methods of pressure reduction (discussed later) for high-temperature/pressure locations are available. These methods are most effective in obtaining an unaltered and thus a more representative sample. The sample must be rapidly cooled, preferably as close to the sampling point as possible, to preserve sample integrity. The frequency with which a grab sample is taken is another factor affecting its representativeness. Samples should be taken at a frequency high enough to sufficiently monitor critical conditions that could reach intolerable limits. Also, the sampling frequency should be influenced by periods of load changes. For example, during startup, thermal transients release a variety of contaminants throughout the cycle that should be closely monitored. Also, the increase in the makeup requirement during these load swings introduces a greater risk of obtaining high oxygen levels unless provision is made to remove oxygen as part of the treatment (Appendix A). At such times, oxygen should be very closely monitored.
E-2
E.2.2 Potential Problems in the Design and Operation of Sampling Systems It is important to be aware of the potential problems in the design and operation of sampling systems. The causes of sample degradation and contamination within the tubing are numerous. One factor contributing to contamination is crud bursts caused by sudden increases in velocity. In addition, if the velocity of sample flow is not high enough and if suspended particles are present, deposition may occur. Chemical reactions within the tubing may also contribute to sample degradation. Some of the chemical reactions that can occur include
decomposition of hydrazine (or proprietary reducing agents) and/or organic contaminants; reaction of oxygen with hydrazine (or proprietary reducing agents), corrosion products, and/or base metals; dissociation of water; and adsorption of ionic impurities onto corrosion-product (magnetite) particles and deposits.
Another consideration is that in any sample system, there is an interchange of contaminants (such as iron, nickel, and chromium) between the flowing sample and the sample line surfaces. Eventually, an equilibrium state is reached. Whenever the sample is not in equilibrium with the surface, the sample will be changed from its original state. The time needed to reach equilibrium decreases with decreased surface area and increased sample velocity. If insufficient sample velocity, less than approximately 6 feet/second (1.8 m/second) is maintained, then the equilibrium process has been known to take up to 1 month to achieve. Sample line blockage, caused by the accumulation of deposits or large particles caught in smalldiameter tubing, is another source of potential problems. Lengthy sample lines or low sample flow increase the probability of sample line blockage and can cause unacceptable time lags between sample collection and analysis. Proper conditioning of samples is another essential consideration in the design and operation of sampling systems. Continuous analyzers require precise flow and temperature regulation to perform accurately. Another source of potential problems in a sampling system is the sample cooling equipment. Avoiding cooling water shell-side deposits and corrosion and maintaining a constant sample flow rate through the cooling devices are important considerations. There are also many possibilities for the degradation of a grab sample during collection and storage. Such potentials for sample degradation are especially critical for pH, conductivity, dissolved oxygen, and hydrazine analyses. Special preparation of grab samples and/or sample containers may be required, depending upon the type of analysis being performed. Chemicals are often added to the container before the sample is added to prevent sample degradation. Also, collection methods for samples to be analyzed for pH, conductivity, dissolved oxygen, ammonia, hydrazine, or organics must exclude any contact between the sample and the air. In addition, storage methods and holding times of samples from collection to analysis require special consideration to avoid degradation of samples. Applicable procedures for collection, preparation of sample containers, and sample storage and preservation are given in ASTM D 3370 Standard E-3
Practices for Sampling Water, and in ASTM D4453-91, Standard Practice for Handling of Ultra-Pure Water Samples. E.2.3 Sample Collection Obtaining a representative sample of superheated steam requires special sampling techniques. The goals are to avoid deposition of suspended and dissolved solids from the superheated steam, avoid effects caused by pipe surfaces, and withdraw representative amounts of all phases (steam vapor, solid particles, and water droplets). Sampling of steam and water for on-line and grab sample chemical analysis can represent a major source of errors. Changes of up to several orders-of-magnitude in concentration of dissolved and suspended impurities have been observed when sample withdrawal, cooling, or transport are not properly performed. Recognizing this problem, EPRI established research project RP2712-8 to define priorities for sampling points and monitored parameters. By analyzing collected samples from a supercritical unit, the project team found that particulates (magnetite) in steam can transport significant amounts of contaminants. On the basis of their findings, the team designed a new isokinetic sampling nozzle, which can collect particulates in superheated steam and impurity-rich water droplets in saturated steam. The team evaluated the sampling system using the new nozzle at four utility plants. Investigations demonstrated that the preferred sampling location for fossil cycles with reheat is the hot reheat steam pipe. This report(3) describes the following in detail:
the optimum location of a sampling nozzle in a long vertical section of a steam pipe a single-port tapered nozzle, now called the EPRI Nozzle the method of nozzle attachment of a steam pipe and nondestructive inspection methods mechanical design requirements for vortex shedding and resonant frequency the location of depressurizing valves and placement of sample coolers as close to the valves a possible
In all, evaluations showed that the EPRI Nozzle provides a representative total sample of the impurities involved. The nozzle extracts isokinetically a homogeneous sample from a flow region removed from the pipe inner surface and representative of the average flow velocity of the sample fluid. This arrangement results in the withdrawal of the sample with representative concentrations of dissolved, suspended, and volatile constituents. Isokinetic nozzles are equally applicable for liquid samples (condensate), especially when sampling for particulates, such as magnetite or copper oxides. An appropriate nozzle is selected for the desired sample flow and typical conditions of the sample fluid. When the flow rate (velocity through the pipe) changes, sample flow should be adjusted to maintain isokinetic sampling.
E-4
A summary of sampling criteria is depicted in Table E-1.

Table E-1 Summary of Criteria for Sampling Sample Pressurized Condensate and Feedwater with Representative Sampling of Particulates Criteria Isokinetic sampling velocity Velocity of 5-6 ft/s (1.5-1.8m/sec) Primary sample cooler at the sample source Isokinetic sample probe(3) Velocity of 5-6 ft/s (1.5-1.8m/sec) Primary sample cooler at the sample source Isokinetic sampling velocity Velocity of 5-6 ft/s (1.5-1.8 m/sec) if consistent with isokinetic requirements Primary sample cooler at the sample source Isokinetic sample probe(3)
Boiler Water from Blowdown Lines or Circulation Pump Manifold Boiler Water from a Downcomer or Other Pipeline
Saturated Steam from Steam Leads Isokinetic sampling velocity EPRI single port nozzle located 0.75 to 2 steam lead diameters from the steam lead inlet Sufficient nozzles should be used to provide sampling of a representative fraction of all steam leads along the drum Primary sample cooler at the sample source Isokinetic sample probe(3) Velocity of 5-6 ft/s (1.5-1.8 m/sec) Isokinetic EPRI sample probe(3) Primary sampler cooler at the sample source Velocity of 5-6 ft/s (1.5-1.8 m/sec) Large diameter sample nozzles, net positive suction head actual (NPSHA), greater than net positive suction head required (NPSHR) at all conditions
from Large Diameter Line from Dry Pan Sampler Superheated Steam
Condensate at Subatmospheric Pressure (requires a special pump for this service, not available on many fossil units)
E.2.4 Sample Tubing All components of the system in contact with the sample after it leaves the boiler must be constructed of corrosion-resistant materials such as type 304, 316, or 347 austenitic stainless steels (or their low-carbon analogs). The sample tubing should be shaped so that sharp bends, dips, and low points are avoided, thus preventing crud from collecting. Routing should be E-5
planned to protect samples from exposure to extreme temperatures, and also to protect plant personnel from high-temperature sampling lines. Steam and water velocities in the sample lines must be high enough to maintain necessary turbulence, preventing deposition in the piping and providing a well-mixed sample. A constant water velocity of more than 6 ft/s (1.8 m/sec) is desirable. In addition, line lengths must be as short as possible to reduce lag times and changes in sample composition. Tube diameters should be small enough to maintain adequate velocities without excessive conditioning or waste (2) requirements. For the EPRI RP2712-3 monitoring program, 1/4-inch (6.4 mm) OD type 316 stainless steel tubing was used throughout and assembled using compression-type fittings. (Wall thickness should be compatible with pressure and temperature at the sample point.) This selection proved to be a good one, as no problems were encountered with pluggage or leakage at any of the four plants monitored and sample flow rates were consistently in the turbulent range. Pumps, Valves, and Fittings All components of the sampling system must be noncontaminating and able to withstand the mechanical and thermal stresses (pressure/temperature) involved. Both diaphragm pumps with priming devices and centrifugal pumps with high rates of recycle may be used for extracting samples from sources operated at subatmospheric pressures. Valves and fittings should be maintained leak-free. Sample Water Recovery and Drains Sample flows should be adjusted to achieve the desired sample velocity, with any excess bypassed to the drain or to the condenser hotwell, or, if appropriate, a sample collection tank. A typical sampling system handles a substantial volume of condensate-quality water each day. If this water is not reused, a significant increase in makeup requirements could result. Uncontaminated samples should be recycled where feasible, while contaminated samples should be directed to waste via the drain. E.2.5 Sample Conditioning This subsection describes general requirements for sample conditioning. Specific requirements of continuous analyzers must also be satisfied. Sample conditioning includes temperature, pressure, and flow rate regulation as well as filtration, the latter applied as required to ensure proper performance of individual analyzers. Temperature Regulation Temperature reduction should always be carried out before pressure reduction to prevent flashing, which results in deposit formation. Roughing coolers, located as close to the sample point as possible, are used to cool the sample to approximately 100F (38C). Isothermal baths, placed as close to the analyzers and grab sample points as possible, should be used to cool the E-6
sample and maintain it at 77F1F (25C0.5C). This eliminates the necessity of making temperature corrections for pH and conductivity, thus improving the accuracy of these measurements. Isothermal baths are available from several vendors specializing in the custom manufacture of sampling panels and related equipment. Flow Rate and Pressure Regulation Most continuous analyzers are sensitive to sample flow rate, and the appropriate manufacturers specifications must be followed. Usually, on-line instruments are designed to include flow regulating devices to serve as a check for those devices located upstream, but these on-line devices must not be relied upon. A minimum recommended flow rate for grab samples is 300 mL/min (4.8 gal/hr). However, the actual flow rate should be governed by the rate required to maintain adequate and constant sample line velocities. The design velocity can be maintained by routing excess flow either to waste or the condenser hotwell, as appropriate. Pressure regulating devices must be designed to maintain constant flow to the analyzers during normal, startup, or changing load conditions. Of the many pressure-regulating devices that exist, available types that have been used successfully are described:
needle valves rod-in-capillary devices constant head devices and back pressure regulators
Needle valves are sufficient for reducing sample pressures from up to about 500 psig (3.45 MPa). However, at pressures nearing the critical pressure, needle valves have been found to cause the dissociation of water. This is an undesirable situation, causing a rise in the hydrogen and oxygen content of the water. Also, at higher pressures, needle valves are subject to wiredrawing. Rod-in-capillary devices are available in two designs: the fixed rod-in-capillary device and the variable rod-in-tube capillary device. Fixed rod-in-capillary devices have a tendency to plug, and are difficult to clean. A variable rod-in-tube device is effective over a larger pressure range than a fixed rod-in-capillary device because it provides an adjustable pressure drop. In addition, the variable rod device is more easily cleaned. Most on-line analyzers require inlet pressure to be 5-20 psig (34-138 kPag) for proper operation. The outputs from most instruments are also flow sensitive, so flow rate should be maintained as constant as possible. These flow and pressure requirements can be met by using a back pressure regulating device or a head cup. A head cup is a relatively simple device (see Figure E-1) and has been used successfully to supply pH and conductivity cells. Immediately upstream of the analyzer, a vertical leg is used to develop an 8 to 10 foot (2.4 to 3.0 meter) head. A trough for collecting overflow is placed at the top of this vertical leg. An overflow is required at all sample conditions to avoid atmospheric sample contamination. They are very reliable but they suffer a major disadvantage: they provide only a very low inlet pressure so usually they cannot be used E-7
with analyzers requiring a 5-20 psig (34-138 kPag) sample pressure. Consequently, a back pressure regulator is normally preferred over a head cup when the analyzer requires constant flow at pressure. Use of an orifice installed in a sample flow line is not recommended for pressure and flow control because the orifice size cannot be modified easily to allow flow rate adjustments, and the orifice size changes as it wears, and therefore would have to be replaced frequently to maintain the desired flow rate and pressure, even under baseload operating conditions.
Figure E-1 Head Cup for Constant Sample Flow (pressure in psi at discharge equals the head, H inches of water, divided by 27.6)
Sample Filters Filters are placed before the pressure and flow regulators to prevent fouling of analyzers in those sample lines not being tested for turbidity or used as grab samples. Closer attention is needed for filters used in cycling plants; because of the heavy accumulation of scale and corrosion products, these filters require frequent maintenance. For some analyzers, filters are included in the internal design. Some analyzers also require the use of micron filters immediately upstream. Manufacturers specifications should be checked for special requirements concerning filters. (3) Because of the interactions of soluble impurities with suspended metal oxides , filtered samples may not represent total concentrations. The metal oxides retained on the filter may either adsorb or desorb trace levels of soluble impurities or change the sample composition or its properties, i.e. temperature, pH, etc. Sample Panels In fossil plants, it is quite common to direct all sample lines from one or more units to a common location, often within or adjacent to the laboratory. E-8
Most sample panels include the following components:
pressure reducers relief valves constant temperature baths valves to control flow rate sample pressure, temperature, and flow rate indicators analyzer cells and elements sample sink for grab samples
A recorder-analyzer panel is typically provided as a separate unit. Sample panels are usually centrally located for convenience. In addition, the surrounding environment is more easily controlled when a central location is chosen for the panels. The air in the sample room should be filtered. The room should have a positive pressure to maintain low dust levels. In addition, relative humidity should be between 50% and 70% and temperatures between 65-78F (18-26C). Adequate electrical shielding is required, and refrigeration units should be located outside the sample room, whenever possible, to keep vibrations to a minimum. Local satellite panels should be considered for new plants and for existing plants requiring supplemental instrumentation. Local sample panels provide advantages over a centrally located panel such as shorter sample lines and troubleshooting capabilities. However, these panels must have a central display. Some of the major problems concerning sample panels are the difficulties encountered during servicing and adjustment. Piping, tubing, and fittings should be arranged so instruments or devices may be removed, serviced, or calibrated without disturbing adjacent piping or tubing. The sampling system configuration used in the RP2712-3 monitoring project is shown in
(2) Figure E-2 . This configuration proved to be quite effective, and generally caused few maintenance problems during the projects four monitoring periods.
E-9
Figure E-2 Sampling System Configuration Used During RP2712-3 Project(2)
E-10
E.2.6 Grab Sampling Procedures

This section discusses only general requirements for grab sampling procedures. Analysis methods and standards should be checked for any special requirements pertaining to grab sampling procedures. Grab Samples Grab samples serve many purposes within chemical control programs, including:
verification of results obtained from on-line monitors a means to measure other chemical parameters not measurable with on-line instrumentation troubleshooting upsets in cycle chemistry optimization of treatments determination of mechanical carryover in drum boilers
Grab samples can be taken at local sampling sites using portable conditioning units. More often, however, grab samples are taken centrally. Sample Containers The selection of appropriate (noncontaminating) sample containers and closures, in addition to the container cleaning procedures, depends upon the parameter being tested and the method of analysis. Before taking samples, the sample container should be properly labeled. This procedure helps to maintain meaningful records. A typical sample label should have the space for and include the following information:
sample number date and time of sampling source of sample point of sampling load and mode of operation type and quantity of preservative added results of analysis performed name of sample collector
Provision of complete information is essential where off-site analysis of grab samples is required.
E-11
Sample Collection and Preservation Sample points that are regularly monitored should flow continuously. Local grab sampling points used for troubleshooting should be flushed at least four hours before collection of the sample. After the sample has been allowed to flow at a steady rate for this period, the sample containers and closures should be rinsed with the sample medium and the sample should be taken. The container should be filled completely, leaving no trapped air. The necessary measures should be taken to ensure sample preservation. Special procedures, often involving the addition of a stabilizing chemical, are suggested in various ASTM standards and should be followed where applicable. E.2.7 Corrosion Product Sampling Optimization of feedwater treatment involves corrosion product monitoring campaigns (Section 2). Unfortunately, centralized sampling facilities do not support collection of representative grab samples of metal oxide particulates. Lengthy sample lines have detrimental effects on any suspended corrosion products which may be present. Deposition of these materials in the line leads to either flow restriction or plugging. In some instances, deposited corrosion products may become reentrained in the flowing sample; this phenomenon is sometimes referred to as crud bursts. Effective surveillance of corrosion products generally requires a continuously flowing sample. Temperature and pressure reductions should be performed as close to the source as practical to minimize sample line length. This approach is desirable whether the intent is to collect grab samples for laboratory analysis or to beneficially utilize integrated corrosion product sampler devices. For iron and copper transport characterizations, it is very desirable to minimize the length of the sample line and position primary coolers as close to the extraction point as possible. As indicated earlier in Table E-1, isokinetic sampling is recommended and is especially important when monitoring metals in the steam/water cycle. Failure to maintain isokinetic conditions introduces bias, since suspended solids (and moisture in saturated steam) will not be collected in quantities consistent with their levels at the sample source. Additional information and guidance regarding sample extraction and conditioning are available in other EPRI publications.(2,3,5,7) Also, utility personnel should consider a recent report (publication pending) from the American Society of Mechanical Engineers. This document, entitled, Steam and Water Sampling, Conditioning and Analysis in the Power Cycle, was (8) prepared by the Performance Test Codes Committee (PTC 19.11).
E.3 ON-LINE MONITORING TECHNIQUES

Water chemistry monitoring is essential for all fossil units to achieve optimum performance from their chemistry programs. This section provides an overview of these topics but further information is available in other EPRI publications(2,5,7).
E-12
E.3.1 Important Considerations for Selection of Proper Monitoring Method Selecting the appropriate monitoring method is vital for obtaining reliable results. Method selection is based on a variety of factors; primarily, the choice must meet the required sensitivity and precision. The sensitivity, precision, and bias of some methods are not suitable for monitoring conformance with these guidelines. Variations in accuracy may mask process fluctuations and erroneously indicate conformance or nonconformance; therefore, the choice of methodology must also meet the required accuracy. Appropriate concentration levels and compensation for possible interferences must be considered before selecting a monitoring method. The selection of a methodology also requires the evaluation of available equipment, time limitations, and the cost of analysis. The experience of the analyst and the amount of quality assurance necessary are also critical in choosing a method. If possible, there should be a trial period for analyzers, and other users experiences with the analyzer should be investigated. In addition to using the proper procedure, proper sampling techniques must be followed to obtain reliable results. The analyzers should be relatively simple and easy to calibrate, maintain, and check. Fewer and less complicated components increase an analyzers dependability. Certain characteristics should be considered in analyzer selection, including the following.
The fluid path should be simple and use a minimum amount of small-bore plastic tubing. Solid-state electronics should be utilized Auxiliary equipment, switches, and alarms should be external A reasonably fast response time should be provided The analyzer should have simple purge and flush requirements for startup and shutdown Maintenance and calibration should be easy and infrequently required The analyzer should be able to resist fouling and scaling The analyzer should have simple sample conditioning requirements A comparison of the various analyzer-specific designs available should be made The analyzer should be able to compensate for variations in sample flow and temperature
A very desirable feature is that the instrument sample manifold provides a means by which independently prepared standard samples may be introduced continuously, wherever desired, for the normal sample flow. Periodic checks of samples represent the surest means of determining the precision and bias of continuous instrumentation. The monitoring and control system must furnish the laboratory with a representative sample, provide dependable feedback of measurements, and automatically protect important system constituents. The control system must also provide local grab sample lines in appropriate locations to evaluate specific pieces of equipment and to sample corrosion products.
E-13
Selection of the appropriate equipment is essential in the control of water chemistry, which is a mandatory requirements for longterm operation of all power plants. E.3.2 Analyzer Calibration Techniques Calibration of monitoring equipment is essential for accurate and precise analysis. The frequency and method of calibration will vary among different types of analyzers; therefore, specific vendor instructions should be followed as closely as possible. Calibration frequency may also depend on the concentration of the particular parameter, the accuracy requirements of the analysis, and the stability of the instrument used for the measurement. All types of analyzers will lose accuracy when measuring zero or very low levels of concentrations over extended periods of time, in which case the analyzer should be calibrated more frequently. A calibration frequency should be established and rigorously followed for each individual instrument. Another aspect of calibration accuracy is the reliability of the standards used for interlaboratory and intralaboratory comparisons. Chemical quality and the care exercised in preparation of standard solutions greatly affect chemical calibrations. E.3.3 Analyzer Operation and Maintenance Sufficient priority must be given to proper operation and maintenance to ensure reliable results. The analyzer is only one part of the system and all parts must be functioning properly to guarantee reliable operation. Manufacturers usually supply specific operating and maintenance instructions for their equipment. Failure to utilize this information will result in unsatisfactory performance and equipment downtime. A preventive maintenance schedule should be established initially and then strictly followed until sufficient performance data exist to warrant modification of the schedule. Such programs vary with respect to the type of analyzer and the nature of its environment.
E.4 DATA COLLECTION, INTERPRETATION, AND MANAGEMENT

A data management program is essential to collect and analyze the voluminous information collected via a modern sampling and instrumentation system. Data should be recorded promptly in a format easily interpreted and retrievable. Data must be interpreted promptly by comparison to clearly established and understood criteria. The interpretation must occur in the early stages of data analysis in order to assess the need for any corrective action, which, if necessary, must be rapidly communicated to personnel who can take appropriate corrective action. Interpretation of both short-term (hours to days) and longterm (weeks to months) trends is important. Topics covered herein include:
data collection data storage and retrieval E-14
data analysis and interpretation computerized systems
E.4.1 Data Collection Standardized log sheets for the purpose of recordkeeping should be developed for the various sample points throughout the plant. Such log sheets should be developed to record the calibration and maintenance of laboratory equipment and continuous analyzers to ensure the regularly scheduled preventive maintenance is being performed in compliance with the maintenance schedule. These records are a necessity in identifying sources of inconsistencies in data. Information recorded on data log sheets should include the following:
sample point location date and time of sampling limits or action levels sample temperatures plant load comments
Comments should include information such as the status of the plant at the time of data collection, action levels reached, and corrective actions taken. Examples of successfully used (4) data sheets are provided in EPRIs Cycle Chemistry Improvement Program. Data from continuous analyzers may be collected manually by periodically logging values from local indicators, or by interpreting strip charts if the plant does not have a data acquisition system. Individual values logged from local indicators will generally be more accurate than values read from strip charts; however, local indicators do not provide the thorough summary of parameter fluctuations that the strip charts do. E.4.2 Automatic Data Collection and Storage Continuous analyzers can be configured to send information directly to data acquisition systems, personal computers, or control room computers. Automatic data collection provides the same information as a strip chart but with greater precision and eliminates both the time necessary to evaluate strip charts and the element of human error. E.4.3 Manual Storage of Chemistry Data Manual data storage and retrieval should include accessible files of completed data sheets, daily chemistry report forms, trending plots, and action level notifications. Each data sheet should be
E-15
reviewed by plant personnel responsible for chemistry to ensure the water chemistry is within normal ranges for control and that any necessary corrective actions have been taken. A computer-based system is more efficient for storing and managing larger quantities of data. These data can be entered manually or recorded directly from a data acquisition system. Computer storage of data allows past data to be easily retrieved and, depending on the system, also provides the capability to manipulate and analyze present and past data interactively. E.4.4 Data Analysis and Interpretation Data analysis and interpretation provide for the identification of adverse trends and problems in system chemistry so corrective actions can be taken. This section will introduce the means by which data analyses and interpretations are accomplished. The eyeball method, as the phrase infers, is a process for viewing of data as it is being collected to detect out-of-spec values and inconsistencies among the data. Graphical plotting makes use of a visual, easily interpreted format that is easy to use, low in cost, and emphasizes the order of observation with respect to time. Putting information into graphic form is recommended for all measured parameters so slow changes can be identified in a timely manner. This procedure should be done so as to result in a simple trend graph or a control chart. A trend graph is a plot of sample parameters versus time and should have a duration of at least 30 measurements to be useful in identifying a meaningful trend. A control chart is equivalent to a trend chart, with the addition of a zero deviation point and upper/lower control points, providing specific action limits. Such capabilities, as well as generation of mass balances and histograms, are standard features of most modern, computerbased data management programs. E.4.5 Roles of Plant Personnel in Water Chemistry Data Collection, Interpretation and Management Plant personnel (typically technicians or operators) are responsible for the collection and analysis of samples, completion of data sheets, construction of graphical charts, and calibration of analyzing devices. The initial responsibility for chemistry program management lies with these individuals. They must be trained to recognize not only out-of-specification conditions, but also trends that appear to be abnormal. When either of these conditions occurs, they must be instructed, by procedure and training, to notify the appropriate personnel for initiation of corrective actions. Supervisory personnel are responsible for a more detailed review of chemistry and trends. They must be able to explain recorded occurrences and make suggestions for corrective actions to be taken and then report their findings to management. It is the responsibility of the operating personnel to be aware of sudden changes in operating parameters and to interpret and take corrective actions when conditions needing immediate E-16
attention arise. The operators must be adequately trained so they are able to perform the described duties. E.4.6 Expert Systems for Water Chemistry Management An EPRI project was initiated for the development and demonstration of an expert system to gather and analyze plant chemistry data in such a way as to result in significant conclusions relative to the need for corrective actions, as well as what those corrective actions should be. The resulting software package, known as EPRI ChemExpert, offers a variety of capabilities and features of considerable value to fossil plants(9). These include:
Real time displays
Cycle arrangement Sample points and chemical feed points On-line analyzers (location, current readings and status) Management of chemistry data On-line analyzer readings (direct input) Grab sample data (manual input) Operating parameters (via interface with plant data acquisition systems or distributed control systems) Reports and graphics Data storage Data analysis and interpretation Chemistry problem identification (over 30 problems) Corrective action recommendations Diagnostic capabilities based on EPRI chemistry guidelines and experience of experts in the field of fossil plant water chemistry Tracking of on-line analyzer performance Calculation of mechanical carryover and unit specific boiler water chemistry limits (units with drum boilers) Personnel training
Definitions of chemistry terms Key chemistry concepts Cycle chemistry tutorials Chemistry control simulation
The ChemExpert software package currently consists of four separate programs. A customization program allows the user to define unit characteristics and cycle chemistry. Either two or three action levels may be specified by the user. A diagnostic program provides verification of analytical data, warning of chemistry readings outside of limits (including problem identification and recommendation of actions that should be taken), determination of pressure and carryover dependent limits for impurities in the boiler water of drum type units, E-17
and data storage, plotting and report preparation. A cycle description and maintenance program may be used as a database of unit equipment characteristics and for planning and scheduling of operation, maintenance and calibration functions related to the chemistry program. The training program is designed for beneficial use by plant operators and technical personnel responsible for cycle chemistry.
E.5 VALIDATION OF CHEMISTRY DATA

Verification of chemistry data is generally required prior to initiation of corrective actions, not only to determine that action is, in fact, required, but also to assure that the contemplated actions are appropriate for the chemistry conditions which exist in the unit. As many chemistry conditions require rapid recognition, evaluation and response, it is imperative that those plant personnel present at the onset of possible chemistry excursions be capable of providing the verification function. At facilities that neither have chemistry specialists on site at all times nor utilize an expert system, it is therefore crucial that operators or technicians normally present on a 24/7 basis be trained to take the steps needed to verify chemistry data and proceed with corrective actions that may be required. Conversely, responsibility for chemistry data validation measures, as preferably outlined in the plant Quality Assurance (QA) and Quality Control (QC) program, must remain the responsibility of technical specialists. The QA/QC procedures and other data validation functions should serve to demonstrate the statistical significance of the chemistry data, thereby minimizing any doubts or concerns that actions are needed or may be inappropriate when the verification process is followed and confirms the existence of a chemistry excursion. Chemistry data validation activities should therefore, be used proactively for best results. Plant cultures which apply them reactively (only or mainly after possible chemistry excursions or after chemistry-related damage has been experienced) or have no formal data verification programs are clearly at a disadvantage. Those facilities in the latter category often operate with a false sense of security when they provide suitable levels of chemistry surveillance capabilities and data verification procedures but fail to address data verification requirements. The needs for data validation are by no means unique to the fossil electric industry. QA/QC programs are applied in innumerable applications, many of which have far more rigorous requirements than those of fossil plants. Important and obvious examples include medical technology, the aerospace and aeronautics industry, pharmaceuticals production, computer components and communications technology, defense applications, food processing, security systems, and nuclear power generation, to name but a few. As a result, the language of QA and QC features an extensive vocabulary, which often, unfortunately, constrains its application to areas where such action is elective, rather than mandatory. Fortunately, application of effective validation techniques to fossil plants requires familiarity with a relatively small number of terms and concepts, as summarized in the working definitions of Table E-2. Recognition of the importance of cycle chemistry data validation and quality has resulted in considerable effort on the parts of utility organizations, consultants, and instrument manufacturers to evaluate requirements of fossil plants and to establish manageable programs capable of meeting these (10-12) needs . Ensuing discussions provide guidance on this important subject.
E-18
EPRI Licensed Material Cycle Chemistry Data Quality Table E-2 Working Definitions of QA/QC Terms for Fossil Plant Chemistry Data Validation Accuracy: Precision:
The agreement between the amount of a component measured by the test method and the amount actually present. Accuracy includes both precision and bias of the method. The reproducibility of a method when repeated on a homogeneous sample under controlled conditions, regardless of whether or not the observed values are widely displaced from the true value as a result of systematic or constant errors (also sometimes referred to reproducibility). Note. Both accuracy and precision can vary as a function of the concentration being measured. They can also vary due to other factors such as temperature, concentrations of interferences, etc. Therefore, statements of precision and accuracy should be expressed in terms of the concentration over the range of concentrations to which they apply. If precision and accuracy are stated in percent, the range over which the relative precision or accuracy applies should be explicitly stated (e.g. a relative accuracy of 10% if the amount present is achieved over a span of 0.01 to 10 mg/L). Interinstrument precisionthe standard deviation of the measured values of a specific parameter obtained by multiple continuous instruments (of the same type) at the same value in homogeneous samples of the same composition (matrix). Also, interlaboratory precision when referring to grab sample analysis by multiple laboratories on samples of the same matrix as defined by ASTM D 2777-86. Intrainstrument precisionthe pooled standard deviation of the measured values of a given parameter obtained by multiple continuous instruments (of the same type) on repeated measurement of the same specified value of the parameter in homogeneous samples of the same sample composition (matrix) when each measurement follows an interval of time where the instrument was equilibriated to a value of the parameter that was significantly different from that specified. Also, the interlaboratory or single operator precision, as defined in ASTM 2777-86, when referring to grab sample analysis by multiple laboratories on samples of the same matrix.
St
So
Bias:
The persistent positive or negative deviation of the method average value from the assumed or accepted true value. Note: Both precision and bias vary as a function of the concentration being measured. They can also vary because of factors such as temperature, concentrations of interferences, etc. Therefore, statements of precision and bias should be related to the concentrations to which they apply.
Sensitivity: Range:
The minimum observable difference in very small amounts of a component in a sample. Also, sometimes totally incorrectly referred to as detection limit or detectability. The span of amounts or concentrations over which a component can be measured monotonically in a sample. Also sometimes referred to as span. Usually, the range covers the concentrations for which the method or instrument is actually calibrated. The period of time required for an analyzer to properly measure the components in a sample from the time the sample enters the analyzer. Also known as analyzer dead time. Note: Response time should be quantified by referencing the time necessary to provide a certain percentage response to a step change in concentration. Preferably the response time for a 95% response should be provided; however, a statement of response time in terms of a somewhat lesser response (such as a 90% response) may provide sufficient information.
Response Time:
Sampling Error:
The deviation between the true concentration, pH, conductivity, etc. in the stream prior to sampling and the concentration in the sample presented to the analyzer; or contained, in the sample container prior to preservation or transportation for analysis. Analytical errors caused by interference from some chemical compounds in the mixture being analyzed. Interferences should be listed for all water treatment chemicals used and for their decomposition products.
Analytical Interference:
E-19
E.5.1 Precision, Accuracy, Bias and Drift The American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM) defines accuracy as a measure of the degree of conformity of a single test result generated by a specific procedure to the assumed or accepted true value and includes both precision and bias.(18) In other words, it is a measure of exactness or correctness of a value and is affected by both random sources of error (precision) and systematic error (bias). ASTM defines precision as the degree of agreement of repeated measurements of the same property, expressed in terms of dispersion of test results about the arithmetical mean result, obtained by repetitive testing of a homogeneous sample under specified conditions. The precision of a test method is expressed quantitatively as the standard deviation computed from (13) the results of a series of controlled determinations. In other words, precision is a measure of the reproducibility or random uncertainty of the data set. In the absence of systematic uncertainty, data should follow a random distribution pattern. This pattern is characterized by the normal distribution curve shown in Figure E-3.
Figure E-3 Normal Distribution Curve for Random Data
A measurement of precision is given by the standard deviation (Sx) of the data set. Standard deviation can be used to express the distribution (or spread) of the data around the average value of the data set (X ). In many cases, it is convenient to express the standard deviation relative to the concentration as a relative standard deviation (RSD), sometimes expressed as the percent relative standard deviation (%RSD):
E-20
RSD = [S X / X ]
and
(eq. E-1)
%RSD = [S X / X ] 100%
(eq. E-2)
In this way, precision can be compared at varying concentrations and %RSD can be used to quantify changing precision as a function of concentration. Understanding %RSD can provide insight into instrument detection limits and instrument linearity. The %RSD tends to be very large for very low analyte concentrations. For example, for concentrations at the decision limit (LC), %RSD 60%; at the detection criteria (LD), %RSD 30%; at the determination limit (LQ), %RSD 10 (as specified by Currie(14)). ASTM defines bias as the persistent positive or negative deviation of the average value of a test (15) method from the assumed or accepted true value. If the data are randomly distributed, accuracy expresses the deviation from the expected value as shown in Figure E-4. Bias is called recovery when expressed as a percentage of the true value. Thus, accuracy may be expressed as a combination of recovery and relative standard deviation at a given true value.
Figure E-4 The Relationship Between True Value, Measured Value, and Bias. The bias in the example shown is negative, but a positive bias is also possible.
In some cases, it is convenient to express accuracy requirements in terms of percent deviation from the target value (i.e., from the true value):
% Deviation = [X / T arg et ] 100%
(eq. E-3)
E-21
Many measurement methods are more accurate at the high end of the range covered, leading to percent deviation values that change over the dynamic range of the measuring instrument. For convenience, average values may be cited for specific ranges of the parameter measured, e.g., 20% for 1-100 ppb and 10% for 100 ppb - 1 ppm. In some cases, a lower limit of accuracy may also be cited, e.g., 0.5 ppb or 10%, whichever is larger. Clearly, using percent deviation limits in this was is imperfect and does not address the overall capability of the instrument.
.(16) A more scientific approach utilizes the Students t test This approach measures accuracy as a function of the deviation from the expected value at a specified confidence coefficient, usually 95%. The test assesses the instruments accuracy based on observed instrument behavior and is most appropriate for instruments that are used for diagnostic purposes. The Students t test mathematically determines whether a statistically significant bias exists at a specified confidence coefficient. In this way it can be said conclusively that a statistically significant bias does or does not exist.
Several commercially available programs can be used to calculate statistics (such as percent deviation or the Students t test), make data comparisons, and archive information. Selection of a specific program will depend upon a number of factors, including a users data acquisition capabilities and data management needs. Special testing can be performed to verify accuracy and precision of instrumentation or grab sample analyses over various working ranges based on the needs of the user. The precision and accuracy of a measurement may be affected by many factors, such as temperature, concentration of reagents, interferences, availability of traceable calibration standards at the concentration expected in the samples, calibration procedure, and sample size, as well as variations that develop from one instrument, operator, or laboratory to another. Consequently, accuracy and precision statements should include the range of conditions over which they apply. While the accuracy of an instrument can be determined immediately when it is placed into service, drift develops over time. Drift may be defined as the change in bias in a specified period caused by changes in the electronic zero of the instrumentation but, more particularly, by deterioration of the sensor. The American National Standards Institute (ANSI) defines drift in ANSI Standard C85.1-1963 as an undesired change in output over a period of time, which (17) change is unrelated to the input, environment, or load. Drift is an important example of systematic errors (Figure E-5), which must be minimized to ensure data quality. Instrument manufacturers do not always provide precision, accuracy, bias and drift information. Such information must therefore be determined by the user.
E-22
Figure E-5 Random and Systematic Errors
E.5.2 QA/QC for Sampling Systems The effect of sampling errors on chemistry data are potentially significant and should be minimized through proper equipment selection. As shown in Table E-3, there are many sources of sampling errors. Total sampling error can span several orders-of-magnitude, much larger than E-23
typical analytical errors. Except for the error caused by improper withdrawal (collection) of the sample, other errors can be determined by analyzing known samples before and after the sampling system at otherwise identical sample conditions (temperature, flow, chemical species).
Table E-3 Typical Sampling Errors Sample Withdrawal not representing the sampled stream not representing all phases (solid, liquid, gas) Deposition in sample tubing and other components Deposit release Chemical reactions in sample line or cooler Deposition in the pressure reducing device Dissociation of water in the pressure reducing device Leakage of cooling water into the sample in the cooler Corrosion of the sampling systemgeneration of corrosion products
Sample withdrawal error can be determined by using alternate sampling taps and nozzles or a different sampling location. Experiments have shown that for superheated and wet steam sampling, an isokinetic sampling nozzle is needed, correctly located in the steam pipe, such as (3) described in EPRI TR-100196, Development of a Steam Sampling System. The same type of nozzle is needed for feedwater when sampling for suspended oxides. (Also see E.2.3 and E.2.7) In sampling boiler water from the steam drum, the sample could be mixed with the incoming feedwater or separated moisture and thus be different from the water in the boiler tubes. E.5.3 QA/QC for On-Line Instruments Instrument Calibration and Standardization Establishment of effective calibration and standardization procedures are the starting point of the QA/QC program. Since manufacturers procedures vary widely in their ability to ensure traceable accuracy, it is advisable to independently calibrate the instrument components, especially the sensing elements, after the manufacturers procedures have been followed. Independent calibration is particularly advised for temperature sensing elements in conductivity, pH, and other instruments where automatic temperature compensation is an integral part of the instrument measurement process. For high-purity water, conductivity instrument cell calibration by comparison with a standard reference conductivity cell and measurement bridge (without temperature compensation and on the same sample flow) is recommended initially and possibly at various later intervals, depending on the fouling characteristics of the particular sample stream. For pH, calibration is best accomplished with flowing standards using two
E-24
concentrations, as discussed below, one above and one below the desired measurement range, following completion of the manufacturers initial procedures. Validation of On-Line Monitoring Instruments At least four approaches to validation of on-line monitoring instruments are available: the reference sample procedure, the line sample procedure, instrument comparison, and the standard injection method. The first two approaches are described in ASTM D3764(18), a standard practice that was developed for validation of process stream analyzers in petroleum or petrochemical product steams, but which is equally applicable to power plant water streams. The last two methods are perhaps better suited to calibration of instruments but they have been used on occasion for validation purposes. The reference sample procedure involves introduction of reference standard samples into the analyzer and subsequent comparison of the measured values with the reference values. For instance, to validate a pH monitoring device, the plant water stream could be diverted and replaced with a standard buffer solution flowing for a period long enough to allow the pH measurement. This approach is particularly useful for validating new and replacement analyzers to ensure they have been installed and commissioned in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations. The line sample procedure makes use of a plant water stream of interest and involves taking at least seven grab samples for laboratory analyses and comparing these results with those obtained from the on-line analyzer at the times of sampling. The data are evaluated statistically (Students t test) to validate the analyzer. Suitable statistical software packages are available from some instrument suppliers to help perform this task. The line sample procedure is used more as an operational check on an analyzer that has been previously validated, and is useful in establishing the ongoing precision and bias of an analyzer in service. The third approach involves comparing the results obtained from the on-line analyzer (A) with those obtained from a second on-line analyzer (B) exposed simultaneously to the same water stream. The latter may be a high quality, portable unit that is first validated and calibrated in the laboratory, then attached to the plant water stream system when needed to validate or calibrate analyzer A. Measurements on analyzer B are assumed to be correct and the accuracy of analyzer A can be assessed by comparing measurements on the two instruments. This method is useful for validating and verifying analyzers that measure very low analyte concentrations where the grab sampling process may introduce significant error. However, in such cases, analyzer B must first be calibrated using waters having concentrations near those needing measurement in the plant water stream. Clearly, the value of this method is very dependent on the precision and lack of drift in instrument B during the validation period. The standard injection method can be considered a variation of the reference sample procedure in that it involves the introduction of standard solutions into the analyzer. However, the standard injection method does this by injecting the standard solution at a controlled rate into the plant water stream, also flowing at a known rate, such that the concentration of the resulting diluted standard solution can be calculated accurately. The method is otherwise similar to the reference sample procedure. In high-purity water systems, it has the great advantage of presenting the E-25
standard sample without contamination and permitting measurement with similar matrix and flow. A general protocol for establishing the validity of on-line water analysis instruments is provided in ASTM D3864.(19) More specific protocols, detailed in EPRI Report GS-7556(20), were followed in a collaborative validation program at four power plant sites. As with the grab sample methods, on-line instruments must be validated by collecting a minimum of six data sets at each concentration level. For the four-plant collaborative study, this minimum requirement was satisfied for all of the methods except three: on-line ion chromatography, total organic carbon, and dissolved oxygen. Nevertheless, these latter three methods should be considered for use, although treated with appropriate caution. The successful validation of on-line instrumentation requires proper installation of water and steam sample lines; close control of sample temperature, pressure, and flow rate; preparation of standard samples; and accurate analysis of grab samples. These requirements are discussed in more detail below. Synthesizing Standard Samples Validation of the measurement methods can be accomplished using standard solutions (samples), over a range of well defined concentrations, produced in a continuous flow. Grab samples can be taken from this flow or the flowing standard solution can be directed to the on-line monitoring equipment under test. A method of synthesizing flowing standard solutions was described in (2) EPRI Report GS-7556 Volume 1. It involves the continuous production of very high quality reagent water, flowing at a constant, continuously measured rate, into which one or more concentrated standard solutions are injected continuously with metering pumps. The very high quality reagent water is prepared from steam condensate which is passed through a de-oxygenation exchange bed, a carbon bed, a mixed bed and a 0.2-micron micropore filter. If source water of lower quality than steam condensate (e.g. makeup storage tank water) is used, additional purification steps may be needed. To avoid precipitation of the chemicals in the concentrated standards, Cl, SO4, and organic acids are prepared in an acid solution, and Na, HCO3, N2H4, NH3, and SiO2 are prepared in an alkaline solution; oxygen is injected as airsaturated (STP) pure water. Standard concentrations are calculated from the continuously logged standard solution flow, the metering pump flow, and the assayed concentration of the concentrated standard solutions. The metering pump flow is calculated from calibration curves, established from the rate of change of weight of the vessels containing the concentrated standards, as measured by an electronic analytical balance. Sample synthesizers that are capable of delivering sample streams of known chemical composition to several analyzers are also commercially available. Potential Problems in Preparation of Standards Standards containing ammonia and organic acids (acetate, formate, etc.) may decompose or change in concentration before use unless care is taken to avoid this. Changes in composition E-26
can be prevented or minimized by using the standards immediately after preparation, or refrigerating them to 4C during storage. The refrigerated samples should be allowed to come to room temperature just before use not only to avoid effects of temperature on the accuracy of the metering pump calibration curves, but also to avoid condensation on the outside of the standard solution tanks which, during creation of the calibration curves, would cause a weighing error. E.5.4 Charting of Chemistry Data to Track Instrument Performance Whatever the interval and concentration selected for the QC tests on each instrument, including those used for analysis of grab samples, the results should be recorded on a control chart. General examples are presented in Figure E-6. As an example using data from an on-line cation conductivity instrument, charts such as those show in Figures E-7 and E-8 record the RRs and RSDos obtained from each months QC test. The upper and lower acceptance limits for RR and RSDo are shown along with the past test results and the most recent results from the example QC test, those for month 12. Again, the use of relative recovery and relative standard deviation simplifies charting as well as the necessary calculations since it is likely there will be small differences in the true concentration used in each QC test episode. The most useful feature of control charts is for the detection of trends in instrument performance that may required alternation of the test frequency or the instrument maintenance and calibration procedures. A trend of decreasing cation conductivity RR, as in Figure E-7, suggests a greater degree of exhaustion of the resin cartridge at the time of the tests. The latter could be the result of increased sample flow rate, increased amine level in the sample, decreasing quality of the fresh cartridge, or change in the conductivity cell constant. A review of the record of specific conductivity and pH indicates amine level to be relatively unchanged over the last several QC tests. Thus, the RR trend, when coupled with the observed increase in RSDo, noted in Figure E8, suggests that the first priority for potential corrective action would be the careful review of the resin cartridge maintenance procedures.
E-27
Figure E-6 Laboratory Quality Control Charts
E-28
Figure E-7 Cation Conductivity Control Chart, RR%, CC = 0.5 S/cm
Figure E-8 Cation Conductivity Control Chart, RSD%, CC = 0.5 S/cm
E-29
E.5.5 Interlaboratory Assessment of Grab Sample Analysis Methods For individual plants, the requirements for grab sample analysis include use of appropriate sample withdrawal and conditioning equipment, use of appropriate sample collection techniques and preservation methods and charting of data. As these requirements have been covered previously, results of interlaboratory assessment of available grab analysis methods are summarized. Five methods of analyzing grab samples for trace substances in high purity water were validated in an inter-laboratory program, designed in accordance with ASTM D2777-85.(21) Up to 20 participating laboratories developed precision and recovery estimates, limits of detection, and limits of quantification for the following methods:
Proposed Method of Test for Low-Level Sodium in High Purity Water by Graphite Furnace Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometry (ASTM Draft 3) Proposed Method of Test for Low-Level Calcium in High Purity Water by Graphite Furnace Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometry (ASTM Draft 1) Proposed Method of Test for low-Level Magnesium in High Purity Water by Graphite Furnace Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometry (ASTM Draft 1) Standard Test Methods for Trace Anions in High Purity Water by Ion Chromatography (ASTM D5542(22), Method A: Chloride, Phosphate, and Sulfate) Standard Test Methods for Trace Anions in High Purity Water by Ion Chromatography (ASTM D5542(22), Method B: Fluoride, Acetate, and Formate)
ASTM practice calls for a minimum of six data sets at each concentration level in order to derive valid estimates of performance. Because insufficient data were generated in the study for the following grab sample methods, they could not be properly validated but, with appropriate caution, they should be considered for future use:
Proposed Method of Test for Trace Cations in High Purity Water by Ion Chromatography (ASTM Draft 1) Standard Test Method for Low-Level Total Silica in High Purity Water by Flameless Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy (ASTM D4517-85(23)) Standard Test Method for Low-Level Total, Organic, and Inorganic Carbon in High Purity Water by Ultraviolet (UV) or Persulfate Oxidation, or Both, and Infrared Detection (ASTM D4779(24))
(25) The results of this validation study were reported in 1988 and presented in detail in Appendix E of EPRI Report GS-7556 Volume 1. In this program, grab samples were collected in special sample bottles from flowing synthetic standards (prepared as described above), then refrigerated until they were analyzed.
E-30
E.5.6 EPRI Experience With Chemistry Data Validation The EPRI RP2712-3 project provided many useful insights with respect to validation of chemistry data collected from operating fossil plants.(2,20) For all continuous instruments, a satisfactory QC program must include the periodic use of a flowing standard sample that is presented to the instrument under the same conditions that exist for the samples from the cycle. This procedure is especially important for instruments on highpurity sample streams where grab samples are easily contaminated. Continuous pH instruments on high-purity water are best calibrated, as well as validated, by passing through the flow cell, standards of composition similar to those of the samples to be measured, as described in ASTM D 5128. For power plant operation where ammonia is used for pH control in the feedwater and steam, 3 high-purity water with 100-500 g/L NH makes suitable standards. Where the use of a flowing standard is not feasible, a neutral ionic buffer should be added to the grab sample before measurement of the sample pH with an independent reference instrument. In neither case, use of flowing standards or grab sample comparison, should the pH cell be standardized with concentrated buffer solutions at any time other than the initial installation of new electrodes. Where grab samples collected in parallel with the continuous instrument must be used for quality control, a minimum of seven replicate samples must be collected and analyzed under steady-state conditions, one for each of the seven required separate instrument datapoints, at a concentration of interest (see following section). The methods of analysis of the grab samples also must have appropriate quality control, preferably using traceable standards run blind by the analysts, on the basis of one standard per day or one per 10 samples analyzed, whichever is greater.
(2,20) During the EPRI RP2712-3 project , no determination was made of the optimum frequency at which each type of continuous instrument should be validated. However, the two validation runs at each site during RP2712-3 were separated by an approximately two-week interval, which was sufficient for some instruments to show substantial change in bias (measured concentration minus true). The bias for the continuous SiO2 analyzer, for example, increased from 8 to 12 g/L over that time. Specific conductance, the most stable and precise of the continuous instruments, showed at a level of 2.0 S/cm, an increase in bias from 0.14 S/cm to 0.42 /S/cm. Therefore, a conclusion can be drawn that the frequency of validation at a plant should be initially set at no less than once per month. This validation should be performed at a single concentration selected to be in the middle of the normally encountered operation range, until sufficient validation data is gathered for each instrument to warrant changing the frequency. More test levels as well as more frequent tests may be required in some circumstances and with certain instruments.
Performance Determination Seven replicate presentations at the same desired test level are necessary to develop a satisfactory estimate of intrainstrument (single instrument) standard deviation (So) for comparison with established precision standards for a particular instrument at that level. The presentation of each of the seven flowing standard replicates must be preceded by a reasonably short period of stable instrument reading on the regular sample source (or other source) where the concentration is E-31
different from that of the flowing standard. This interlude should be of such length that >90% of the expected reading is attained. Seven replicates are required at a particular concentration in order to develop meaningful acceptance limits by which to determine if the instrument measurements are in controlthat they perform with the expected precision and accuracy. The large number of replicates required for statistically useful limits led to the above recommendation that only one test level be selected for the initial QC program for each instrument. When using only one test concentration for the QC test for each instrument, it is important that the same test level be employed for the QC test each month, or other chosen interval, since the acceptance limits vary considerably with test concentration for some instruments while remaining nearly constant for others. Acceptance Limits The standard deviation and mean of the seven replicate instrument measurements can be compared to the expected precision and mean previously determined for the particular instrument being evaluated. Since the flowing standard method may not produce exactly the same numerical results when performed at different times, (whether at the same plant or at different plants), a useful procedure is to express both the standard deviation and the mean in terms relative to the true value of the standard used. Thus, the relative recovery (RR) is the measured mean concentration of the seven replicates divided by the true concentration (T) expressed in percent, X/T x 100. Similarly, the intrainstrument relative standard deviation (RSDo) is the standard deviation of the seven replicates divided by the mean concentration expressed in percent, So/X x 100. Both the RR and RSDo determined from the QC test can then be compared with values shown in Table E-4 for the nearest true concentration, since both RR and RSDo can be considered constant for a reasonable range on either side of the selected value. The calculated value of RR actually obtained for a validation should not be greater than the upper value nor less than the lower shown in Table E-4 for RR at the selected true value. Similarly, the calculated RSDo should not exceed the upper nor be less than the lower value shown for RSDo in Table E-4. Use of Acceptance Limits in QC A QC test of a particular cation conductivity (cc) instrument, for example, would start with presenting the instrument with a flowing standard sample, with a desired target cc of say 0.5 S/cm. The standard would be presented seven times in alternate succession with a nonstandard sample with a different cc, say 0.25 or 1.0 S/cm. Sufficient time would be allowed for the reading to stabilize. The true conductance of the flowing standard was found to be say 0.55 S/cm based on the analysis of the concentrate, and the dilution ratio used to produce the flowing standard. If the mean of the seven replicate cc results, X, was 0.34 S/cm, the RR would be X/T x 100, or 62%. Reference to Table E-4 shows cc = 0.5 S/cm is the closest to the 0.55 S/cm standard. The corresponding RR shows an upper acceptance limit of 130% and a lower limit of 59%. Therefore, it was concluded the instrument bias was within control.
E-32
EPRI Licensed Material Cycle Chemistry Data Quality Table E-4 Continuous Instrument Acceptance Limits, 95% Confidence Interval (Based on Seven Replicates)
True Concentration Relative Recovery (1%) Intrainstrument Relative Standard Deviation (%) Lower 3.7 3.6 3.6 3.6 6.5 4.4 3.1 2.6 5.8 4.7 3.7 3.3 7.5 7.6 7.6 7.6 Upper 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 14.3 9.7 6.8 5.8 11.2 9.0 7.1 6.4 18.7 18.8 18.9 18.9
Lower Specific cond. (S/cm) 1 2 5 10 Cation cond. (S/cm) 0.1 0.2 0.5 1.0 Na (g/L) 1 2 5 10 NH3 (g/L) 100 200 500 1000 79 89 93 94 79 70 59 53 5 1 57 74 61 86 92 93
Upper 119 109 105 104 115 121 130 135 372 243 153 124 145 110 97 94
Likewise, assume the seven replicate ccs yield a So of 0.22, and an RSDo of 6.5% ((0.22/0.34) x 100). Examination of Table E-4 for cc = 0.5 S/cm shows that the RSDo should not be less than 3.1% nor greater than 6.8% for the instrument to qualify as producing acceptable results. Since both the RR and the RSDo are within the acceptance limits, the instrument is operating in control. Where continuous water quality instruments of a given type can be supplied simultaneously with an alternative high-quality water supply, useful information can be gained on multipleinstrument precision. Multiple-instrument precision has been shown to be generally smaller than true interinstrument precision but greater than instrainstrument precision. Thus, the RSDs obtained from alternative water supply tests normally can be expected to exceed slightly the range of acceptance limits in Table E-4, which are based on intrainstrument precision. No information can be obtained from alternative water supply tests, however, on relative recovery unless the composition of the alternative water supply can be established independently and with sufficient accuracy.
E.6 SUMMARY
A quality assurance (QA) program for cycle chemistry data is essential if comparisons are to be made between measurements at different points within the cycle, between the same point in the E-33
cycle in different plants, and between specific points in the cycle and the plants operating chemistry limits and action levels. The QA program must include quality control (QC) procedures for both grab sample and continuous instrument measurements. To follow the instrument manufacturers calibration procedures is generally not sufficient, as these procedures seldom employ traceable standards. More importantly, they do not determine reproducibility (intra-instrument standard deviation) nor recovery so that instrument performance may be documented and trends in performance readily observed. Periodic validation of measurement procedures, especially continuous instrument performance may be documented and trends in performance readily observed. Periodic validation of measurement procedures, especially continuous instrument procedures, by making replicate measurements on a continuously flowing standard generates a record than can be compared readily with suggested acceptance limits as derived from the EPRI RP2712-3 program. Charting the record of validation results allows early detection and correction of problems with instrument accuracy. Close control of cycle chemistry requires accurate chemistry measurements. Analytical quality control must be incorporated into laboratory procedures if reliable results are to be obtained. A quality control program provides for the detection/correction of problems and statistical verification of performance. The objective of such a program is to reduce measurement errors to a minimum so data can be used reliably to monitor and control cycle chemistry. Unacceptable analytical variability arises from many sources. These include:
incorrect analytical procedures calibration errors poor technique in following analytical procedures degradation of reagents utilized in analyses improper sampling procedures, contamination of the sample during collection and storage, reaction of the sample with the sample container chemical reactions during sample storage organic growth of bacteria and algae in the sample container
Quality control programs must provide guidelines for calibration and standardization of all laboratory equipment and reagents; and, they must establish procedures for estimating precision, bias, and sensitivity for the analytical methods performed. Limitations in the availability of equipment, number of samples, or time and experience of personnel can affect the reliability of the data obtained. Therefore, quality assurance procedures must be developed specifically in consideration of each plants needs and abilities. Systematic and random errors must be controlled to the maximum practical extent before evaluating precision and accuracy. Random error is present in any set of analyses in which repeated measurements are taken on the same sample. Random errors are the scatter of measurements about the true value. Systematic errors are referred to as bias and result from a tendency for the data to be greater or smaller than the true value.
E-34
Reduction in systematic errors can be accomplished through proper analytical procedures, traceable calculations, optimum personnel performance, and proper purity of reagents used in all analyses. Reagent water is a major source of systematic error; therefore, care should be used in its preparation to avoid contamination. Various methods of evaluation of performance are available. A convenient way of monitoring the precision and accuracy of a method is to construct control charts. Control charts are used to evaluate the quality of the measurement process. Individual, multiple sample, and X-R control charts can be generated. Individual and multiple control charts operate similarly; however, multiple control charts span a range of concentrations, which avoids potential bias. The X-R control chart incorporates changes in the mean, X, and changes in the standard deviation, S, thereby making it the most useful of the three charts available. Confidence in measurements in strengthened by inter-laboratory as well as intra-laboratory comparisons. Inter-laboratory programs should be used to establish agreed-upon requirements and laboratory procedures necessary to achieve desired quality standards. An independent facility should then inspect laboratory equipment and evaluate performance. Intra-laboratory programs identify the variability of measurement obtained when a single laboratory measures a sample repeatedly. System audits also provide valuable quality assurance information. A system audit is an investigation of the interaction of all laboratory procedures. The audit should be performed at appropriate intervals to guarantee that each aspect of the QC program is operating efficiently. A performance audit of an individual instrument is based on the outcome of the analyses of a blind standard sample, either on an inter-laboratory or intra-laboratory level. A quality control program must be implemented for all analyses and must be evaluated on a regular basis to be effective. A formal quality assurance program, with written instructions and formal documentation of its implementation, is required. Plant chemistry manuals should also reflect quality control provisions. Analytical procedures and analytical evaluation methods must be established to detect quality control problems early and correct them as soon as possible. When properly executed, a quality assurance program will provide measurements of the desired precision and bias, together with the associated documentation.
E.7 REFERENCES
1. Guideline Manual on Instrumentation and Control for Fossil Plant Cycle Chemistry. EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: April 1987. CS-5164. 2. Monitoring Cycle Water Chemistry in Fossil Plants, Volume 3: Conclusions and Recommendations. EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: October 1991. GS-7556-V3. 3. Development of a Steam Sampling System. EPRI, Palo Alto, CA, December 1991. TR100196. 4. Cycle Chemistry Corrosion and Deposition: Correction, Prevention and Control. EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: December 1993. TR-103038.
E-35
5. Reference Manual for On-Line Monitoring of Water Chemistry and Corrosion: 1998 Update, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: 1999. TR-112024. 6. Guidelines for Copper in Fossil Plants, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: 2000. 1000457. 7. Guideline Manual on Instrumentation and Control for Fossil Plant Cycle Chemistry, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: 1987. CS-5164. 8. American Society of Mechanical Engineers, Performance Test Codes Committee, PTC 19.11. Steam and Water Sampling, Conditioning and Analysis in the Power Cycle. PTC 19.11-1997. 9. O. Jonas, L. Machemer and B. Dooley. EPRI ChemExpert: Cycle Chemistry Advisor for Fossil Plants. Sixth International Conference on Cycle Chemistry in Fossil Plants, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: 2001. 1001363. 10. M. Stoffel. Quality Assurance in Power Cycle Monitoring. Sixth International Conference on Cycle Chemistry in Fossil Plants, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: 2001. 1001363. 11. D. Meils. On-Line Instrumentation QA/QC Experience at TVAs Kingston Power Station. Fifth International Conference on Cycle Chemistry in Fossil Plants, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: 1997. TR-108459. 12. D. Meils. Chemistry On-Line Process Instrumentation QA/QC Practices: Are You Getting What You Paid For? ASME Research Committee on Power Plant & Environmental Chemistry Meeting, September, 2001. 13. ASTM D2777-96, Standard Practice for Determination of Precision and Bias of Applicable Methods of Committee D19 on Water, American Society for Testing and Materials, Philadelphia, PA. 14. Lloyd A. Currie, Limits for Quantitative Detection and Quantitative Determination, Analytical Chemistry, Vol. 40, No. 3, March 1968. 15. ASTM D2777-96, Standard Practice for Determination of Precision and Bias of Applicable Methods of Committee D-19 on Water, American Society for Testing and Materials, Philadelphia, PA. 16. Standard Mathematical Tables and Formulae. CRC Press, Cleveland, OH 1982. 17. American National Standard C85.1-1963 [Addendum A (1966); Addendum B (1972); standard now withdrawn], Terminology for Automatic Control. American National Standards Institute, NY, NY. 18. ASTM D3764-92, Standard Practice for Validation of Process Stream Analyzers, American Society for Testing and Materials, Philadelphia, PA. 19. ASTM D3864-96, Standard Guide for Continual On-Line Monitoring Systems for Water Analysis, American Society for Testing and Materials, Philadelphia, PA. E-36
20. Monitoring Cycle Water Chemistry in Fossil Plants, Vol. 1 Monitoring Results, by A.F. Aschoff, D.M. Sopocy, D.T. Eglar, O. Jonas, J.K. Rice, C.C. Stauffer, and W.E. Allmon. EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: October 1991, GS-7556, Volume 1. 21. ASTM D2777-85 (current edition D2777-96), Standard Practice for Determination of the Precision and Bias of Applicable Methods of Committee D-19 on Water, American Society for Testing and Materials, Philadelphia, PA. 22. ASTM D5542-94, Standard Test Methods for Trace Anions in High Purity Water by Ion Chromatography, American Society for Testing and Materials, Philadelphia, PA. 23. ASTM D4517-85 (1994)e1, Standard Test Method for Low-Level Total Silica in High Purity Water by Flameless Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy, American Society for Testing and Materials, Philadelphia, PA. 24. ASTM D4779-93, Standard Test Method for Total, Organic, and Inorganic Carbon in High Purity Water by Ultraviolet (UV) or Persulfate Oxidation, or Both, and Infrared Detection, American Society for Testing and Materials, Philadelphia, PA. 25. J.K. Rice, G.T. Upperman, A.F. Aschoff, R.B. Dooley, Interlaboratory Performance of Methods of Analysis for Trace Substances in High Purity Water, Ultra Pure Water, Vol. 5, No. 5, p. 36 (July/Aug. 1988).
E-37
EPRI Licensed Material Unit Shutdown, Layup, Startup, Cycling and Peaking
F
UNIT SHUTDOWN, LAYUP, STARTUP, CYCLING AND PEAKING
Initial efforts by EPRI to establish cycle chemistry guidelines for fossil units emphasized normal unit operations, including baseload operation, load cycling, and peaking service. Implementation of these guidelines in fossil plants around the world led to significant improvements for many organizations. At the same time, however, it also became apparent that the chemistry must be properly monitored and controlled during shutdown and layup, and that doing so was the only way in which organizations applying the guidelines could attain all of the cycle chemistry program goals (Section 1). EPRI benchmarking activities further reflect the relationship between effective shutdown, layup and startup procedures and the ranking of individual cycle chemistry programs. In the absence of proper shutdown and layup procedures, the cycle is vulnerable to contamination and corrosion activity. For example, during off-load conditions, deposited impurities may have been released into the circuit or have entered from outside, e.g. condenser leaks, carbon dioxide (CO2) with air inleakage. Therefore, it is important to consider the effects on the feedwater and steam cation conductivity, silica, sodium, chloride and sulfate concentrations during startup. If there is a leak in the reheaters, CO2 and, more importantly, flyash and sulfur dioxide, (SO2), may be drawn in, resulting in acidic condensed steam in the reheaters. There is some evidence that silica is washed off turbines during shutdown and startup. Oxygen concentrations in the feedwater require special consideration. Restriction will need to be applied to this parameter, but some relaxation from the normal EPRI guideline values should be possible until steady state operating conditions are achieved. During unit startup, the effect of chemistry control impacts on the potential for fluid-side deposits, corrosion and impeding of heat transfer (furnace tube metal overheating). Focus should be directed towards the identification and correction of the root cause of the chemical control problem.
F.1 SHUTDOWN
The shutdown periods should be viewed as a continuum of the good practices used during normal operation. For mixed-metallurgy systems, it is necessary to maintain reducing conditions in the condensate and feedwater. Having a negative ORP near the optimum value of -300 to -350 mV best ensures this and will maintain the protective cuprous oxide (Cu2O) layer on the surface of copper-based feedwater heater tubes. F-1
The shutdown period is a prelude to the layup of the unit. Layup procedures are determined by the duration of the layup, whether short or longer term. The use of nitrogen blanketing the shell side of feedwater heaters to protect feedwater heaters is presently practiced by only 13% of the recently surveyed utilities (1) . Nitrogen blanketing serves an essential purpose in preventing oxygen ingress during short or longer-term layups. Nitrogen blanketing is an especially significant topic, since it plays an important role in the control of copper in fossil fired power plants. In order to produce an effective nitrogen blanket for oxygen exclusion from electricity generating units, comprising boilers, turbines, heaters, and all interconnecting systems, both the appropriate nitrogen supply/delivery system and the appropriate application procedures are required. The final key to success is to follow the established procedures implicitly at the time the application is needed. Nitrogen supply systems need to be large enough to sufficiently supply nitrogen to steam systems while pressure is collapsing during cooling in order to prevent any sub-atmospheric condition from occurring; and, to preclude any air ingress into the systems being blanketed. If cryogenic storage systems are used, they should be of about twice to three times the gaseous volume of all the equipment that is being protected per application. The vaporizing equipment must be sized to keep pace with the evacuating demand produced by the cooling and draining of the various pieces of equipment. Membrane systems are also commercially available to generate nitrogen on-site. These units are typically skid-mounted and can easily be moved from place to place on the site. These units are available in a wide variety of sizes to accommodate most requirements of nitrogen blanketing. The units use compressed air as an inlet stream. Nitrogen purity ranges to 99.9%, and is a function of the air pressure to the unit. As the purity requirements increase, the capacity to generate nitrogen decreases. The nitrogen which is produced is very dry, with a dew point of 90 F. The units are simple to operate with no moving parts. Membrane systems may be feasible at a cost savings over cryogenic systems. However, due consideration must be given to final purity of the product gas, volume of gas production and the operating power requirements and associated auxiliary power costs. There is little information in the literature relative to the required purity of nitrogen gas to be used for blanketing. Oxygen is the largest impurity in commercial or on-site generated nitrogen. This oxygen has a great propensity for dissolving in water, particularly deoxygenated water, which will enhance corrosion to metal surfaces. Based upon considerable experience with nitrogen blanketing systems, the suggested minimum purity for nitrogen used for blanketing purposes is 99.5%. This agrees well with the practice of feedwater heater manufacturers which use 99.6% purity nitrogen when shipping their heaters. Nitrogen supply piping must be connected separately to all circuits and components that are normally isolated by shut-off, stop or stop/check valves during normal shutdown. Exception to this can be made if non-routine valve positioning is explicitly stated in the blanketing procedures and is accomplished during the application process. This is to ensure that all parts of all circuits can be blanketed with nitrogen.
F-2
All nitrogen piping connections must be per code requirements of the component or circuit involved. Connections can be made permanently, with welded connections and appropriate isolation and check valves; or, using the quick connect type that can be disconnected to prevent blanketing by accident if the unit is going to be inspected instead of blanketed. The valves on the permanent type connections can be of the manual type or (preferably) can be motor-operated in order to automate the blanketing process. These valves can be wired into the control system so as to admit nitrogen as soon as the specified pressure set point for that component or circuit is reached. If the system is manual, care must be taken to monitor the pressures and to valve-in the nitrogen supply to that component at the appropriate time in order to prevent sub-atmospheric pressure from occurring, which would nullify the effectiveness of the nitrogen blanket. Shutdown procedures that previously had been established for the unit will need to be reviewed and revised as necessary to facilitate application of the nitrogen blanket. The objective is always to replace the collapsing steam with nitrogen to prevent air ingress into the system, including the condenser. As the turbine comes off line, the condenser and reheater need to be flooded with nitrogen to achieve positive pressure as fast as possible before shutting down the air removal system. Care must be taken not to violate any turbine cooling requirements and to not over-pressure the condenser, which may cause the rupture discs to blow. The extraction system, which is frequently neglected, needs as much attention as any other system. The heater shells and drains need appropriate blanketing. The deaerating heater and its associated storage tank can be pegged with nitrogen as the steam pressure collapses. The superheater vents and drains should be open and nitrogen admitted at such pressure as necessary to effect a purge prior to isolation. The boiler should be drained under nitrogen pressure if draining is desired; or, capped under a continuous nitrogen pressure if it is to remain full. The boiler can be flash drained (drained while above boiling temperature) to produce a dry condition, all the while under nitrogen pressure, if such a condition is desired. If the condensate, feedwater and associated heaters are to be drained, this should be accomplished under positive nitrogen pressure. A slight positive pressure should be maintained on the isolated system once the drain is accomplished. If these systems are to remain full of condensate, a positive nitrogen pressure must exist at all times to prevent any air ingress and to replace any water that may have leaked from seals, flanges, etc. If the unit being blanketed contains any non-drainable components or circuits, these must be identified and an appropriate nitrogen supply made available to them in order to have an effective nitrogen blanket. Once all systems are drained and blanketed, all vents and drains should be closed. Then, a slightly positive nitrogen pressure of 2-5 psig (13.834.5 kPa) should be maintained on all components. F-3
In the case of the main condenser, once the steam seals are off and the air removal systems are stopped, a positive flow of nitrogen should continue to the condenser. If a slight pressure can be maintained without excessive nitrogen consumption, this procedure is feasible. Again, care must be taken not to blow the rupture disks. A continuous small flow through the condenser and out the turbine seals is totally sufficient to keep air out of that area in almost any situation. Cost effective and physically effective nitrogen blanketing of steam electric generating systems can be accomplished. There are certain prerequisites that cannot be circumvented if effective blanketing is to be the desired result. The nitrogen supply system has to be capable of delivering the appropriate volume and purity in the required time frame. The nitrogen application points must be located in all necessary components and circuits. The nitrogen blanket application procedures, as well as unit shutdown procedures must address all of the necessary conditions and situations. Finally, the performance of the process must be exacting in order to be successful to accomplish the ultimate objective, which is to exclude oxygen from the equipment during downtime and lay-up.
F.2 LAYUP
The following guidelines will give desirable results for iron and copper control during short and longer-term layups. Additional information can be found in EPRIs Startup, Shutdown and (3) Layup Guidelines. F.2.1 Influence of Cycle Metallurgy on Layup All-ferrous metallurgy systems Adequate layup practices for layup of idle equipment fall into two general categories: the wet and the dry procedures. Wet layup requires filling of most of the system with an alkaline solution (ammonia) and preventing air ingress by pressurization with nitrogen. In units operated with a feedwater ORP of >0, reducing agents (hydrazine or alternates) should not be used for wet layup. Dry layup requires drainage while hot, and removal of all water followed by pressurization with a moisture-free inert gas or by use of dehumidified air to maintain a low-moisture environment. Use of wet layup solutions in units with all-ferrous feedwater systems on AVT(O) or OT should generally be restricted to short term protection. Extended wet layup without a reducing agent (as is optimum in these cycles for short term protection) could lead to pitting attack unless the equipment is reliably nitrogen capped at all times and there is a means of circulating the solution. In view of these concerns, dry layup methods are clearly preferred for units with all-ferrous feedwater metallurgy and AVT(O) or OT feedwater chemistry. Conversely, if the normal feedwater chemistry is AVT(R) extended wet layup solutions containing a suitable reducing agent can be used effectively.
F-4
Mixed metallurgy systems Adequate layup practices for layup of idle equipment fall into two general categories: the wet and the dry procedures. Wet layup requires filling of most of the system with an alkaline reducing solution (ammonia and hydrazine) and preventing air ingress by pressurization with nitrogen. It is emphasized that the reducing conditions have to be maintained not only during normal operation but also in all other situations (shutdown, layup, startup). Dry layup requires drainage while hot, and removal of all water following by pressurization with a moisture-free inert gas or by use of dehumidified air to maintain a low-moisture environment. F.2.2 Short-term Layup Short-term layup presumes that the unit will be required to operate again within a relatively short time frame. Therefore, no major changes are required from normal operating conditions, with the exception being that the unit must be protected from air ingress. The condenser vacuum and turbine seals should be maintained. The deaerator and heater shells are inerted with nitrogen, and the feedwater chemistry is maintained as before shutdown. F.2.3 Intermediate and Longterm Layup The two methods, which are available for intermediate and longterm layup, are the wet and the dry procedures. In the dry procedure, all components of the condensate and feedwater systems must be drained hot. Dry air or nitrogen is circulated through the equipment to remove residual moisture and to prevent subsequent corrosion of the components of the cycle. The preferred wet procedure, only suitable for units on AVT(R), involves filling the various components with deoxygenated demineralized water containing ammonia and hydrazine. Reducing agents should not be used for layup of units on AVT(O) or OT. For units containing copper alloys, the pH of the feedwater should be limited to 9.0 to 9.3; for all-ferrous systems 9.2 to 9.6. Hydrazine is held to 40 to 50 ppm. The pH in mixed-metallurgy systems should not be allowed to rise, because increasing pH increases the solubility of copper oxides. A separate chemical purging system may be required for this purpose. Wet layup methods generally should not be used for intermediate or longterm layup of units on AVT(O) or OT feedwater treatment. Dry layup is preferred. Nitrogen blanketing is preferred for all wet layups (Figure F-4). As the turbine spins down on shutdown, nitrogen is added to the condenser, which also purges the reheater system. A continuous purge of nitrogen is necessary to account for leakage through the turbine steam seals. Nitrogen is added to the deaerator and storage tank while the system is still hot. A small flow of nitrogen is provided to purge this system. A nitrogen cap is maintained on the shell side of the feedwater heaters.
F-5
F.2.4 Maintenance Outage Only equipment requiring maintenance should be drained (wet storage only), and nitrogen (if used) purged with air to provide an environment suitable for entry of personnel. Since nitrogen does not support human life, it is extremely important that it be completely displaced by air. The atmosphere within the equipment to be maintained should be tested with suitable test equipment to ensure the equipment is safe for personnel entry.
F.3 STARTUP
Again it is necessary to prevent oxygen ingress, if iron and copper are to be controlled to acceptable levels. The use of deaerated makeup will appreciably reduce oxygen levels during startup (see Appendix A). Air in-leakage must be controlled, as additional parts of the heat cycle are under vacuum during low load operation (see Appendix C). The use of auxiliary steam to peg the deaerator (if available) will enhance oxygen removal at this point in the cycle. Detection and repair of condenser leaks during startup is critical to prevent ingress of harmful contaminants such as chlorides and sulfates. The use of a cleanup loop, in conjunction with condensate polishers and/or filters (if available) was considered in the 1980s to be helpful in reducing contaminants during startup, however they are quite expensive to back-fit; and, therefore are not in widespread usage today. There have been some back-fit installations made for those units which have been converted from base loaded to cyclic operation, and, therefore are expected to have frequent startups. Even without cleanup loops, condensate polishers and/or condensate filters can markedly decrease startup times. F.3.1 Corrosion Product Filters
(2) A recent development, condensate filters for copper shows promise for markedly reducing copper in feedwater. Results from the application of such a unit are shown in Figure F-1. Field testing of this copper-reducing filter, as reported, indicates that copper can be reduced in feedwater by more than 95%, from 600 ppb to less than 20 ppb. Iron concentrations are also said to be reduced.
F-6
1200
1000
Copper Concentration (ppb)
800
Inlet copper concentration
600
400
200
Outlet copper concentration
0 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 Run Time (minutes)
Figure F-1 Copper Concentration at Virginia Powers Chesterfield Unit 6 Before and After a Filter(3)
The copper filter is a design derived from filters already being applied in condensate filtration for particulate iron removal. The filter is a cartridge type utilizing a proprietary melt blown filter media that has a unique affinity for copper. It has no leachables, different from other plastic filter media of similar construction. Maximum operating temperature is 180F (82C), and (4) maximum differential pressure is 50 psi. Other design features are shown in Table F-1 . After the initial tests at Chesterfield Station, the copper filter was fitted with an improved cartridge design, and retested at Chesterfield with improved results(5). Additional tests were performed at Pacificorps Naughton Plant using the improved cartridge design. As a result of the satisfactory test results, a full set of copper reducing elements were ordered for installation at (7) Naughton . A primary limitation of condensate filters is that they cannot remove iron and copper which enter the feedwater. (Condensate polishers exhibit comparable filtration capabilities and limitations.) Development of filter elements capable of working in the feedwater environment would increase F-7
the usefulness of their devices. However, it should also be kept in mind that the need for corrosion product removal is minimized when the chemistry is controlled to minimize corrosion of materials in the cycle. F.3.2 Units With Drum Boilers In general and to the extent practiced, it may be desirable to discard heater drains during initial startup operations (first 2-4 hours after turbine synchronization) to reduce the amount of iron and copper entering the boiler. Initial startup depends on the layup procedures followed prior to startup. If the layup was shortterm, and the unit filled with water treated for typical normal operations, startup can proceed without delay. If the feedwater system was full of water treated for longer-term layup (pH 9.0 to 9.6, hydrazine 40-50ppm) some water may have to be dumped to reduce hydrazine and ammonia to more appropriate values. If the unit was laid up dry, the feedwater system for mixed-metallurgy systems must be filled with deaerated water from the makeup system treated with ammonia to pH 9.0-9.3, and hydrazine to achieve an ORP in the range -300 to -350mV, prior to startup. For all-ferrous systems, pH would be 9.2 to 9.6. During startup, the boiler feedwater should be closely monitored. The following limits for the boiler feedwater have been used prior to firing the boiler:
Oxygen < 100 ppb Iron < 100 ppb Copper < 10 ppb
By following the guidelines and procedures in Sections 4 and 5 of this document, it is expected that these limits can (and should) be reduced. Attainment of these prefiring limits will be more difficult in units not equipped with condensate polishers and / or filtration equipment. Best control will require close compliance with the guidelines for unit shutdown and layup. However, for mixed-metallurgy systems the Program (6) Copper research has indicated that transition of protective cuprous oxide will occur to nonprotective cupric oxide in a matter of hours in oxygenated water. Thus it is important to quickly reach ORP levels between 350 and 300 mV for these systems.
F-8
EPRI Licensed Material Unit Shutdown, Layup, Startup, Cycling and Peaking Table F-1 Design features of copper filter(4) Sizes Filter Diameter (in/mm) 6 / 152.4 6 / 152.4 Filter Length (in/mm) 40 / 1016 60 / 1524 Max. Flow (gpm/lpm) 83 / 321 130 / 492
Housings Number of Filters Aqueous Rated Flow (gpm/lpm) 130 260 390 520 910 1560 2470
1 2 3 4 7 12 19
After firing the boiler, monitoring of the condensate and feedwater must be continued, both for chemistry parameters and to ensure that temperature ramps are maintained according to equipment manufacturers specifications. Boiler water chemistry concentration levels vs. pressure curves (see Section 4) can be utilized to control sodium, silica, chlorides and sulfates to provide protection to the steam turbine. Boiler pressure should remain at reduced levels such that these contaminant values, as shown on the curves, are not exceeded before pressure can be increased to the next level. Maximum use of blowdown and condensate polishing (if available) will minimize startup times. Several organizations with mixed-metallurgy systems have established boiler water holds for copper during startups, similar to the philosophy established very much earlier for holds on (7) silica boiler water levels during startups. One such startup curve is shown in Figure F-2 . The first version was established in 1987, but was modified in 1993 in an effort to shorten unit startup times. The revised curve for 1993 reduced startup times from 48-60 hours (1987) to about 12 hours.
F-9
Figure F-2 Boiler Water Copper Concentration/Drum Boiler Pressure Control Curves Developed at Miami Fort Station(7)
Figure F-3 shows a boiler water copper control curve derived for a 2 ppb copper limit in steam, which was developed for the EPRI Copper Guidelines.(6) Since it is difficult to quantify analytically the individual species (cupric or cuprous) in the boiler water, it was suggested that total copper be used for control purposes. The curve shown in Figure F-3 is based on the volatility of cuprous oxide, and could be used to provide an approximation of the total copper level in the boiler water which should minimize the copper in steam. The startup curves in Figure F-2 are similar to the total copper curve of Figure F-3 in the higher operating pressure ranges, as shown in Table F-2. Of course it should be recognized that use of a curve, such as indicated in Figure 4-7, implies that the good control philosophies for boiler water, which ensure reducing conditions are maintained during a shutdown, have not been adopted. A key example may include a maintenance outage to work or internally inspect the boiler. On the other hand, if reducing conditions are rigorously maintained then such a figure should not be needed. In this regard, it can not be emphasized more strongly that, according to the Program Copper research (Sections 1.2.4 and 3.3.1), the copper oxides will partition into steam from boiler water at high levels even (6) during the early startup. Applying these guidelines to control the chemistry under all conditions is the best approach to avoidance of copper transport problems. F-10
Drum Pressure (MPa)

4.8 6.2 7.6 9.0 10.3 11.7 13.1 14.5 15.8 17.2 18.6 19.6
2000
1000 800 600 500 400 300

Total Copper (ppb) in Boiler Water
200
100 80 60 50 40 30 20 Normal 10 8 6 5 4 3
600 700 900 1100 1300 1500 1700 1900 2100 2300 2500 2700 2850
Drum Pressure (psia) Based on 2 ppb copper in steam

Figure F-3 Drum Boiler Water Copper vs. Operating Pressure
F-11
EPRI Licensed Material Unit Shutdown, Layup, Startup, Cycling and Peaking Table F-2 Comparison Of Copper Values in Blowdown (Figures F-2 and F-3) PRESSURE psi (MPa) FIGURE F-2 (ppb) 1993 DATA(1) 1950 (13.4) 2000 (13.8) 2100 (14.5) 2200 (15.1) 2300 (15.8) 2400 (16.5) 2500 (17.2) 2600 (37.7) 275 160 140 100 75 60 40 25 1987 DATA 110 100 75 70 50 45 40 25 85 75 65 50 45 35 30 25 FIGURE F-3 (ppb)
During startup, any chemical excursions must be dealt with quickly and effectively to return the unit expeditiously to normal operating values. Target values at the deaerator inlet and the economizer inlet are given in Figures 4-1 and 4-2. F.3.3 Units With Once Through Boilers Firing must be stopped during any startup if contamination is present. Cold Startup A key requirement for the startup system is to maintain adequate flow in the furnace walls (25% for most supercritical units and 33% for most subcritical units) to protect them from overheating during both startup and low-load operation. In early systems, any excess flow not required for turbine power operation was simply bypassed from the furnace to the condenser. Later units added a steam-water separation device sometimes called a flash tank. It is suggested that temperature should not exceed 550F (288C) at the convection pass outlet until the iron levels are less than 50 ppb at the economizer inlet. In units with mixed-metallurgy, particular attention should be given to filling the system with almost oxygen-free alkalized (ammonia and hydrazine) condensate or feedwater. The presence of oxygen and the absence of reducing conditions during startup is the main cause of the copper transport round the circuit. F-12
Depending on the plant, and the shutdown and layup conditions adopted, several steps may be required for startup (in addition to filling the boiler following a long shutdown and safely venting nitrogen, if used). The steps used during startup are plant-specific;(3) Examples include:
Circulation via deaerator Circulation via economizer Circulation via the boiler Allow firing Allow steam to turbine Turbine on one third load Increasing to full load.
As a rule, units meeting the normal target values specified in Figure 5-2 during normal operation and applying adequate layup techniques do not need extended cleanup steps even during a cold start. It is recommended to monitor some cold starts in detail(3), particularly with respect to pH, cation conductivity, and oxygen in corresponding cycle streams, and tailoring a unit-specific startup control procedure. The assumption is that some of the steps listed above can be markedly curtailed in comparison to the former practice or even completely omitted. Hot Startup Units meeting the normal target values specified in Figure 5-2 (all-ferrous metallurgy units) or in Figure 5-5 (mixed-metallurgy units) during normal operation and stored under pressure do not require extended chemistry-related checks for hot startup. It is suggested that efforts should be made to meet a cation conductivity of <1.0 S/cm for two minutes and the iron level should be <50 ppb before load is raised on the unit.
F.4 ROAD MAP FOR SHUTDOWN AND LAYUP

A road map to develop shutdown and layup procedures is shown in Figure F-4(3). Because of variations in design, some generating units may require deviations to Figure F-4, or may require customization to adapt to a particular utilitys needs. Figure F-4 is divided into nine steps, which are further described as follows:
Step 1 - Short-Term Layup
Short-term layup presumes that the unit will be required to operate within a relatively short timeframe. In consideration of this, no major changes are required from normal operating conditions, with the exception being that the unit must be protected from air ingress. The condenser vacuum and turbine seals are maintained; the deaerator, heater shells and boiler are inerted with nitrogen or steam; and, the feedwater chemistry is maintained according to the requirements of the treatment philosophy employed. F-13
Step 1 Step 2 No
Short term shutdown

Yes
Intermediate and long term

Yes
No
Wet layup
Yes
Maintain condenser vacuum and turbine seals
Evacuate reheater with condenser vacuum
Step 5
Step 6
Traditional
Yes No
Low O2 scavenger
Yes
Inert the deaerator and heater shells
Break reheater vacuum with Nitrogen purge
Back fill superheater 200 ppm Hydrazine* 10 ppm ammonia. Nitrogen cap
Step 8
Fill boiler with 10 ppm Ammonia; and up to 200 ppm Hydrazine*
Inert the boiler with automatic system
Drain condenser under Nitrogen
Add 5-10 ppm Hydrazine when boiler pressure decays to 200 psi (1.4 MPa)
Very long term storage

Yes
Maintain chemical limits per guidelines
Dry layup
Fill feedwater system with 200 Hydrazine* 10 ppm Ammonia**
Add Nitrogen cap when boiler pressure decays to 5 psi (0.03 MPa)
Isolate reheater
Establish boiler Nitrogen cap of 5 psi (0.03 MPa)
Maintain feed water without change
Yes Step 3 Step 4 No
No Step 7
Backfill reheater and superheater with 200 ppm Hydrazine* 10 ppm Ammonia Nitrogen cap
Step 9
Dry air
Yes
Drain system to remove all water
Add Nitrogen to condenser while turbine spins down. Maintain slow N2 flow.
Drain system to remove all water
Pressurize with N2 all wetted parts
Maintain small Nitrogen flow through condenser, turbine and deaerator

Notes: *No Hydrazine for AVT(O) or OT units **Limit pH to 9.0 to 9.3 if units have copper alloys in cycle; maintain Hydrazine at 40-50 ppm
Add Nitrogen to deaerator and storage tank while still hot. Maintain slow N2 flow
For maintenance: purge with air all N2 from equipment to be maintained. Test to ensure safe environment.
Maintain Nitrogen cap on shell side of feedwater heaters
Figure F-4 Road Map to Develop Shutdown and Layup Guidelines Common to Most Units
F-14
Step 2 - Intermediate and Longterm Layup Common to Dry and Wet Layup
Intermediate and longterm layup require additional steps to be taken to prevent corrosion during intermediate periods of layup, such as for maintenance and indeterminate cycling or peaking requirements; and during longterm layup for indefinite periods of time. Certain procedures are common regardless of whether the units are to be laid up dry or wet. There is a danger of offload corrosion (pitting) if there are salts present. Consideration needs to be given to whether the reheater supports can take the weight if the reheater is to be filled with water. During shutdown, the turbine, condenser (steam side) and reheater are generally considered together because, unless special facilities are incorporated, there is no practical way to isolate them. With special facilities incorporated, the reheater can be isolated from the turbine and may be stored wet (see Step 8). The turbine, however, can only be laid up dry. The condenser may be flooded and laid up wet, but several factors limit the feasibility of this procedure:
The condenser must be supported from the bottom to handle the extra weight of a flooded condenser. The expansion joints between the turbine and condenser are not designed to support the weight of a flooded condenser. A flooded condenser tends to pull the turbine bearings out of alignment. Water in the condenser may cause moisture vapor to enter the turbine causing corrosion.
For these reasons, the steam side of the condenser is normally laid up dry. For Step 2, during shutdown, the reheater is evacuated by utilizing the vacuum in the condenser. The vacuum is then broken using nitrogen pressure. The condenser is drained under nitrogen. If the turbine steam is supplied from a header system, all valves must be tight to prevent moisture entrance into the turbine.
Step 3 - Dry Air Layup
The dry air layup procedure requires that all components of the system be drained. There are several methods of maintaining dry air flow through the equipment. The advantages and disadvantages of dry air layup and the equipment required have been previously described in other EPRI documents(3,6).
Step 4 - Dry Layup with Nitrogen
Nitrogen can be used for blanketing equipment, which is drained but not completely dry, or for blanketing equipment either filled with water or not, to prevent air ingress.
F-15
Step 4 is similar to Step 3, except nitrogen is used for a positive pressure on all components rather than a dry air purge. A small continuous purge of nitrogen is required, however, to protect the turbine, deaerator storage tank.
Step 5 - Wet Layup: Traditional Method (Boiler and Feedwater Heaters)
For those units having copper alloy condenser tubes and/or feedwater heaters, feedwater pH should be limited to 9.0 to 9.3 by reducing ammonia. Hydrazine is held at 40-50 ppm. For these units, it is most important to maintain reducing conditions (ORP < 0 mV and preferably to -350 mV) to prevent increased attack of the copper alloys associated with a change of the surface oxide layers from cuprous to cupric oxide. A nitrogen cap of 5 psi (0.03 MPa) is maintained on the boiler.
Step 6 - Wet Layup: Low Oxygen Scavenger Method (Boiler and Feedwater Heaters)
Many alternatives to the traditional wet layup method have been used successfully by markedly reducing the level of hydrazine. These procedures may not require boiler draining prior to startup, thereby protecting the environment and not requiring special disposal techniques or permits. In one procedure, 5 to 10 ppm of hydrazine equivalent is injected into the boiler when the boiler pressure decays to 200 psi (1.4 MPa) (typically 3 days). The chemical injection is made using the normal chemical feed system. Natural boiler circulation at 200 psi (1.4 MPa) is sufficient to mix adequately the chemicals in the boiler water. No other changes need be made to the boiler or to the feedwater chemistry. When the boiler pressure decays to 5 psi (0.03 MPa) (typically 7 days) a nitrogen cap is applied to the boiler. Upon return to service, the boiler may be fired without draining the layup solution. Also, since it typically take 3 days before the boiler pressure decays to 200 psi (1.4 MPa), weekend outages normally do not require a chemical injection treatment.
Step 7 - Wet Layup (Balance of Cycle)
As the turbine spins down, nitrogen is added to the condenser, which also purges the reheater system. A continuous purge of nitrogen is necessary to account for leakage through the turbine steam seals. Nitrogen is added to the deaerator and storage tank while this system is still hot. A small flow of nitrogen is provided to purge this system. A nitrogen cap is maintained on the shell side of the feedwater heaters. The superheater is back filled with a solution of up to 200 ppm of hydrazine and 10 ppm ammonia and a nitrogen cap maintained.
F-16
Step 8 - Very Long Storage For very long storage periods, the reheater is isolated from the turbine, and back filled with a solution of up to 200 ppm hydrazine and 10 ppm ammonia, and capped with nitrogen. The superheater is treated similarly.
Step 9 - Maintenance
Only equipment requiring maintenance should be drained (wet storage only), and nitrogen (if used) purged with air to provide an environment suitable for entry of personnel. Since nitrogen does not support human life, it is extremely important that nitrogen is completely displaced by air. The atmosphere within the equipment to be maintained should be tested with suitable test equipment to ensure the equipment is safe for personnel entry. Experience indicates that for mixed-metallurgy systems unit startups in the past have been a major source of copper transport to the boiler, with concentrations as high as 10 ppm during cold starts. By following the preceding startup guidelines, especially for oxygen control and air inleakage, copper transport can be minimized during these periods.
F.5 CYCLING AND PEAKING

Cycling is a load following operation. The unit load fluctuates with system demand, with the unit synchronized at very low loads during low-demand periods. A typical load variation for cycling units might range from 30% to 100% of design capacity. Peaking is a form of cycling in which the unit is operated only during peak power demand periods. At off-peak hours the unit is on hot standby, depending upon the estimated time between restarts. Two-shift operation is typical of peaking units, which generally furnish power for the morning and evening high demand hours. For guidance, Table F-3 gives suggested cumulative hours per year of exposure to contaminant conditions for cycling operations.
Table F-3 Maximum Annual Exposure to Contaminant Conditions for Cycling and Peaking Operation TARGETS HOURS PER YEAR
NORMAL ACTION LEVEL 1 ACTION LEVEL 2 ACTION LEVEL 3 IMMEDIATE SHUTDOWN
672 96 16 2 (28 days) (4 days)
F-17
Organizations attempting to apply the criteria to peaking units are challenged by the chemistry variations associated with shutdown and startup periods, especially if no provision is made for equipment layup. For chemistry accounting purposes, it is generally accepted that accrued times in action level conditions should only be counted while the unit is in service at or above minimum load at which the unit is normally operated to supply power to the system. However, this approach does not lessen the value and importance of optimizing cycle chemistry under all operating conditions. Some concerns relative to cycling and operation are given below. An * indicates the items affected by water and steam chemistry:
increased boiler component cyclic stress with loss of unit life* increased turbine rotor cyclic stress with loss of rotor life* increased thermal stress on turbine rotor, steam chests, valves, and inner casing,* leading to corrosion fatigue increased solid particle erosion of HP and IP turbine blading from superheater and reheater tube exfoliation turbine vibration during startup/shutdown* possibility of furnace implosion/explosion during startup/shutdown steam requirements for maintaining condenser vacuum the need for improved boiler control to minimize unit restart and reloading times* acid dew point condensation- corrosion and plugging of air preheaters and back end ductwork flame scanner monitoring problems requiring much attention burner turndown ratio/flame stability at low loads- feeder turndown and mill response times during load ramps too slow increased frequency of chemical cleaning and more monitoring and control of steam and water chemistry needed* poor back end equipment performance at low load conditions increased possibility of mill fires and explosions during frequent starting and stopping of a unit distortion and internal rubbing of the boiler feed pump, if pump is not fully warmed up at startup
Some of the possible solutions to these problems are given below. Many of these solutions require considerable expenditures. An * denotes possible effects on cycle water chemistry:
incorporate steam bypass systems* incorporate full arc admission add additional controls and monitoring equipment* F-18
incorporate variable pressure operation* use two half-sized boilers install turning gears on ID fans incorporate a condensate polishing system* incorporate better turbine seals install smaller coal mills for low load operation
Additional detailed information on this topic can be found in the EPRIs Cycling, Startup, and Layup Guidelines.(6)
F.6 REFERENCES
1. Survey of 63 Utilities. Fifth International Conference on Fossil Plant Cycle Chemistry. EPRI Proceedings. Edited by B. Dooley and J. Matthews TR-108459. December 1997. 2. K. Shimmoller, Plant O&M: Taking the Long View. Power Engineering, February 2000. 3. Cycling, Startup, and Lay-up Fossil Plant Cycle Chemistry Guidelines for Operators and Chemists. EPRI, Palo Alto, CA.: August 1998. TR-107754. 4. R. Friis, Pall Corporation, Personal Communication to A. Aschoff, August 2000. 5. K. Laird, D. Beard, E. Conners, J. Canil, R. Stoyell, Jr., and R. Gieger, Copper Reduction in th Power Plants, presented at the 8 Annual Southwest Chemistry Workshop, August 1999. 6. Guidelines for Copper in Fossil Plants. EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: 2000. 1000457. 7. M.L. Hoffman, Concerted Utility Efforts Tames Copper Deposition, Power, June 1994.
F-19
EPRI Licensed Material.
G
EPRI FOSSIL PLANT CYCLE CHEMISTRY REPORTS, GUIDELINES AND CONFERENCE PROCEEDINGS
1. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL GUIDELINES CS-5164, April 1987. (Replaced by item 29 Reference Manual, April 1999) 2. STEAM SAMPLING TR-100196, December 1991 3. MONITORING CYCLE CHEMISTRY IN FOSSIL PLANTS GS-7556, Vol.1 Monitoring Results. October 1991 Vol.2 International Cycle Chemistry. Dec. 1992 Vol.3 Conclusions & Recommendations. Oct. 1991 4. MEASUREMENT OF pH and POTENTIAL IN SUPERCRITICAL WATER. TR-102277. Vol.1 Development of Sensors. April 1993 Vol.2 Long Term Testing and Measurement. Sept. 1993 5. BEHAVIOR of AMMONIUM SALTS IN STEAM CYCLES. TR-102377. December 1993 6. CYCLE CHEMISTRY CORROSION and DEPOSITION: CORRECTION, PREVENTION AND CONTROL. TR-103038. December 1993 7. IN-SITU MEASUREMENT of PARTICULATES BY ACOUSTIC DETECTION TR-103627. February 1994 8. DEVELOPMENT of OXYGEN and pH SENSORS for AQUEOUS SYSTEMS TR-103400. April 1994 9. BEHAVIOUR OF SODIUM PHOSPHATES UNDER BOILER CONDITIONS TR-102431. June 1994 10. TURBINE STEAM, CHEMISTRY, AND CORROSION TR-103738, August 1994 11. CYCLE CHEMISTRY GUIDELINES FOR FOSSIL PLANTS: PHOSPHATE TREATMENT FOR DRUM UNITS TR-103665. December 1994
G-1
Insert Appropriate Auto Text License Entry. If license is copyright, please delete EPRI Fossil Plant Cycle Chemistry Reports, Guidelines and Conference Proceedings
12. CYCLE CHEMISTRY GUIDELINES FOR FOSSIL PLANTS: OXYGENATED TREATMENT TR-102285. December 1994 13. SODIUM HYDROXIDE FOR CONDITIONING THE BOILER WATER OF DRUM TYPE BOILERS TR-104007. December 1994 14. INVESTIGATION AND OPERATING EXPERIENCE of RUSSIAN HIGH PRESSURE DRUM BOILERS USING PHOSPHATE TREATMENT TR-104008. January 1995 15. CYCLE CHEMISTRY GUIDELINES FOR FOSSIL PLANTS: ALL-VOLATILE TREATMENT. TR-105041. April 1996 16. ASSESSMENT OF THE RAY DIAGRAM. TR-106017. August 1996 17. CONDENSATE POLISHING GUIDELINES TR-104422. September 1996 18. SELECTION and OPTIMIZATION OF BOILER WATER AND FEEDWATER for FOSSIL PLANTS TR-105040. March 1997 19. CYCLE CHEMISTRY IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM (CCIP) TR-106371. April 1997 20. TURBINE STEAM, CHEMISTRY and CORROSION: EXPERIMENTAL TURBINE TESTS TR-108185, September 1997 21. STATE of KNOWLEDGE of COPPER in FOSSIL PLANT CYCLES TR-108460, September 1997 22. MOISTURE NUCLEATION in STEAM TURBINES TR-108942, October 1997 23. GUIDELINES for CONTROLLING FLOW-ACCELERATED CORROSION IN FOSSIL PLANTS TR-108859, November 1997 24. FLOW-ACCELERATED CORROSION IN POWER PLANTS EPRI BOOK. TR-106611. Revision 1. July 1998.
G-2
25. CYCLING, STARTUP, SHUTDOWN, AND LAYUP FOSSIL PLANT CYCLE CHEMISTRY GUIDELINES FOR OPERATORS AND CHEMISTS. TR-107754. August 1998. 26. STEAM, CHEMISTRY, and CORROSION in the PHASE TRANSITION ZONE OF STEAM TURBINES (Two Volumes) TR-108184, February 1999 27. VOLATILITY of AQUEOUS SODIUM HYDROXIDE, BISULFATE and SULFATE. TR-105801, February 1999 28. VAPOR-LIQUID PARTITIONING OF SULFURIC ACID and AMMONIUM SULFATE TR-112359, February 1999 29. REFERENCE MANUAL for ON-LINE MONITORING of WATER CHEMISTRY AND CORROSION. 1998 Update TR-112024, APRIL 1999 30. SODIUM PHOSPHATE HIDEOUT MECHANISMS TR-112137, May 1999 31. TURBINE STEAM, CHEMISTRY and CORROSION TR-113090, September 1999 32. INVESTIGATION of ELECTROPHYSICAL EFFECTS in the TURBINE EXHAUST upon STEAM FLOW AND POWER OUTPUT TR-113091, September 1999 33. REVISED GUIDELINES for MAKEUP WATER TREATMENT TR-113692, October 1999 34. CORROSION OF Cu-Ni-Zn ALLOYS IN WATER-AMMONIA POWER PLANT ENVIRONMENTS TR-113697, November 1999 35. THE ROLE of HETEROGENEOUS NUCLEATION on the STEAM CONDENSATION PROCESS TR-113524, February 2000 36. VOLATILITY of AQUEOUS ACETIC ACID, FORMIC ACID, and SODIUM ACETATE TR-113089, July 2000 37. CORROSION of LOW PRESSURE STEAM TURBINE COMPONENTS 1000557, November 2000 38. GUIDELINES for COPPER in FOSSIL PLANTS 1000457, November 2000
G-3
39. BEHAVIOR of AQUEOUS ELECTROLYTES in STEAM CYCLES Solubility and Volatility of CuO. 1000455, November 2000 40. COPPER ALLOY CORROSION in HIGH PURITY FEEDWATER 1000456, November 2000 41. RADIAL FLOW CONDENSATE POLISHING 1001409, March 2001 42. JUSTIFYING CYCLE CHEMISTRY UPGRADES to IMPROVE AVAILABILITY, PERFORMANCE and PROFITABILITY 1001557, June 2001 43. GUIDELINES for OFF-SITE REGENERATION of CONDENSATE POLISHING RESINS 1001502, June 2001 44. CONDENSATE POLISHING GUIDELINES: AMMONIUM FORM OPERATION 1004322, September 2001 45. TURBINE STEAM CHEMISTRY and CORROSION Electrochemistry in LP Turbines. 1006283, September 2001 46. The VOLATILITY OF IMPURITIES in WATER/STEAM CYCLES 1001042, September 2001 47. ELECTROSTATIC CHARGE AND ITS INFLUENCE ON THE CONDENSATION OF STEAM IN A TURBINE 1001332, September 2001 48. INFLUENCE OF WATER CHEMISTRY ON COPPER ALLOY CORROSION IN HIGH PURITY WATER 1004586, October 2001 49. STEAM TURBINE EFFICIENCY AND CORROSION: EFFECTS OF SURFACE FINISH, DEPOSITS AND MOISTURE 1003997, October 2001 50. GUIDELINES FOR CHEMICAL CLEANING OF CONVENTIONAL FOSSIL PLANT EQUIPMENT 1003994, November 2001 51. BEHAVIOUR OF AQUEOUS ELECTROLYTES IN STEAM CYCLES: THE SOLUBILITY AND VOLATILITY OF COPPER (I) AND COPPER (II) OXIDES 1003993, December 2001
G-4
CONFERENCE PROCEEDINGS
52. 1985 Water Chemistry Symposium. CS-4950, Dec 1986 53. Second Cycle Chemistry Conference. GS-6166, Jan. 1989 54. International Conference on Cycle Chemistry. TR-100195. Dec 1991 55. Interaction of Iron-Based Materials with Water and Steam. TR-102101, May 1993 56. Fourth International Conference on Fossil Plant Cycle Chemistry TR-104502. December 1994 57. Interaction of Non Iron-Based Materials with Water and Steam. TR-108236, July 1997 58. Fifth International Conference on Fossil Plant Cycle Chemistry TR-108459. December 1997 59. Workshop on Corrosion of Steam Turbine Blading and Disks in the Phase Transition Zone. TR-111340. November 1998 60. Steam Chemistry: Interaction of Chemical Species with Water, Steam, and Materials during Evaporation, Superheating, and Condensation. TR-114837. August 2000 61. Sixth International Conference on Fossil Plant Cycle Chemistry. 1001363. April 2001
G-5
Target: Boiler and Turbine Steam and Cycle Chemistry
SINGLE USER LICENSE AGREEMENT THIS IS A LEGALLY BINDING AGREEMENT BETWEEN YOU AND THE ELECTRIC POWER RESEARCH INSTITUTE, INC. (EPRI). PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY BEFORE REMOVING THE WRAPPING MATERIAL. BY OPENING THIS SEALED PACKAGE YOU ARE AGREEING TO THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT. IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT,PROMPTLY RETURN THE UNOPENED PACKAGE TO EPRI AND THE PURCHASE PRICE WILL BE REFUNDED. 1. GRANT OF LICENSE EPRI grants you the nonexclusive and nontransferable right during the term of this agreement to use this package only for your own benefit and the benefit of your organization.This means that the following may use this package: (I) your company (at any site owned or operated by your company); (II) its subsidiaries or other related entities; and (III) a consultant to your company or related entities, if the consultant has entered into a contract agreeing not to disclose the package outside of its organization or to use the package for its own benefit or the benefit of any party other than your company. This shrink-wrap license agreement is subordinate to the terms of the Master Utility License Agreement between most U.S. EPRI member utilities and EPRI.Any EPRI member utility that does not have a Master Utility License Agreement may get one on request.
About EPRI EPRI creates science and technology solutions for the global energy and energy services industry. U.S. electric utilities established the Electric Power Research Institute in 1973 as a nonprofit research consortium for the benefit of utility members, their customers, and society. Now known simply as EPRI, the company provides a wide range of innovative products and services to more than 1000 energyrelated organizations in 40 countries. EPRIs multidisciplinary team of scientists and engineers draws on a worldwide network of technical and business expertise to help solve todays toughest energy and environmental problems. EPRI. Electrify the World
2. COPYRIGHT This package, including the information contained in it, is either licensed to EPRI or owned by EPRI and is protected by United States and international copyright laws. You may not, without the prior written permission of EPRI, reproduce, translate or modify this package, in any form, in whole or in part, or prepare any derivative work based on this package. 3. RESTRICTIONS You may not rent, lease, license, disclose or give this package to any person or organization, or use the information contained in this package, for the benefit of any third party or for any purpose other than as specified above unless such use is with the prior written permission of EPRI.You agree to take all reasonable steps to prevent unauthorized disclosure or use of this package.Except as specified above, this agreement does not grant you any right to patents, copyrights, trade secrets, trade names, trademarks or any other intellectual property, rights or licenses in respect of this package. 4.TERM AND TERMINATION This license and this agreement are effective until terminated.You may terminate them at any time by destroying this package. EPRI has the right to terminate the license and this agreement immediately if you fail to comply with any term or condition of this agreement. Upon any termination you may destroy this package, but all obligations of nondisclosure will remain in effect. 5. DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITIES NEITHER EPRI,ANY MEMBER OF EPRI,ANY COSPONSOR, NOR ANY PERSON OR ORGANIZATION ACTING ON BEHALF OF ANY OF THEM: (A) MAKES ANY WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION WHATSOEVER, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, (I) WITH RESPECT TO THE USE OF ANY INFORMATION,APPARATUS, METHOD, PROCESS OR SIMILAR ITEM DISCLOSED IN THIS PACKAGE, INCLUDING MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR (II) THAT SUCH USE DOES NOT INFRINGE ON OR INTERFERE WITH PRIVATELY OWNED RIGHTS, INCLUDING ANY PARTYS INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY, OR (III) THAT THIS PACKAGE IS SUITABLE TO ANY PARTICULAR USERS CIRCUMSTANCE; OR (B) ASSUMES RESPONSIBILITY FOR ANY DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHATSOEVER (INCLUDING ANY CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF EPRI OR ANY EPRI REPRESENTATIVE HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES) RESULTING FROM YOUR SELECTION OR USE OF THIS PACKAGE OR ANY INFORMATION,APPARATUS, METHOD, PROCESS OR SIMILAR ITEM DISCLOSED IN THIS PACKAGE. 6. EXPORT The laws and regulations of the United States restrict the export and re-export of any portion of this package, and you agree not to export or re-export this package or any related technical data in any form without the appropriate United States and foreign government approvals. 7. CHOICE OF LAW This agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California as applied to transactions taking place entirely in California between California residents. 8. INTEGRATION You have read and understand this agreement, and acknowledge that it is the final, complete and exclusive agreement between you and EPRI concerning its subject matter, superseding any prior related understanding or agreement. No waiver, variation or different terms of this agreement will be enforceable against EPRI unless EPRI gives its prior written consent, signed by an officer of EPRI.
2002 Electric Power Research Institute (EPRI), Inc. All rights reserved. Electric Power Research Institute and EPRI are registered service marks of the Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. EPRI. ELECTRIFY THE WORLD is a service mark of the Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. Printed on recycled paper in the United States of America 1004187
EPRI 3412 Hillview Avenue, Palo Alto, California 94304 PO Box 10412, Palo Alto, California 94303 USA 800.313.3774 650.855.2121 askepri@epri.com www.epri.com

EPRI. Cycle Chemistry Guidelines For Fossil Plants All-Volatile Treatment Revision 1

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

EPRI. Cycle Chemistry Guidelines For Fossil Plants All-Volatile Treatment Revision 1

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Cycle Chemistry Guidelines for Fossil Plants: All-volatile Treatment

Cycle Chemistry Guidelines for Fossil Plants: All-Volatile Treatment

Final Report, November 2002

EPRI Project Manager R. B. Dooley

DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITIES

EPRI Licensed Material

EPRI Licensed Material

EPRI Licensed Material

EPRI Licensed Material

EPRI Licensed Material

EPRI Licensed Material

EPRI Licensed Material

EPRI Licensed Material

EPRI Licensed Material

EPRI Licensed Material

EPRI Licensed Material

EPRI Licensed Material

EPRI Licensed Material

EPRI Licensed Material

EPRI Licensed Material

EPRI Licensed Material

EPRI Licensed Material Introduction

EPRI Licensed Material Introduction

Optimized feedwater treatment to:

Operational guidelines for all unit designs and operating conditions

Simple and reliable chemistry instrumentation and control

Optimum managerial approach and support for cycle chemistry

EPRI Licensed Material Introduction

Figure 1-1 Overall Philosophy of EPRIs Cycle Chemistry Program

*See Appendix G for further information on these and other publications.

EPRI Licensed Material Introduction

1.2 RESEARCH SUPPORTING REVISION OF THE CYCLE CHEMISTRY GUIDELINES

EPRI Licensed Material Introduction

EPRI Licensed Material Introduction

Shutdown Deposits, Oxygen and Moisture

EPRI Licensed Material Introduction

EPRI Licensed Material Introduction

EPRI Licensed Material Introduction

EPRI Licensed Material Introduction

1.3 HOW TO USE THESE GUIDELINES

EPRI Licensed Material Introduction

EPRI Licensed Material Introduction

EPRI Licensed Material Introduction

EPRI Licensed Material

2.1 CHEMICALLY-INFLUENCED PROBLEMS, AND THE CONTINUUM OF TREATMENTS

57% 25% 45% 40% 28% 11%

(37%) (17%) (43%) (7%) (18%) (11%)

2.2 SELECTION AND OPTIMIZATION OF FEEDWATER TREATMENT

Cation Conductivity (S/cm) Fe (ppb) Cu (ppb) Oxygen (ppb) at EI

< 0.2 < 2 (<1) <2 < 10

< 0.2 <2 <2 < 5 (< 2)

D 3050 O 30150 < 10 No Not needed

Oxygen (ppb) at CPD Reducing Agent ORP (mV) at DAI

< 10 No Not needed

< 10 Yes 300 to 350

Step 2Monitoring Baseline on Current Feedwater Treatment

This step continues the efforts described in Steps 3 and 4.

Step 1Review of Water Chemistry, Operation, and Experience

2.3 SELECTION AND OPTIMIZATION OF DRUM BOILER WATER TREATMENT

Step 1Review Normal or Current Treatment

Step 3Base-Line Monitoring on Current Chemistry

Step 7Convert to AVT or OT